0001828672 false --12-31 0001828672 2021-12-08 2021-12-08 0001828672 dei:FormerAddressMember 2021-12-08 2021-12-08 0001828672 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-12-08 2021-12-08 0001828672 us-gaap:WarrantMember 2021-12-08 2021-12-08 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

 

CURRENT REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 8, 2021

 

Boxed, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

001-39817

(Commission
File Number)

85-3316188

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

     

451 Broadway

New York, New York

10013
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

(646) 586-5599

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor

New York, NY 10022

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

  ¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

  ¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share   BOXD   New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to purchase common stock   BOXD WS   New York Stock Exchange

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨ 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Boxed” and the “Company” refer to Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation), and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Closing (as defined below). Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “SVOK” refer to Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, prior to the Closing. All references herein to the “Board” refer to the board of directors of the Company.

 

Terms used in this Current Report on Form 8-K (this “Report”) but not defined herein, or for which definitions are not otherwise incorporated by reference herein, shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (as defined below) in the section titled “Certain Defined Terms” beginning on page iii thereof, and such definitions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Business Combination

 

As disclosed under the sections titled “Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus—Merger Consideration,” “The Business Combination Proposal” and “The Business Combination Agreement” beginning on pages 17, 95 and 116, respectively, of the proxy statement/prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) by SVOK on November 9, 2021, as supplemented by the Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC by SVOK on November 26, 2021 and November 30, 2021, SVOK entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated June 13, 2021 and as amended November 26, 2021, with Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of SVOK (“Merger Sub”), Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Seven Oaks (“Merger Sub II”), and Giddy Inc. (d/b/a Boxed), a Delaware corporation (“Old Boxed”). Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, Merger Sub was merged with and into Old Boxed, with Old Boxed surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and, immediately following such merger, Old Boxed merged with and into Merger Sub II, with Merger Sub II surviving the merger and changing its name to “Boxed, LLC”, as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which changed its name to “Boxed, Inc.” (the “Business Combination” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Transactions”).

 

As previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 7, 2021, SVOK held a special meeting of stockholders on December 7, 2021 (the “Special Meeting”), at which the SVOK stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination, including (a) adopting the Business Combination Agreement and (b) approving the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and related agreements described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

 

Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the Special Meeting, on December 8, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), the Transactions were consummated (the “Closing”).

 

Item 2.01 of this Report discusses the consummation of the Transactions and the entry into agreements relating thereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

 

On December 8, 2021, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, Boxed, the Sponsor, Jones & Associates, Inc. and certain former stockholders of Old Boxed entered into the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement are described in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page 132 titled “Ancillary Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.12 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

Indenture and Convertible Notes

 

On December 8, 2021, in connection with the issuance of an aggregate of $87,500,000 principal amount of 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Convertible Notes”) and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, SVOK and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, entered into an Indenture governing the Convertible Notes (the “Indenture”). The Convertible Notes were offered in a private placement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements (as defined below in Item 2.01 of this Report).

 

The Convertible Notes will be Boxed’s and any guarantor’s senior, unsecured obligations and will be (i) equal in right of payment with Boxed’s and any guarantor’s existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to Boxed’s and any guarantor’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Convertible Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to Boxed’s and any guarantor’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent Boxed is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of Boxed’s and any guarantor’s subsidiaries. As of December 8, 2021, there are no guarantors of Boxed’s obligations under the Indenture. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, Boxed, LLC is required to become a guarantor of Boxed’s obligations under the Indenture reasonably promptly after December 8, 2021 (but in any event no later than January 20, 2022).

 

The Convertible Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2022, subject to Boxed’s ability to elect, instead of the payment of interest in cash, to increase the principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes (PIK interest). The Convertible Notes will mature on December 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. Subject to certain limitations, noteholders will have the right to convert their Convertible Notes at any time until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. Boxed will settle conversions by paying or delivering, as applicable, cash, shares of its Common Stock (as defined below) or a combination of cash and shares of its Common Stock, at Boxed’s election. The initial conversion rate is 83.3333 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $12.00 per share of Common Stock. The conversion rate and conversion price will be subject to customary adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events. In addition, if certain corporate events that constitute a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) occur, then the conversion rate will, in certain circumstances, be increased for a specified period of time for conversions in connection with such corporate events.

 

The Convertible Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at Boxed’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after December 20, 2024 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, but only if the last reported sale price per share of Common Stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date Boxed sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date Boxed sends such notice. The redemption price will be a cash amount equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, calling any Note for redemption will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change with respect to that Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note will be increased in certain circumstances if it is converted after it is called for redemption.

 

If certain corporate events that constitute a “Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) occur, then, subject to a limited exception for certain cash mergers, noteholders may require Boxed to repurchase their Convertible Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus any and all unpaid interest that would have accrued to, but excluding, the maturity date. The definition of Fundamental Change includes certain business combination transactions involving Boxed and certain de-listing events with respect to Common Stock.

 

The Convertible Notes will have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Indenture), which include the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Convertible Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of interest on the Convertible Notes, will be subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) Boxed’s failure to send certain notices under the Indenture within specified periods of time; (iii) Boxed’s failure to comply with certain covenants in the Indenture relating to Boxed’s ability to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of Boxed and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another person; (iv) a default by Boxed in its other obligations or agreements under the Indenture or the Convertible Notes if such default is not cured or waived within 60 days after notice is given in accordance with the Indenture; (v) certain defaults by Boxed or any of its significant subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $10,000,000; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving Boxed or any of its significant subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to Boxed occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Convertible Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, the Trustee, by notice to Boxed, or noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes then outstanding, by notice to Boxed and the Trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Convertible Notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, Boxed may elect, at its option, that the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to certain failures by Boxed to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Indenture consists exclusively of the right of the noteholders to receive special interest on the Convertible Notes for up to 180 days at a specified rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% on the principal amount of the Convertible Notes.

 

The above description of the Indenture and the Convertible Notes is a summary and is not complete. A copy of the Indenture and the form of the certificate representing the Convertible Notes are filed as Exhibits 4.4 and 4.5, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K, and the above summary is qualified by reference to the terms of the Indenture and the Convertible Notes set forth in such exhibits.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

 

As described above, on December 7, 2021, SVOK held the Special Meeting, at which the SVOK stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination Agreement and the Transactions. On December 8, 2021, the parties consummated the Business Combination. In connection with the Closing, the Company changed its name from Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. to Boxed, Inc.

 

Holders of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock sold in its initial public offering (the “Initial Shares”) properly exercised their right to have such shares redeemed for a full pro rata portion of the trust account holding the proceeds from SVOK’s initial public offering, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the business combination, which was approximately $10.00 per share, or approximately $181.0 million in the aggregate.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, each share of Old Boxed preferred stock and common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of Boxed’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”).

 

Additionally, the shares of Seven Oaks Class B common stock held by Sponsor automatically converted to 6,468,750 shares of Common Stock (of which 1,940,625 shares are subject to vesting under certain conditions).

 

Pursuant to common stock subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the “PIPE Subscription Agreements”), certain investors purchased an aggregate of 3,250,000 newly-issued shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $32,500,000 (the “Common Stock PIPE Investment”). In addition, pursuant to convertible note subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the “Convertible Note Subscription Agreements”), certain investors purchased an aggregate of $87,500,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes, which (at the election of Boxed) will be convertible for shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) in accordance with the terms thereof (the “Convertible Note PIPE Investment” and, together with the Common Stock PIPE Investment, the “PIPE Investment”). At the Closing, Boxed consummated the PIPE Investment.

 

 

 

 

After giving effect to the Transactions, the redemption of Initial Shares as described above, and the consummation of the PIPE Investment, there are currently 68,417,410 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. Of those shares, 50,921,995 were issued to holders of Old Boxed capital stock in respect of such shares of Old Boxed capital stock, representing approximately 74.4% of the Company's voting power at the Closing.

 

The Common Stock and Boxed warrants commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively, on December 9, 2021, subject to ongoing review of Boxed’s satisfaction of all listing criteria following the Business Combination.

 

As noted above, an aggregate of approximately $181.0 million was paid from the Company’s trust account to holders that properly exercised their right to have Initial Shares redeemed, and the remaining balance immediately prior to the Closing of approximately $77.8 million remained in the trust account. Of the remaining amount in the trust account, approximately $65.8 million (the “Prepayment Amount”) was paid to ACM ARRT VII D LLC (“ACM”) with respect to 6,504,768 shares that ACM purchased from holders of Seven Oaks Class A common stock who previously redeemed or indicated an interest in redeeming such shares, pursuant to a previously reported agreement entered on November 28, 2021 for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction. The remaining funds of approximately $12.0 million in the trust account was used to fund the Business Combination.

 

FORM 10 INFORMATION

 

Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K provides that if the predecessor registrant was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as SVOK was immediately before the Business Combination, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10. As a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, and as discussed below in Item 5.06 of this Report, the Company has ceased to be a shell company. Accordingly, the Company is providing the information below that would be included in a Form 10 if it were to file a Form 10. Please note that the information provided below relates to the combined company after the consummation of the Business Combination, unless otherwise specifically indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Report includes statements that express Boxed’s opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Report (including in information that is incorporated by reference into this Report) and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, the Transactions and the benefits of the Transactions, including results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the markets in which Boxed operates. Such forward-looking statements are based on available current market material and management’s expectations, beliefs and forecasts concerning future events impacting Boxed and are subject to numerous factors, including:

 

  responding to market conditions and global and economic factors beyond Boxed’s control, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and potential changes in the nature in which businesses are operated following the pandemic;

 

  employing the capital Boxed received through the Business Combination to develop and expand marketing and sales capabilities and to grow brand recognition and customer loyalty;

 

  maintaining the listing of the Common Stock and warrants of Boxed on NYSE;

 

  retaining or recruiting, or making changes with respect to, officers, key employees or directors;

 

  maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

 

 

  managing litigation and adequately protecting Boxed’s intellectual property rights;

 

  growing market share in its existing markets or any new markets it may enter;

 

  capital needs of Boxed and ability to secure financing on reasonable terms, or at all;
     
  expanding its Software & Services business;

 

  competing in the global e-commerce and consumer delivery industry;
     
  attracting and retaining successful relationships with customers and suppliers in a cost-effective manner;

 

  the impact of changes in customer spending patterns, customer preferences, local, regional and national economic conditions, crime, weather, demographic trends and employee availability;
     
  managing intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which Boxed operates;

 

  complying with laws and regulations applicable to Boxed’s business;

 

  the ability of Boxed to achieve and maintain profitability in the future;

 

  the success of strategic relationships with third parties;

 

  the ability of Boxed to remediate existing and potential future material weaknesses in Boxed’s internal control over financial reporting and to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, which, if unsuccessful, may result in material misstatements of Boxed’s consolidated financial statements or failure to meet periodic reporting obligations or impair access to the capital markets; and
     
  other factors detailed under the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 38 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and incorporated herein by reference.

 

The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of the other documents filed by Boxed from time to time with the SEC. The forward-looking statements contained in this Report and in any document incorporated by reference are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on Boxed. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting Boxed will be those that Boxed has anticipated. Boxed undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

Business

 

Boxed’s business is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Business of New Boxed” beginning on page 188, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Risk Factors

 

The risks associated with Boxed’s business are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 38 and are incorporated herein by reference. A summary of the risks associated with Boxed’s business is also included on pages 26-27 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus under the heading “Summary of Risk Factors” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

The following risk factors are provided to update the risk factors previously disclosed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 38.

 

Prior to the Business Combination, SVOK identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. One or more of these material weaknesses could adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Prior to consummation of the Business Combination, SVOK management identified two material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting, one related to the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the warrants it issued in connection with its initial public offering in December 2020 and another related to its application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A related to its accounting classification of the initial shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock outstanding prior to the Business Combination.

 

To respond to these material weaknesses, SVOK management devoted, and we plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our consolidated financial statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents, and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

 

We have a history of operating losses and may never be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

We incurred net losses of $34.4 million, $65.4 million and $50.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and we incurred net losses of $30.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021. As a result of our ongoing losses, as of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $345.7 million. While we have experienced significant revenue growth since inception, we may not be able to sustain or increase our growth or achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing efforts, research and development, growth in personnel, and expansion into new geographies. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses related to our being a public company as compared to when we were a private company. We will also incur additional costs associated with our proposed commercial partnership with Palantir that are not reflected in our historical financial results. We expect to continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain profitability. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed.

 

Prior to the Business Combination, our management had concluded that uncertainties around our ability to raise additional capital raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Even after consummation of the Business Combination and Private Placements as contemplated, we may need to raise additional capital in the future to execute our business plan, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

As of September 30, 2021, we had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide us additional capital to fund operations in the foreseeable future. These uncertainties raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The cash we obtained from the Business Combination and Private Placements, together with cash we expect to generate from future operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for a period of at least twelve months from consummation of the Business Combination. However, we are still in the growth stage of our business and expect to continue to make substantial investments in our business, including in the expansion of the merchandise sold on our platform, in our research and development for our Software & Services segment, and in our advertising and sales teams, in addition to incurring additional costs as a result of being a public company. In addition, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into the Forward Purchase Transaction. On December 9, 2021, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement, SVOK paid the counterparty an aggregate amount of approximately $65.8 million, which SVOK paid out of funds held in SVOK’s trust account (the “Prepayment Amount”) in respect of 6,504,768 shares of Common Stock. We will not have access to the Prepayment Amount immediately following such payment and, depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, may never have access to the Prepayment Amount, which may adversely affect our future liquidity and capital needs.

 

 

 

 

Our business plans may change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets may change, or other circumstances may arise, that have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and the anticipated cash needs of our business. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all, or that we will generate sufficient future revenues. Our management and the New Boxed Board will have broad discretion in determining when, whether and how we raise additional capital following the Business Combination and, unless required by the rules of NYSE, such capital raises will not require stockholder approval. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Common Stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights or jointly own some aspects of our technologies, products or services that we would otherwise pursue on our own.

 

Financial Information

 

The (i) unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Old Boxed as of September 30, 2021 and for the periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are set forth in Exhibit 99.1 and are incorporated herein by reference and (ii) audited consolidated financial statements of Old Boxed as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 are included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page F-68 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of SVOK and Old Boxed as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 is set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operation of Old Boxed for (i) the periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 is set forth in Exhibit 99.3 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference and (ii) the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 is set forth in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Boxed” beginning on page 203 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Reference is made to the disclosure contained in Exhibit 99.3 hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Properties

 

The Company’s facilities are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Business of New Boxed—Facilities” on page 202 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Common Stock following the consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Investment by:

 

  each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of shares of Common Stock;  

 

 

 

 

  each of Boxed’s current named executive officers and directors; and

 

  all current executive officers and directors of Boxed as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, Boxed believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)   Number of
Shares
    % of
Ownership
 
5% Holders                
Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC(2)     10,789,800       14.6 %
PepsiCo, Inc.(3)     4,586,075       6.7 %
AEON Co., Ltd.(4)     3,629,583       5.3 %
Directors and Executive Officers                
Chieh Huang(5)     2,440,993       3.6 %
Yuki Habu            
David Liu            
Gary S. Matthews(2)(6)     10,809,800       14.6 %
David Miller            
Emerson S. Moore II            
Andrew C. Pearson(7)     20,000       *  
Harshul Sanghi            
Eileen Serra            
Alison Weick(8)     98,145       *    
Darrell (DJ) Williams(9)     374,380       *    
Jared Yaman(10)     1,757,386       2.6 %
Mark Zimowski(11)     99,203       *    
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 individuals)     15,599,907       20.8 %

 

* Less than one percent

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of those listed in the table above is 451 Broadway, New York, New York 10013.

 

(2) Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of such shares. Mr. Matthews is a member and the manager of Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC and has voting and investment discretion with respect to the Common Stock held of record by Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC. Of the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor, 1,591,313 shares of Common Stock are outstanding but remain subject to performance vesting terms. Includes 5,587,500 shares of Common Stock underlying warrants purchased in connection with SVOK's initial public offering (“Private Placement Warrants”). These Private Placement Warrants will not be exercisable until 30 days following the consummation of the Business Combination. Assuming the exercise of all of the Sponsor’s Private Placement Warrants, the Sponsor and its affiliates would be deemed to own 10,789,800 shares of Common Stock. The address for Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC is 445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(3) Consists of 4,586,075 shares of Common Stock held of record by PepsiCo, Inc. The address of the entity listed above is 700 Anderson Hill Road, Purchase, New York 10577.

 

 

 

 

(4) Consists of 3,629,583 shares of Common Stock held of record by Aeon Co., Ltd. The address of the entity listed above is 5-1, 1-Chome, Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba-shi, Chiba, 261-8515.

 

(5) Consists of (i) 2,302,481 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Huang and (ii) 138,512 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of December 8, 2021.

 

(6) Consists of 20,000 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Matthews. The address of Mr. Matthews is 445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(7) Consists of 20,000 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Pearson. The address of Mr. Pearson is 445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
   
(8) Consists of 98,145 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of December 8, 2021.
   
(9) Consists of 374,380 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of December 8, 2021.
   
(10) Consists of (i) 1,608,980 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Yaman and (ii) 148,406 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of December 8, 2021.
   
(11) Consists of 99,203 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of December 8, 2021.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and documents related thereto, and in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, each executive officer of SVOK ceased serving in such capacities, and each of Gary Matthews, Mark Hauser, Eileen Serra, Regynald Washington and Heidi Manna ceased serving on SVOK’s board of directors.

 

Gary Matthews, Yuki Habu, Chieh Huang, David Liu, Emerson S. Moore II, Andrew Pearson, Harshul Sanghi, Eileen Serra and Jared Yaman were appointed as directors of Boxed by the holders of Seven Oaks Class B common stock, to serve until the end of their respective terms and until their successors are elected and qualified. Mr. Matthews was appointed to serve as Chair of the Board. The Board is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Messrs. Pearson, Sanghi and Yaman will serve as the initial Class I directors for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders; Ms. Habu, Mr. Moore and Ms. Serra will serve as the initial Class II directors for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and Messrs. Huang, Liu and Matthews will serve as the initial Class III directors for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders. After the expiration of the initial terms, each class will be elected to a subsequent three-year term.

 

Mr. Pearson, Mr. Sanghi and Ms. Serra were appointed to serve on Boxed’s audit committee, with Ms. Serra serving as the chair and qualifying as an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

Messrs. Liu, Moore and Pearson were appointed to serve on Boxed’s compensation committee, with Mr. Liu serving as the chair.

 

Messrs. Liu, Matthews and Moore were appointed to serve on Boxed’s nominating and corporate governance committee, with Mr. Matthews serving as the chair.

 

Mr. Huang was appointed as Boxed’s Chief Executive Officer and President, Mark Zimowski was appointed as Boxed’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, David Miller was appointed as Boxed’s Chief Technology Officer, Alison Weick was appointed as Boxed’s President of E-Commerce, Darrell (DJ) Williams was appointed as Boxed’s Chief Business Development Officer and Jared Yaman was appointed as Boxed’s Chief Operating Officer.

 

 

 

 

Boxed’s directors and executive officers after the consummation of the Business Combination are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “New Boxed Management After the Business Combination” beginning on page 242 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Additionally, interlocks and insider participation information regarding Boxed’s executive officers is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “New Boxed Management After the Business Combination—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” beginning on page 247 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The executive compensation of Old Boxed’s executive officers is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Boxed’s Executive and Director Compensation” beginning on page 248 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Director Compensation

 

The compensation of Old Boxed’s directors is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Boxed’s Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation” on page 255 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions of Boxed are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” beginning on page 256 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Director Independence

 

Information regarding director independence is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “New Boxed Management After The Business Combination—Director Independence” beginning on page 245 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Reference is made to the disclosure regarding legal proceedings in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Business of New Boxed—Legal Proceedings” beginning on page 202, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Shares of Boxed’s Common Stock and Boxed’s warrants commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively, on December 9, 2021, in lieu of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, warrants and units of SVOK. Boxed has not paid any cash dividends on its shares of Common Stock to date. It is the present intention of the Board to retain all earnings, if any, for use in Boxed’s business operations and, accordingly, Boxed’s board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon Boxed’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends is within the discretion of the Board. Further, the ability of Boxed to declare dividends may be limited by the terms of financing or other agreements entered into by it or its subsidiaries from time to time.

 

 

 

 

Information regarding Seven Oaks Class A common stock, warrants and units and related stockholder matters are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Market Price, Ticker Symbol and Dividend Information” on page 37 and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth below under Item 3.02 of this Report concerning the issuance and sale by Boxed of certain unregistered securities through the Closing, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Information regarding Rule 144 under the Securities Act and its use by former shell companies is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Securities Act Restrictions on Resale of Common Stock” on page 237 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Description of Registrant’s Securities

 

The description of Boxed’s securities is contained in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Description of New Boxed Securities” beginning on page 223 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The indemnification of Boxed’s directors and officers is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Description of New Boxed Securities—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors” on page 229 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

 

The disclosure set forth in Item 1.01 above under the caption “Indenture and Convertible Notes” is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.

 

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

At the Closing, Boxed consummated the PIPE Investment. The disclosure under Item 2.01 of this Report relating to the PIPE Investment is incorporated into this Item 3.02 by reference.

 

Boxed issued the foregoing securities under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as a transaction not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act. The parties receiving the securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution, and appropriate restrictive legends were affixed to the certificates representing the securities (or reflected in restricted book entry with Boxed’s transfer agent or trustee, as applicable). The parties also had adequate access, through business or other relationships, to information about Boxed.

 

Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

 

The information set forth in Item 5.03 to this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.01. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

 

For accounting purposes, the Transactions are treated as a reverse acquisition and, as such, the historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer, Boxed, which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”), will become the historical financial statements of the Company. In a reverse acquisition, a change of accountants is presumed to have occurred unless the same accountant audited the pre-transaction financial statements of both the legal acquirer and the accounting acquirer, and such change is generally presumed to occur on the date the reverse acquisition is completed.

 

 

 

 

(a) Dismissal of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

On December 8, 2021, the Audit Committee of the Board dismissed Marcum LLP (“Marcum”), SVOK’s independent registered public accounting firm prior to the business combination, as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm effective upon consummation of the Closing.

 

The report of Marcum on SVOK’s, the Company’s legal predecessor, balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and the statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainties, audit scope or accounting principles, except as discussed in Note 2 of the restated historical audited financial statements of SVOK as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, including in Boxed's amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021, related to the Reclassification Reportable Event (as defined below).

 

During the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and subsequent interim period through December 8, 2021, there were no disagreements between the Company and Marcum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Marcum, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in its reports on SVOK’s financial statements for such period.

 

During the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and subsequent interim periods through December 8, 2021, there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act), except for the material weaknesses identified in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting related to (i) the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the warrants issued by the Company’s legal predecessor in connection with our initial public offering in December 2020 (the “Warrant Liability Reportable Event”) and (ii) the accounting for complex financial instruments, including the classification of common stock subject to redemption (“Reclassification Reportable Event” and, together with the Warrant Liability Reportable Event, the “Reportable Events”). The Warrant Liability Reportable Event was previously disclosed in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 21, 2021 and the Reclassification Reportable Event was previously disclosed in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 30, 2021. The Audit Committee of the Board discussed the Reportable Events with Marcum, and the Company authorized Marcum to respond fully to inquiries of the successor accountant (described below) concerning the Reportable Events.

 

The Company has provided Marcum with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and has requested that Marcum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the Company set forth above. A copy of Marcum’s letter, dated December 14, 2021, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Report.

 

(b) Disclosures regarding the new independent auditor.

 

On December 8, 2021, the Board approved the engagement of Deloitte as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2021. Deloitte served as independent registered public accounting firm of Old Boxed prior to the Business Combination. During the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and subsequent interim period through December 8, 2021, neither the Company nor anyone on the Company’s behalf consulted with Deloitte with respect to (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us that Deloitte concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event (each as defined above).

 

Item 5.01. Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

The information set forth above under Item 1.01 and Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

The information set forth in the sections titled “Directors and Executive Officers”, “Executive Compensation”, “Director Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

At the Special Meeting, the SVOK stockholders considered and approved the Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Award Plan”). The Incentive Award Plan was previously approved, subject to stockholder approval, by SVOK’s board of directors on June 13, 2021. The Incentive Award Plan became effective immediately upon the Closing.

 

A total of 9,830,901 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved under the terms of the Incentive Award Plan. A summary of the other material terms of the Incentive Award Plan is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “The Incentive Award Plan Proposal” beginning on page 144 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary and the foregoing description are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Incentive Award Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.7 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

At the Special Meeting, the SVOK stockholders considered and approved the Boxed, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP was previously approved, subject to stockholder approval, by SVOK’s board of directors on June 13, 2021. The ESPP became effective immediately upon the Closing.

 

A total of 1,966,180 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved under the terms of the ESPP. A summary of the other material terms of the ESPP is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “The ESPP Proposal” beginning on page 152 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary and the foregoing description are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the ESPP, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.8 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

 

At the Special Meeting, the SVOK stockholders considered and approved, among other things, the proposals set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections titled “The Organizational Documents Proposal” and “The Advisory Organizational Documents Proposals” beginning on pages 135 and 137, respectively, of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (collectively, the “Organizational Documents Proposals”).

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Boxed (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), which became effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2021, includes the amendments proposed by the Charter Proposals.

 

On December 8, 2021, the Board approved and adopted the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Boxed (the “Bylaws”), which became effective immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination.

 

Copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The description of the Certificate of Incorporation and the general effect of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws upon the rights of holders of Boxed’s capital stock are included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus under the sections titled “The Organization Documents Proposal”, “The Advisory Organizational Documents Proposals” and “Description of New Boxed Securities” beginning on pages 135, 137 and 223, respectively, of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

Item 5.05. Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.

 

In connection with the Business Combination, on December 8, 2021, the Board approved and adopted a new Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees, officers and directors of Boxed. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be found at investors.boxed.com under the link “Governance.” The above description of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 14.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.06. Change in Shell Company Status.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, the Company ceased being a shell company. Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “The Business Combination Proposal” beginning on page 95, which is incorporated herein by reference. Further, the information set forth in the Introductory Note and under Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 7.01 Regulation FD Disclosure.

 

On December 8, 2021, Boxed issued a press release announcing the Closing. A copy of the press release is filed hereto as Exhibit 99.4 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

The information in this Item 7.01, including Exhibit 99.4, is furnished and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to liabilities under that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the filings of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filings. This Report will not be deemed an admission as to the materiality of any information contained in this Item 7.01, including Exhibit 99.4.

 

Item 8.01. Other Events.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, Boxed became the successor issuer to SVOK. Pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Exchange Act, Boxed’s common stock and warrants are deemed registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial statements of businesses acquired.

 

The (i) unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Old Boxed as of September 30, 2021 and for the periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are set forth in Exhibit 99.1 hereto and are incorporated herein by reference and (ii) audited consolidated financial statements of Old Boxed as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page F-68 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Pro forma financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of SVOK and Old Boxed as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 is set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

2.1†   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 13, 2021, by and among the Registrant, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC and Giddy Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
2.1(a)   Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 26, 2021, by and among the Registrant, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, and Giddy Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 26, 2021).
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Boxed, Inc.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Boxed, Inc.
4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
4.2   Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, dated as of December 17, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 23, 2020).
4.3   Form of Warrant Certificate.
4.4   Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2021, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association.
4.5   Form of 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.4).
10.1   Form of PIPE Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
10.2   Form of Management Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
10.3   Form of Convertible Note Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
10.4   Sponsor Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2021, by and among Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC, Giddy Inc., JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC, Jones & Associates, Inc. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
10.5   Employment Term Sheet, dated as of June 11, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Chieh Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 14, 2021).
10.6   Offer Letter, dated as of December 9, 2019, by and between Giddy Inc. and Alison Weick (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).
10.7+   Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8+   Boxed, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.9+   Giddy Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).
10.9(a)+   Form of Giddy Inc. Stock Option Grant Notice under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9(a) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).
10.9(b)+   Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Award Notice under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9(b) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).
10.10#   Boxed Platform Development and Services Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2021, by and between Ashbrook Commerce Solutions LLC (d/b/a Boxed) and AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).

 

 

 

 

10.11   Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on October 22, 2021).
10.12   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2021, by and among the Registrant and the holders party thereto.
10.13#   Offer Letter, dated as of March 7, 2016, by and between Giddy Inc. and Aaron Mathew Singer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on July 20, 2021).
10.14#†   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2021, among Giddy Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on September 9, 2021).
10.15   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Chieh Huang (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on October 22, 2021).
10.16   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Alison Weick (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-258030) filed on October 22, 2021).
10.17   Forward Purchase Agreement, dated November 28, 2021, by and between ACM ARRT VII D LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 30, 2021).
10.18   Boxed, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
14.1   Boxed, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
16.1   Letter from Marcum LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
21.1   List of Subsidiaries.
99.1   Unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Giddy Inc. (Old Boxed) as of September 30, 2021 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
99.2   Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. and Old Boxed as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
99.3   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Old Boxed for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.
99.4   Press Release dated December 8, 2021.
104    Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

 

The annexes, schedules, and certain exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted annex, schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

# Certain portions of this exhibit (indicated by “[***]”) have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10).

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  Boxed, Inc.
     
Date: December 14, 2021 By: /s/ Mark Zimowski
  Name: Mark Zimowski
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

Amended and Restated

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

Boxed, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is Boxed, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808, and the name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 660,000,000. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 600,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 60,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share. Immediately upon the filing and effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), automatically and without further action on the part of holders of capital stock of the Corporation, each share of the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and each share of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding or held by the Corporation as treasury stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (collectively, the “Old Common Stock”) shall be reclassified as, and become, one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “Reclassification”). The Reclassification shall occur automatically as of the Effective Time without any further action by the Corporation or the holders of the shares affected thereby and whether or not any certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation. Upon the Effective Time, each certificate that as of immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Old Common Stock shall be deemed to represent an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock. The Reclassification shall also apply to any outstanding securities or rights convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Old Common Stock of the Corporation and all references to the Old Common Stock in agreements, arrangements, documents and plans relating thereto or any option or right to purchase or acquire shares of Old Common Stock shall be deemed to be references to the Common Stock or options or rights to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock, as the case may be.

 

1

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

The designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

 

A. COMMON STOCK.

 

1.      General. The voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights and powers of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and outstanding from time to time.

 

2.      Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or expressly required by law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation (as defined below)) that relates solely to the rights, powers, preferences (or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

Subject to the rights of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

3.      Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to the payment of dividends on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law.

 

4.      Liquidation. Subject to the rights and preferences of any holders of any shares of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

5.      Transfer Rights. Subject to applicable law and the transfer restrictions set forth in Article VI of the bylaws of the Corporation (as such Bylaws may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), shares of Common Stock and the rights and obligations associated therewith shall be fully transferable to any transferee.

 

2

 

 

B. PREFERRED STOCK

 

Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter provided.

 

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designation relating thereto in accordance with the DGCL (a “Certificate of Designation”), to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law and this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).

 

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation it is further provided that:

 

A.        The directors of the Corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board. The initial Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time; the initial Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time; and the initial Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting following the Effective Time. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3

 

 

B.        Except as otherwise expressly provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws.

 

C.        Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

D.        Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, except as otherwise provided by law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (other than any directors elected by the separate vote of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock), and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class to which such director shall have been appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.

 

E.       Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to paragraph B of this Article VI, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation(s) in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such Certificate of Designation(s), the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

 

4

 

 

F.        In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. The stockholders of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors.

 

G.        The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

A.        Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and shall not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable Certificate of Designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant series of Preferred Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

 

B.        Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes, at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or President, in each case, in accordance with the Bylaws, and shall not be called by any other person or persons. Any such special meeting so called may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board of Directors or other person calling the meeting.

 

C.        Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes identified in the notice of meeting.

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

A.       The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, and instead the provisions of Article IX(B)-(D) below shall apply, for so long as the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

B.       The Corporation shall not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

(1)       prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

(2)       upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

(3)       at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of the Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

C.       The restrictions contained in the foregoing Article IX(B) shall not apply if:

 

(1)       a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder and (ii) would not, at any time, within the three-year period immediately prior to the business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

6

 

 

(2)       the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Article IX(C)(2), (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required), (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent or more of either that aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all interested stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Article IX(C)(2).

 

D.       For purposes of this Article IX, references to:

 

(1)       “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(2)       “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of the voting power thereof; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

(3)       “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

a.       any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation subsection (B) of this Article IX is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

b.       any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

7

 

 

c.       any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (i) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (ii) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (iii) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (iv) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (v) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (iii) through (v) of this subsection shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

d.       any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

e.       any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a) through (d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

(4)       “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this subsection (D) of Article IX, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

8

 

 

(5)       “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below.

 

(6)       “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

a.       beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly;

 

b.       has (i) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (ii) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

 

c.       has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (ii) of subsection (b) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

(7)       “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(8)       “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

(9)       “Stockholder Party” means any stockholder of the Corporation.

 

(10)       “Stockholder Party Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

9

 

 

(11)       “Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party Direct Transferee or any other Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

(12)       “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall be calculated on the basis of the aggregate number of votes applicable to all shares of such voting stock, and by allocating to each share of voting stock, that number of votes to which such share is entitled.

 

ARTICLE X

 

The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article X shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer receiving advancement to repay the amount advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article X. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article X to directors and officers of the Corporation. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this Article X by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

10

 

 

The Corporation hereby acknowledges that certain Covered Persons may have rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses (directly or through insurance obtained by any such entity) provided by one or more third parties (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), and which may include third parties for whom such Covered Person serves as a manager, member, officer, employee or agent. The Corporation hereby agrees and acknowledges that notwithstanding any such rights that a Covered Person may have with respect to any Other Indemnitor(s), (i) the Corporation is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to all Covered Persons and all obligations to indemnify and provide advancement of expenses to Covered Persons, (ii) the Corporation shall be required to indemnify and advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Covered Persons, to the fullest extent required by law, the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, any vote of the stockholders or the Board, or otherwise, without regard to any rights the Covered Persons may have against the Other Indemnitors and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors with respect to any claim for which the Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of any such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Covered Persons against the Corporation. These rights shall be a contract right, and the Other Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this paragraph. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this paragraph shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

A.        Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, including without limitation a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim related to or involving the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (a) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence and (b) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

 

B.        Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

C.       Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article XI shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

11

 

 

D.       Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

E.       Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm, and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

A.         Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: Article V(B), Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X, Article XI and this Article XII.

 

B.         If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 8th day of December, 2021.

 

  /s/ Chieh Huang
    Chieh Huang, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

Amended and Restated

 

of

 

Boxed, Inc.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

Page

 

Article I - Corporate Offices 1

 

1.1 Registered Office 1
1.2 Other Offices 1

 

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders 1

 

  2.1 Place of Meetings 1
  2.2 Annual Meeting 1
  2.3 Special Meeting 1
  2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting 2
  2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors 5
  2.6 Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors 8
  2.7 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 9
  2.8 Quorum 9
  2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 9
  2.10 Conduct of Business 10
  2.11 Voting 10
  2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes 10
  2.13 Proxies 11
  2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 11
  2.15 Inspectors of Election 12
  2.16 Delivery to the Corporation 12

 

Article III - Directors 13

 

3.1 Powers 13
3.2 Number of Directors 13
3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 13
3.4 Resignation and Vacancies 13
3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 13
3.6 Regular Meetings 14
3.7 Special Meetings; Notice 14
3.8 Quorum 14
3.9 Board Action without a Meeting 15
3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors 15

 

Article IV - Committees 15

 

4.1 Committees of Directors 15
4.2 Meetings and Actions of Committees 15
4.3 Subcommittees 16

 

Article V - Officers 16

 

5.1 Officers 16
5.2 Appointment of Officers 16
5.3 Subordinate Officers 16
5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 16

 

i

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Page

 

5.5 Vacancies in Offices 16
5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 17
5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 17
5.8 Compensation 17

 

Article VI - Records 17

 

Article VII - General Matters 17

 

7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments 17
7.2 Stock Certificates 18
7.3 Special Designation of Certificates 18
7.4 Lost Certificates 18
7.5 Shares Without Certificates 19
7.6 Construction; Definitions 19
7.7 Dividends 19
7.8 Fiscal Year 19
7.9 Seal 19
7.10 Transfer of Stock 19
7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements 19
7.12 Lock-Up 20
7.13 Registered Stockholders 22
7.14 Waiver of Notice 22

 

Article VIII - Notice 23

 

8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission 23

 

Article IX - Indemnification 24

 

9.1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation 24
9.2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation 24
9.3 Authorization of Indemnification 24
9.4 Good Faith Defined 25
9.5 Indemnification by a Court 25
9.6 Expenses Payable in Advance 25
9.7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 25
9.8 Insurance 26
9.9 Certain Definitions 26
9.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 26
9.11 Limitation on Indemnification 26
9.12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents 27
9.13 Primacy of Indemnification 27

 

Article X - Amendments 27

 

Article XI - Forum Selection 27

 

Article XII - Definitions 28

 

ii

 

 

Amended and Restated

Bylaws

of

Boxed, Inc.

   

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

 

1.1               Registered Office

 

The address of the registered office of Boxed, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

1.2               Other Offices

 

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

 

2.1               Place of Meetings

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2               Annual Meeting

 

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these Bylaws may be transacted. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

 

2.3               Special Meeting

 

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called, postponed, rescheduled or cancelled only by such persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.

 

 

 

 

2.4               Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting.

 

(i)                 At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A) (1) was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board of Directors must comply with Section 2.5 and Section 2.6, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

 

(ii)               Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time (as defined in the Corporation’s Certification of Incorporation), the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be June 10, 2021); provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

(iii)             To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a)                As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (1) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (2) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

 2

 

 

(b)                As to each Proposing Person, (1) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person's business as a derivatives dealer, (2) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (3) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (4) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (5) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (6) a representation that such Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (7) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

 3

 

 

(c)                As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), and (3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder(s) or persons(s) who have a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation or any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (4) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this paragraph (iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, and (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

 

(iv)              A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

 

(v)                Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

 4

 

 

(vi)              This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(vii)            For purposes of these Bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or by such other means as is reasonably designed to inform the public or securityholders of the Corporation in general of such information including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website.

 

2.5               Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors

 

(i)                 Subject in all respects to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, nominations of any person for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (x) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, or (y) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 as to such notice and nomination. For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. The foregoing clause (y) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting or special meeting.

 

(ii)               Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (1) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (3) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

 

 5

 

 

(a)                Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling a special meeting in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (ii) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (iii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the 90th day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of the date of such special meeting was first made.

 

(b)                In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                In no event may a Nominating Person provide Timely Notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than are subject to election by shareholders at the applicable meeting. If the Corporation shall, subsequent to such notice, increase the number of directors subject to election at the meeting, such notice as to any additional nominees shall be due on the later of (i) the conclusion of the time period for Timely Notice, (ii) the date set forth in Section 2.5(ii)(b), or (iii) the tenth day following the date of public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of such increase.

 

(iii)             To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a)                As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a));

 

(b)                As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting); and

 

(c)                As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.6(i).

 

 6

 

 

 

For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, and (iii) any other participant in such solicitation.

 

(iv)              A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination.

 

(v)                In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

7

 

 

2.6               Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors

 

(i)                 To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board of Directors or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board of Directors), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (i) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee, and such additional information with respect to such proposed nominee as would be required to be provided by the Corporation pursuant to Schedule 14A if such proposed nominee were a participant in the solicitation of proxies by the Corporation in connection with such annual or special meeting and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director that has not been disclosed therein or to the Corporation, (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect), (D) if elected as director of the Corporation, intends to serve the entire term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election and (E) consents to being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act and any associated proxy card of the Corporation and agrees to serve if elected as a director.

 

(ii)               The Board of Directors may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board of Directors in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board of Directors to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

 

(iii)             A candidate for nomination as a director shall further update and supplement the materials delivered pursuant to this Section 2.6, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (or any other office specified by the Corporation in any public announcement) not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

 

8

 

 

(iv)              No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

(v)                Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6.

 

2.7               Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 8.1 of these Bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.8               Quorum

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the person presiding over the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to recess the meeting or adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these Bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At any recessed or adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.9               Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

9

 

 

2.10           Conduct of Business

 

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the person presiding over the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2.11           Voting

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

 

2.12           Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

10

 

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.13           Proxies

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission that sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

2.14           List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

 

The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

11

 

 

2.15           Inspectors of Election.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

(i)                 determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

 

(ii)               count all votes or ballots;

 

(iii)             count and tabulate all votes;

 

(iv)              determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

 

(v)                certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

 

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

 

2.16           Delivery to the Corporation.

 

Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation expressly opts out of Section 116 of the DGCL with respect to the delivery of information and documents to the Corporation required by this Article II.

 

12

 

 

Article III - Directors

 

3.1               Powers

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2               Number of Directors

 

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3               Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

 

3.4               Resignation and Vacancies

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in Section 3.3.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

3.5               Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

13

 

 

3.6               Regular Meetings

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and at such time and at such place as which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

 

3.7               Special Meetings; Notice

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i)                 delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii)               sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii)             sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

 

(iv)              sent by other means of electronic transmission,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8               Quorum

 

At all meetings of the Board, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

14

 

 

3.9               Board Action without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

 

3.10           Fees and Compensation of Directors

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

Article IV - Committees

4.1               Committees of Directors

 

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist, of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

4.2               Meetings and Actions of Committees

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)               Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

 

(ii)               Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

(iii)               Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

 

(iv)               Section 3.9 (board action without a meeting); and

 

(v)               Section 7.14 (waiver of notice),

 

with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

 

(i)                 the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)               special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

 

(iii)             the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.2, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

15

 

 

4.3               Subcommittees.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the resolutions of the Board designating the committee or the charter of such committee adopted by the Board, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

Article V - Officers

5.1               Officers

 

The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation.

 

5.2               Appointment of Officers

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws.

 

5.3               Subordinate Officers

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4               Removal and Resignation of Officers

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5               Vacancies in Offices

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled as provided in Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable.

 

16

 

 

5.6               Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

 

The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or voting securities of any other corporation or other person standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7               Authority and Duties of Officers

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

5.8               Compensation.

 

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

 

Article VI - Records

 

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Delaware.

 

Article VII - General Matters

 

7.1               Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

17

 

 

7.2               Stock Certificates

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.3               Special Designation of Certificates.

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face of back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice) a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.4               Lost Certificates

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18

 

 

7.5               Shares Without Certificates 

 

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

7.6               Construction; Definitions

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

 

7.7               Dividends

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.8               Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

7.9               Seal

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.10           Transfer of Stock

 

Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.12, shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

 

7.11           Stock Transfer Agreements

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

19

 

 

7.12           Lock-Up

 

(i)             Subject to Section 7.12(ii), the holders (the “Lock-up Holders”) of the common stock of the Corporation issued (a) as consideration pursuant to (x) the merger of Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), with and into Giddy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Boxed”) (the “First Merger”) and (y) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the merger of Boxed with and into Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC (“Second Merger Sub”), with Second Merger Sub surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Boxed Transaction”), or (b) to directors, officers and employees of the Corporation upon the settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, stock options or other equity awards outstanding as of immediately following the closing of the Boxed Transaction in respect of awards of Boxed outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Boxed Transaction (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Acquiror Warrants (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 13, 2021, by and among Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Merger Sub, Second Merger Sub and Boxed (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”))) (such shares referred to in this Section 7.12(i)(b), the “Boxed Equity Award Shares”), may not Transfer any Lock-up Shares until the end of the Lock-up Period (the “Lock-up”).

 

(ii)               Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.12(i), the Lock-up Holders or their respective Permitted Transferees may Transfer the Lock-up Shares during the Lock-up Period (a) to (i) the Corporation’s officers or directors, (ii) any affiliates or family members of the Corporation’s officers or directors, or (iii) the other Lock-up Holders or any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of the Lock-up Holders, any affiliates of the Lock-up Holders or any related investment funds or vehicles controlled or managed by such persons or entities or their respective affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person or entity, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) in connection with any bona fide mortgage, encumbrance or pledge to a financial institution in connection with any bona fide loan or debt transaction or enforcement thereunder, including foreclosure thereof; (f) to the Corporation; or (g) in connection with a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization, tender offer approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or other similar transaction which results in all of the Corporation’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the closing date of the Boxed Transaction (the “Closing Date”).

 

(iii)             Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.12(i), if (A) at least 120 days have elapsed since the closing date of the Boxed Transaction and (B) the Lock-up Period is scheduled to end during a Blackout Period or within five Trading Days prior to a Blackout Period (such period, the “Specified Period”), the Lock-up Period shall end 10 Trading Days prior to the commencement of the Blackout Period (the “Blackout-Related Release”); provided that the Corporation shall announce the date of the expected Blackout-Related Release through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, at least two Trading Days in advance of the Blackout-Related Release; and provided further that the Blackout-Related Release shall not occur unless the Corporation shall have publicly released its earnings results for the quarterly period during which the Closing occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Lock-Up Period end earlier than 120 days after the Closing Date pursuant to the Blackout-Related Release.

 

20

 

 

(iv)              Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 7.12(i), if the last reported sale price of the common stock on the exchange on which the common stock is listed (the “Closing Price”) equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Threshold Price”) for 20 out of any 30 consecutive Trading Days commencing at least 30 days after the Closing Date, including the last day of such 30 Trading Day period (any such 30 Trading Day period during which such condition is satisfied, the “Measurement Period”), then 33% of the Lock-up Holder’s Lock-Up Shares (including all outstanding shares and equity awards, determined as if, with respect to any Boxed Equity Award Shares that can be net settled, such Boxed Equity Award Shares are cash settled, and rounded down to the nearest whole share) that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, which percentage shall be calculated based on the number of Lock-Up Shares subject to the Lock-Up Period as of the last day of the Measurement Period, will be automatically released from such restrictions (an “Early Lock-Up Expiration”) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the exchange on which the common stock is listed on the second Trading Day following the end of the Measurement Period (an “Early Lock-Up Expiration Date”); provided that if the Threshold Price equals or exceeds $14.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for 20 Trading Days during any Measurement Period, then an additional 50% of the Lock-up Holder’s Lock-Up Shares (as calculated above) will be automatically released from such restrictions pursuant to the terms set forth above (83% of the Lock-Up Shares in the aggregate).

 

(v)                Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.12(iv), if, at the time of any Early Lock-Up Expiration Date, the Corporation is in a Blackout Period, the actual date of such Early Lock-Up Expiration shall be delayed (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration Extension”) until immediately prior to the opening of trading on the second Trading Day (the “Extension Expiration Date”) following the first date (such first date, the “Extension Expiration Measurement Date”) that (i) the Corporation is no longer in a Blackout Period under its insider trading policy and (ii) the Closing Price on the Extension Expiration Measurement Date is at least greater than the Threshold Price; provided, further, that, in the case of any of an Early Lock-Up Expiration or an Early Lock-Up Expiration Extension, the Corporation shall announce through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, the Early Lock-Up Expiration and the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date, or the Early Lock-Up Expiration Extension and the Extension Expiration Date, as the case may be, at least one full Trading Day prior to the opening of trading on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date or the Extension Expiration Date, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that this Section 7.12(v) conflicts with the foregoing provisions, the Lock-Up Holders will be entitled to the earliest release date for the maximum number of Lock-Up Shares available.

 

(vi)              Notwithstanding the other provisions set forth in this Section 7.12, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine to waive, amend, or repeal the Lock-up obligations set forth herein.

 

(vii)            For purposes of this Section 7.12:

 

(a)                the term “Blackout Period” means a broadly applicable and regularly scheduled period during which trading in the Corporation’s securities would not be permitted under the Corporation’s insider trading policy;

 

(b)                the term “Lock-up Period” means the period beginning on the closing date of the Boxed Transaction and ending at 8:00 am Eastern Time on the date that is 180 days after (and excluding) the Closing Date;

 

(c)                the term “Lock-up Shares” means the shares of common stock held by the Lock-up Holders immediately following the closing of the Boxed Transaction (other than shares of common stock acquired in the public market or pursuant to a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to a subscription agreement where the issuance of common stock occurs on or after the closing of the Boxed Transaction) and the Boxed Equity Award Shares; provided, that, for clarity, shares of common stock issued in connection with the PIPE Investment (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall not constitute Lock-up Shares;

 

21

 

 

(d)                the term “Permitted Transferees” means, prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Lock-up Holder is permitted to transfer such shares of common stock prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 7.12(ii);

 

(e)                the term “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities; and

 

(f)                 the term “Transfer” means the (a) sale or assignment of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecation, pledge, grant of any option to purchase, or other disposition of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

 

7.13           Registered Stockholders

 

The Corporation:

 

(i)                 shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

 

(ii)               shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.14           Waiver of Notice

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

22

 

 

Article VIII - Notice

 

8.1               Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given (1) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (2) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (3) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph of this section without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice, provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

23

 

 

Article IX - Indemnification

 

9.1               Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

9.2               Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9.3               Authorization of Indemnification.

 

Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

24

 

 

9.4               Good Faith Defined.

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2, as the case may be.

 

9.5               Indemnification by a Court.

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 or 9.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Article IX shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

9.6               Expenses Payable in Advance.

 

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

9.7               Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 or 9.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

 

25

 

 

9.8               Insurance.

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

 

9.9               Certain Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article IX shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

 

9.10           Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

9.11           Limitation on Indemnification.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

26

 

 

9.12           Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

9.13           Primacy of Indemnification.

 

Notwithstanding that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth herein, the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Covered Persons are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Persons are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Covered Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, without regard to any rights Covered Persons may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Covered Persons against the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this Section 9.13 shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

 

Article X - Amendments

 

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such action by stockholders shall require, in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Article XI - Forum Selection

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, including without limitation a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim related to or involving the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

27

 

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm, and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.

 

Article XII - Definitions

 

As used in these Bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

 

An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

 

The term “person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

28

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

CERTIFICATE NUMBER SHARES

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN

DEFINITIONS

CUSIP 103174 108

 

BOXED, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE COMMON STOCK

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT _____________________ is the owner of ______________ fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

 

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar of the Company.

 

Witness the facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Company.

 

     
Authorized Signatory   Transfer Agent

 

BOXED, INC.

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of equity or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of securities (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM — as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   Custodian  
TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties     (Cust)   (Minor)

JT TEN         — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
      (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received,                                               hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER(S) OF ASSIGNEE(S))

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES), INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE(S))

                       shares of Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints

Attorney to transfer the said shares of Common Stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:    

 

  Notice: The signature(s) to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

   

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE).  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

Form of Warrant Certificate

[FACE]

Number

Warrants

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR
IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

BOXED, INC. 

Incorporated Under the Laws of the State of Delaware

 

CUSIP 103174 116

 

Warrant Certificate

 

This Warrant Certificate certifies that ________________, or registered assigns, is the registered holder of warrant(s) evidenced hereby (the “Warrants” and each, a “Warrant”) to purchase shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Warrant Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

The initial Warrant Price per share of Common Stock for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Warrant Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void. The Warrants may be redeemed, subject to certain conditions, as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

  BOXED, INC.

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
  as Warrant Agent

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[Reverse]

 

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive shares of Common Stock and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of December 17, 2020 (the “Warrant Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of Election to Purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Warrant Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the shares of Common Stock is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

 

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

 

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

 

Election to Purchase

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive _____ shares of Common Stock and herewith tenders payment for such shares of Common Stock to the order of Boxed, Inc. (the “Company”) in the amount of $_____________ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of _____________, whose address is _____________and that such shares of Common Stock be delivered to _____________, whose address is _______________. If said number of shares of Common Stock is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of ___________________, whose address is _______________ and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to _______________, whose address is _______________.

 

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement and a holder thereof elects to exercise its Warrant pursuant to a Make-Whole Exercise, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) or Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement, as applicable.

 

In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant or a Working Capital Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

 

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless basis” pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive shares of Common Stock. If said number of shares is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of ________________, whose address is________________ and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to ________________, whose address is ________________.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Date: ____________, 20___    
    Signature
     
     
    (Address)
    (Tax Identification Number)

 

Signature Guaranteed:    

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED).

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

Execution Version

 

 

SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of December 8, 2021

 

 

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article 1. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION 1
     
Section 1.01 DEFINITIONS 1
Section 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONS 13
Section 1.03 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION 14
     
Article 2. THE NOTES 14
     
Section 2.01 FORM, DATING AND DENOMINATIONS 14
Section 2.02 EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY 15
Section 2.03 INITIAL NOTES; ADDITIONAL NOTES AND PIK NOTES 15
Section 2.04 METHOD OF PAYMENT 16
Section 2.05 ACCRUAL OF INTEREST; DEFAULTED AMOUNTS; WHEN PAYMENT DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY 16
Section 2.06 REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT 18
Section 2.07 PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT TO HOLD PROPERTY IN TRUST 19
Section 2.08 HOLDER LISTS 20
Section 2.09 LEGENDS 20
Section 2.10 TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES; CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS 21
Section 2.11 EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES TO BE CONVERTED OR TO BE REPURCHASED PURSUANT TO A REPURCHASE UPON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 25
Section 2.12 REMOVAL OF TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS 26
Section 2.13 REPLACEMENT NOTES 26
Section 2.14 REGISTERED HOLDERS; CERTAIN RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO GLOBAL NOTES 27
Section 2.15 CANCELLATION 27
Section 2.16 NOTES HELD BY THE COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES 27
Section 2.17 TEMPORARY NOTES 27
Section 2.18 OUTSTANDING NOTES 27
Section 2.19 REPURCHASES BY THE COMPANY 28
Section 2.20 CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS 29
Section 2.21 [RESERVED] 29
Section 2.22 TAX TREATMENT OF THE NOTES 29
     
Article 3. COVENANTS 29
     
Section 3.01 PAYMENT ON NOTES 29
Section 3.02 EXCHANGE ACT REPORTS 30
Section 3.03 RULE 144A INFORMATION 30
Section 3.04 [RESERVED] 30

 

 

 

 

Section 3.05 COMPLIANCE AND DEFAULT CERTIFICATES 30
Section 3.06 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS 31
Section 3.07 ACQUISITION OF NOTES BY THE COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES 31
Section 3.08 INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS 31
     
Article 4. REPURCHASE AND REDEMPTION 31
     
Section 4.01 NO SINKING FUND 31
Section 4.02 RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO REPURCHASE NOTES UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 32
Section 4.03 RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REDEEM THE NOTES 36
     
Article 5. CONVERSION 39
     
Section 5.01 RIGHT TO CONVERT 39
Section 5.02 CONVERSION PROCEDURES 40
Section 5.03 SETTLEMENT UPON CONVERSION 42
Section 5.04 RESERVE AND STATUS OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON CONVERSION 44
Section 5.05 ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONVERSION RATE 45
Section 5.06 VOLUNTARY ADJUSTMENTS. 56
Section 5.07 ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONVERSION RATE IN CONNECTION WITH A MAKE-WHOLE FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 57
Section 5.08 EXCHANGE IN LIEU OF CONVERSION 58
Section 5.09 EFFECT OF COMMON STOCK CHANGE EVENT 59
     
Article 6. SUCCESSORS 61
     
Section 6.01 WHEN THE COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC. 61
Section 6.02 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED 61
     
Article 7. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 61
     
Section 7.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 61
Section 7.02 ACCELERATION 63
Section 7.03 SOLE REMEDY FOR A FAILURE TO REPORT 64
Section 7.04 OTHER REMEDIES 65
Section 7.05 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS 65
Section 7.06 CONTROL BY MAJORITY 65
Section 7.07 LIMITATION ON SUITS 66
Section 7.08 ABSOLUTE RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO INSTITUTE SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT AND CONVERSION CONSIDERATION 66
Section 7.09 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE 66
Section 7.10 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM 67

 

 

 

 

Section 7.11 PRIORITIES 67
Section 7.12 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS 68
     
Article 8. AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 68
     
Section 8.01 WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS 68
Section 8.02 WITH THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS 69
Section 8.03 NOTICE OF AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 70
Section 8.04 REVOCATION, EFFECT AND SOLICITATION OF CONSENTS; SPECIAL RECORD DATES; ETC. 70
Section 8.05 NOTATIONS AND EXCHANGES 71
Section 8.06 TRUSTEE TO EXECUTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 71
     
Article 9. GUARANTEES 71
     
Section 9.01 GUARANTEES 71
Section 9.02 LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY 72
Section 9.03 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTEE 73
Section 9.04 WHEN GUARANTORS MAY MERGE, ETC. 73
Section 9.05 FUTURE GUARANTOR 74
Section 9.06 APPLICABLE OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE GUARANTORS 74
Section 9.07 RELEASE OF GUARANTEES 74
     
Article 10. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 75
     
Section 10.01 TERMINATION OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS 75
Section 10.02 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY 76
Section 10.03 REINSTATEMENT 76
     
Article 11. TRUSTEE 76
     
Section 11.01 DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE 76
Section 11.02 RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE 78
Section 11.03 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE 79
Section 11.04 TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER 79
Section 11.05 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS 79
Section 11.06 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY 80
Section 11.07 REPLACEMENT OF THE TRUSTEE 80
Section 11.08 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. 81
Section 11.09 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION 81
     
Article 12. MISCELLANEOUS 82
     
Section 12.01 NOTICES 82
Section 12.02 DELIVERY OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AND OPINION OF COUNSEL AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 84

 

 

 

 

Section 12.03 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AND OPINION OF COUNSEL 85
Section 12.04 RULES BY THE TRUSTEE, THE REGISTRAR AND THE PAYING AGENT 85
Section 12.05 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS 85
Section 12.06 GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 86
Section 12.07 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION 86
Section 12.08 NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS 86
Section 12.09 SUCCESSORS 86
Section 12.10 FORCE MAJEURE 86
Section 12.11 U.S.A. PATRIOT ACT 87
Section 12.12 CALCULATIONS 87
Section 12.13 SEVERABILITY 87
Section 12.14 COUNTERPARTS 87
Section 12.15 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. 88
Section 12.16 WITHHOLDING TAXES 88

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A: Form of Note A-1
Exhibit B-1: Form of Restricted Note Legend B-1-1
Exhibit B-2: Form of Global Note Legend B-2-1
Exhibit C: Form of Supplemental Indenture C-1

 

 

 

 

INDENTURE, dated as of December 8, 2021, between Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” as further defined below).

 

Each party to this Indenture (as defined below) agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Company’s 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”). In connection with the purchase of the Notes, certain Holders have entered into Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, each dated as of June 13, 2021, (the “Subscription Agreements”), providing for, among other things, certain registration rights in respect of the Common Stock (as defined below) (if any) issuable upon conversion hereunder to the relevant Subscribers (as defined in the Subscription Agreements) or, in certain circumstances, to the assignees of such Subscribers.

 

Article 1.                 DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.01       DEFINITIONS.

 

Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 144 as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Authorized Denomination” means, with respect to a Note, subject to the issuance of PIK Notes or the increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in order to evidence PIK Interest, a principal amount thereof equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, and after the issuance of PIK Notes or an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note, a principal amount of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee of such board duly authorized to act on behalf of such board.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed.

 

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, interests in, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, participations in, or other equivalents of, in each case however designated, the equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

 

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

 

 

 

Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, subject to Section 5.09.

 

Company” means the Person named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture and, subject to Article 6, its successors and assigns.

 

Company Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Company by one (1) of its Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Conversion Date” means, with respect to a Note, the first (1st) Business Day on which the requirements set forth in Section 5.02(A) to convert such Note are satisfied, subject to Section 5.03(C).

 

Conversion Price” means, as of any time, an amount equal to (A) one thousand dollars ($1,000) divided by (B) the Conversion Rate in effect at such time.

 

Conversion Rate” initially means 83.3333 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that the Conversion Rate is subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 5; provided, further, that whenever this Indenture refers to the Conversion Rate as of a particular date without setting forth a particular time on such date, such reference will be deemed to be to the Conversion Rate immediately after the Close of Business on such date.

 

Conversion Share” means any share of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any Note.

 

Daily Cash Amount” means, with respect to any VWAP Trading Day, the lesser of (A) the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount; and (B) the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day.

 

Daily Conversion Value” means, with respect to any VWAP Trading Day, one-fortieth (1/40th) of the product of (A) the Conversion Rate on such VWAP Trading Day; and (B) the Daily VWAP per share of Common Stock on such VWAP Trading Day.

 

Daily Maximum Cash Amount” means, with respect to the conversion of any Note, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Specified Dollar Amount applicable to such conversion by (B) forty (40).

 

Daily Share Amount” means, with respect to any VWAP Trading Day, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the excess, if any, of the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day over the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount by (B) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day. For the avoidance of doubt, the Daily Share Amount will be zero for such VWAP Trading Day if such Daily Conversion Value does not exceed such Daily Maximum Cash Amount.

 

Daily VWAP” means, for any VWAP Trading Day, the per share volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “BOXD US <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such VWAP Trading Day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by Company). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session.

 

2

 

 

Default” means any event that is (or, after notice, passage of time or both, would be) an Event of Default.

 

Default Settlement Method” means Physical Settlement; provided, however, that the Company may, from time to time, change the Default Settlement Method by sending notice of the new Default Settlement Method to the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent.

 

Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company or its successor.

 

Depositary Participant” means any member of, or participant in, the Depositary.

 

Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any conversion, transfer, exchange or transaction involving a Global Note or any beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary applicable to such conversion, transfer, exchange or transaction.

 

Ex-Dividend Date” means, with respect to an issuance, dividend or distribution on the Common Stock, the first date on which shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such issuance, dividend or distribution (including pursuant to due bills or similar arrangements required by the relevant stock exchange). For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

 

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempted Fundamental Change” means any Fundamental Change with respect to which, in accordance with Section 4.02(I), the Company does not offer to repurchase any Notes.

 

Free Trade Date” means, with respect to any Note, the date as of which the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Note is no longer subject to a Restricted Note Legend.

 

Fundamental Change” means any of the following events:

 

(A)             a Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, or their respective employee benefit plans files any report with the SEC indicating that such Person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner” (as defined below) of shares of the Company’s common equity representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock;

 

3

 

 

(B)              the consummation of (i) any sale, lease or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person, other than solely to the Company or one or more of the Company’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; or (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions in connection with which (whether by means of merger, consolidation, share exchange, combination, reclassification, recapitalization, acquisition, liquidation or otherwise) all of the Common Stock is exchanged for, converted into, acquired for, or constitutes solely the right to receive, other securities, cash or other property; provided, however, that any merger, consolidation, share exchange or combination of the Company pursuant to which the Persons that directly or indirectly “beneficially owned” (as defined below) all classes of the Company’s common equity immediately before such transaction directly or indirectly “beneficially own,” immediately after such transaction, more than fifty percent (50%) of all classes of common equity of the surviving, continuing or acquiring company or other transferee, as applicable, or the parent thereof, in substantially the same proportions vis-à-vis each other as immediately before such transaction will be deemed not to be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (B);

 

(C)              the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(D)             the Common Stock ceases to be listed on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market, The Nasdaq Capital Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any of their respective successors);

 

provided, however, that a transaction or event described in clause (A) or (B) above will not constitute a Fundamental Change if at least ninety percent (90%) of the consideration received or to be received by the holders of Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares or pursuant to dissenters rights), in connection with such transaction or event, consists of shares of common stock listed (or depositary receipts representing shares of common stock, which depositary receipts are listed) on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market, The Nasdaq Capital Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any of their respective successors), or that will be so listed when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or event, and such transaction or event constitutes a Common Stock Change Event whose Reference Property consists of such consideration.

 

If any transaction in which the Common Stock is replaced by securities of another entity occurs, following completion of any related Make-Whole Fundamental Change Conversion Period (od, in the case of a transaction what would have been a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change but for the immediately preceding paragraph, following the effective date of such transaction), references to the Company for purposes of this definition shall instead be references to such other entity.

 

For the purposes of this definition, (x) any transaction or event described in both clause (A) and in clause (B)(ii) above (without regard to the proviso in clause (B)) will be deemed to occur solely pursuant to clause (B) above (subject to such proviso); (y) whether a Person is a “beneficial owner,” whether shares are “beneficially owned,” and percentage beneficial ownership, will be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in Fundamental Change); and (z) the phrase Person or “group” is within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (i) any employee benefit plan of such Person or “group” or of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan (but solely to the extent such Person is acting in such capacity).

 

4

 

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” means the date fixed for the repurchase of any Notes by the Company pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change.

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” means a notice (including a notice substantially in the form of the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” set forth in Exhibit A) containing the information, or otherwise complying with the requirements, set forth in Section 4.02(F)(i) and Section 4.02(F)(ii).

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” means the cash price payable by the Company to repurchase any Note upon its Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change, calculated pursuant to Section 4.02(D).

 

Global Note” means a Note that is represented by a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary.

 

Global Note Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2.

 

Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 9.

 

Guarantor” means each Person that becomes a Guarantor by executing an amended or supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.01(B) and Section 9.03 and, subject to Section 9.04, its successors and assigns of the foregoing.

 

Holder” means a person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, without duplication: (A) any liability, contingent or otherwise, of such person (1) for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion thereof), (2) evidenced by a note, debenture or similar instrument or letters of credit (but solely to the extent drawn) (including a purchase money obligation or other obligation relating to the deferred purchase price of property); (B) any liability of others of the kind described in the preceding clause (A) that the Company or its Subsidiaries has guaranteed or that is otherwise its legal liability; (C) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (D) any obligation secured by a lien to which the property or assets of the Company are subject, whether or not the obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed by or shall otherwise be a legal liability of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

5

 

 

 

Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to a Note, each June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2022 (or commencing on such other date specified in the certificate representing such Note). For the avoidance of doubt, the Maturity Date is an Interest Payment Date.

 

Interest Period” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include the day immediately preceding the first scheduled Interest Payment Date (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

 

Issue Date” means December 8, 2021.

 

Last Original Issue Date” means (A) with respect to any Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date; and (B) with respect to any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.03(B), and any Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, either (i) the date such Notes are originally issued; or (ii) such other date as is specified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee before the original issuance of such Notes.

 

Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock for any Trading Day means the closing sale price per share (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid price and the last ask price per share or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid prices and the average last ask prices per share) of Common Stock on such Trading Day as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed. If the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on such Trading Day, then the Last Reported Sale Price will be the last quoted bid price per share of Common Stock on such Trading Day in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so quoted on such Trading Day, then the Last Reported Sale Price will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid price and the last ask price per share of Common Stock on such Trading Day from a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm selected by the Company. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent will have any duty to determine the Last Reported Sale Price.

 

Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means (A) a Fundamental Change (determined after giving effect to the proviso immediately after clause (D) of the definition thereof, but without regard to the proviso to clause (B)(ii) of such definition) or (B) the sending of a Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 4.03(F); provided, however, that, subject to Section 4.03(I), the sending of a Redemption Notice will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change only with respect to the Notes called (or deemed to be called pursuant to Section 4.03(I)) for Redemption pursuant to such Redemption Notice and not with respect to any other Notes.

 

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Conversion Period” means, (A) in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to clause (A) of the definition thereof, the period from, and including, the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change to, and including, the thirty fifth (35th) Trading Day after such Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date (or, if such Make-Whole Fundamental Change also constitutes a Fundamental Change (other than an Exempted Fundamental Change), to, but excluding, the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date); and (B) in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to clause (B) of the definition thereof, the period from, and including, the Redemption Notice Date for the related Redemption to, and including, the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date.

 

6

 

 

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date” means (A) with respect to a Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to clause (A) of the definition thereof, the date on which such Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective; and (B) with respect to a Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to clause (B) of the definition thereof, the applicable Redemption Notice Date.

 

Market Disruption Event” means, with respect to any date, the occurrence or existence, during the one-half hour period ending at the scheduled close of trading on such date on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or other market on which the Common Stock is listed for trading or trades, of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

 

Maturity Date” means December 15, 2026.

 

Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 13, 2021, by and among the Company, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Blossom Merger Sub”), and Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Blossom Merger Sub II”) and Giddy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Target”).

 

Mergers” means pursuant to the Merger Agreement, inter alia, Blossom Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Target, with the Target surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror, and immediately thereafter, the Target will be merged with and into Blossom Merger Sub II, with Blossom Merger Sub II surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror.

 

Non-Affiliate Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-3.

 

Note Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.

 

Notes” means the 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note to be converted, (A) subject to clause (B) below, if the Conversion Date for such Note occurs before August 15, 2026, the forty (40) consecutive VWAP Trading Days beginning on, and including, the third (3rd) VWAP Trading Day immediately after such Conversion Date; (B), if such Conversion Date occurs on or after the date the Company has sent a Redemption Notice calling all or any Notes for Redemption pursuant to Section 4.03(F) and before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date, the forty (40) consecutive VWAP Trading Days beginning on, and including, the forty-first (41st) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before such Redemption Date; and (C) subject to clause (B) above, if the Conversion Date for such Note occurs on or after August 15, 2026, the forty (40) consecutive VWAP Trading Days beginning on, and including, the forty-first (41st) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the Maturity Date.

 

7

 

 

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate that is signed on behalf of the Company by one (1) of its Officers and that meets the requirements of Section 12.03.

 

Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion, from legal counsel (including an employee of, or counsel to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.03, subject to customary assumptions; qualifications and exclusions.

 

Partial PIK Interest” means a portion of the interest on the Notes due on an Interest Payment Date, which is paid, at the Company’s election, by increasing the amount of outstanding Notes or by issuing additional PIK Notes, to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

 

Permitted Indebtedness” means Indebtedness consisting of (without duplication) (A) Indebtedness (including the indebtedness pursuant to the Notes) senior to or pari passu with the Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $225,000,000; (B) senior secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125,000,000, including any loan secured by all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and (C) Indebtedness (other than the Notes) pari passu with the Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000.

 

Person” or “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof. Any division or series of a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust will constitute a separate “person” under this Indenture.

 

Physical Note” means a Note (other than a Global Note) that is represented by a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, registered in the name of the Holder of such Note and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee.

 

PIK Interest” means payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes, to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

 

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Company, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

 

8

 

 

Redemption” means the repurchase of any Note by the Company pursuant to Section 4.03.

 

Redemption Date” means the date fixed, pursuant to Section 4.03(D), for the settlement of the repurchase of any Notes by the Company pursuant to a Redemption.

 

Redemption Notice Date” means, with respect to a Redemption, the date on which the Company sends the Redemption Notice for such Redemption pursuant to Section 4.03(F).

 

Redemption Price” means the cash price payable by the Company to redeem any Note upon its Redemption, calculated pursuant to Section 4.03(E).

 

Reference Price” means $10.00 (ten dollars).

 

Regular Record Date” has the following meaning with respect to an Interest Payment Date: (A) if such Interest Payment Date occurs on June 15, the immediately preceding June 1; and (B) if such Interest Payment Date occurs on December 15, the immediately preceding December 1.

 

Relevant Stock Exchange” means The New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed.

 

Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change” means the repurchase of any Note by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02.

 

Responsible Officer” means (A) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of such officers; and (B) with respect to a particular corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of, and familiarity with, the particular subject, and who, in each case, will have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Note Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1.

 

Restricted Stock Legend” means, with respect to any Conversion Share, a legend substantially to the effect that the offer and sale of such Conversion Share have not been registered under the Securities Act and that such Conversion Share cannot be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to a transaction that is registered under the Securities Act or that is exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

9

 

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Scheduled Trading Day” means any day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security” means any Note or Conversion Share.

 

Settlement Method” means Cash Settlement, Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that constitutes a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) of such Person; provided, however, that, if a Subsidiary meets the criteria of clause (3), but not clause (1) or (2), of the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act, then such Subsidiary will be deemed not to be a Significant Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary’s income from continuing operations before income taxes, exclusive of amounts attributable to any non-controlling interests, for the last completed fiscal year before the date of determination exceeds ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (with such amount calculated pursuant to numbered paragraph 3 of computational note 1 with respect to clause (3) of such rule, to the extent the calculation of such Subsidiary’s income involves combined entities). For purposes of this definition, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X refers to such rule as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Special Interest” means any interest that accrues on any Note pursuant to Section 7.03.

 

“Specified Dollar Amount” means, with respect to the conversion of a Note to which Combination Settlement applies, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of such Note deliverable upon such conversion as specified in the Settlement Notice related to any conversion (excluding cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock).

 

Stock Price” has the following meaning for any Make-Whole Fundamental Change: (A) if the holders of Common Stock receive only cash in consideration for their shares of Common Stock in such Make-Whole Fundamental Change and such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is pursuant to clause (B) of the definition of “Fundamental Change,” then the Stock Price is the amount of cash paid per share of Common Stock in such Make-Whole Fundamental Change; and (B) in all other cases, the Stock Price is the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

10

 

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (A) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, but after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such corporation, association or other business entity is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person; and (B) any partnership or limited liability company where (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital accounts, distribution rights, equity and voting interests, or of the general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, of such partnership or limited liability company are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or limited liability company interests or otherwise; and (ii) such Person or any one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person is a controlling general partner of, or otherwise controls, such partnership or limited liability company.

 

Trading Day” means any day on which (A) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded; and (B) there is no Market Disruption Event. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

 

Transfer-Restricted Security” means any Security that constitutes a “restricted security” (as defined in Rule 144); provided, however, that such Security will cease to be a Transfer-Restricted Security upon the earliest to occur of the following events:

 

(A)             such Security is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or a Person that was an Affiliate of the Company in the three months immediately preceding) pursuant to a registration statement that was effective under the Securities Act at the time of such sale or transfer; and

 

(B)              such Security is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or a Person that was an Affiliate of the Company in the three months immediately preceding) pursuant to an available exemption (including Rule 144) from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and, immediately after such sale or transfer, such Security ceases to constitute a “restricted security” (as defined in Rule 144).

 

The Trustee is under no obligation to determine whether any Security is a Transfer-Restricted Security and may conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

11

 

 

Trustee” means the Person named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.

 

VWAP Market Disruption Event” means, with respect to any date, (A) the failure by the Relevant Stock Exchange to open for trading during its regular trading session on such date; or (B) the occurrence or existence, for more than one half hour period in the aggregate, of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date.

 

VWAP Trading Day” means a day on which (A) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event; and (B) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the Relevant Stock Exchange. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded on a Relevant Stock Exchange, then “VWAP Trading Day” means a Business Day.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person determined by reference to the definition of Subsidiary but with each reference therein to “more than fifty percent (50%)” deemed to be replaced with “one hundred percent (100%)” for purposes of this definition; provided, however, that directors’ qualifying shares will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether any Person is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of another Person.

 

12

 

 

Section 1.02       OTHER DEFINITIONS.

 

Term

Defined
in Section

Additional Shares 5.07(A)
Aggregate Purchase Price 9.05
Business Combination Event 6.01(A)
Cash Interest 2.05(A)
Cash Settlement 5.03(A)
Combination Settlement 5.03(A)
Common Stock Change Event 5.09(A)
Conversion Agent 2.06(A)
Conversion Consideration 5.03(B)(i)
Default Interest 2.05(C)
Defaulted Amount 2.05(C)
Event of Default 7.01(A)
Exchange Consideration 5.08(A)
Expiration Date 5.05(A)(v)
Expiration Time 5.05(A)(v)
Fundamental Change Notice 4.02(E)
Fundamental Change Repurchase Right 4.02(A)
Guaranteed Obligations 9.01(A)(ii)
Guarantor Business Combination Event 9.04(A)
Initial Notes 2.03(A)
Paying Agent 2.06(A)
Physical Settlement 5.03(A)
PIK Notes 2.03(C)
PIK Notice 2.05(B)(i)
PIK Payment 2.03(C)
“Redemption Notice” 4.03(F)
Reference Property 5.09(A)
Reference Property Unit 5.09(A)
Register 2.06(B)
Registrar 2.06(A)
Reporting Event of Default 7.03(A)
Settlement Method 5.03(A)
Specified Courts 12.07
Spin-Off 5.05(A)(iii)(2)
Spin-Off Valuation Period 5.05(A)(iii)(2)
Stated Interest 2.05(A)
Successor Corporation 6.01(A)
Successor Person 5.09(A)
Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period 5.05(A)(v)

 

13

 

 

Section 1.03       RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

 

   For purposes of this Indenture:

 

(A)             “or” is not exclusive;

 

(B)              “including” means “including without limitation”;

 

(C)              “will” expresses a command;

 

(D)             the “average” of a set of numerical values refers to the arithmetic average of such numerical values;

 

(E)              a merger involving, or a transfer of assets by, a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust will be deemed to include any division of or by, or an allocation of assets to a series of, such limited liability company, limited partnership or trust, or any unwinding of any such division or allocation;

 

(F)              words in the singular include the plural and in the plural include the singular, unless the context requires otherwise;

 

(G)             “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision of this Indenture, unless the context requires otherwise;

 

(H)             references to currency mean the lawful currency of the United States of America, unless the context requires otherwise;

 

(I)                the exhibits, schedules and other attachments to this Indenture are deemed to form part of this Indenture;

 

(J)                unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute”, “execution”, “signed”, and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transaction contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) will be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which will be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is not under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee.

 

(K)             references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment; and

 

(L)              the term “interest,” when used with respect to a Note, includes any Special Interest, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

Article 2.                 THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01       FORM, DATING AND DENOMINATIONS.

 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A. The Notes will bear the legends required by Section 2.09 and may bear notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or the Depositary. Each Note will be dated as of the date of its authentication. Any PIK Notes will be issued with the designation “PIK Note” on the face of such PIK Note.

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided in a Company Order delivered to the Trustee in connection with the issuance and authentication thereof, the Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes. Global Notes may be exchanged for Physical Notes, and Physical Notes may be exchanged for Global Notes, only as provided in Section 2.10.

 

The Notes will be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in Authorized Denominations.

 

Each certificate representing a Note will bear a unique registration number that is not affixed to any other certificate representing another outstanding Note.

 

The terms contained in the Notes constitute part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, agree to such terms and to be bound thereby; provided, however, that, to the extent that any provision of any Note conflicts with the provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will control for purposes of this Indenture and such Note.

 

14

 

 

Section 2.02       EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY.

 

(A)             Due Execution by the Company. At least one (1) duly authorized Officer will sign the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual, facsimile or other electronic signature. A Note’s validity will not be affected by the failure of any Officer whose signature is on any Note to hold, at the time such Note is authenticated, the same or any other office at the Company.

 

(B)              Authentication by the Trustee and Delivery.

 

(i)                 No Note will be valid until it is authenticated by the Trustee. A Note will be deemed to be duly authenticated only when an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or a duly appointed authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication of such Note.

 

(ii)              The Trustee will cause an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or a duly appointed authenticating agent) to manually sign the certificate of authentication of a Note only if (1) the Company delivers such Note to the Trustee; (2) such Note is executed by the Company in accordance with Section 2.02(A); and (3) the Company delivers a Company Order to the Trustee that (a) requests the Trustee to authenticate such Note; and (b) sets forth the name of the Holder of such Note and the date as of which such Note is to be authenticated, along with the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required hereunder. If such Company Order also requests the Trustee to deliver such Note to any Holder or to the Depositary (or its custodian), then the Trustee will promptly deliver such Note in accordance with such Company Order.

 

(iii)            The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. A duly appointed authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so under this Indenture, and a Note authenticated as provided in this Indenture by such an agent will be deemed, for purposes of this Indenture, to be authenticated by the Trustee. Each duly appointed authenticating agent will have the same rights to deal with the Company as the Trustee would have if it were performing the duties that the authentication agent was validly appointed to undertake.

 

Section 2.03       INITIAL NOTES; ADDITIONAL NOTES AND PIK NOTES.

 

(A)             Initial Notes. On the Issue Date, there will be originally issued eighty seven million five hundred thousand dollars ($87.5 million) aggregate principal amount of Notes, subject to the provisions of this Indenture (including Section 2.02). Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.03(A), and any Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, are referred to in this Indenture as the “Initial Notes.”

 

(B)              Additional Notes. The Company may, subject to the provisions of this Indenture (including Section 2.02), issue additional Notes with the same terms as the Initial Notes (except, to the extent applicable, with respect to the date as of which interest begins to accrue on such additional Notes and the first Interest Payment Date and the Last Original Issue Date of such additional Notes), which additional Notes will, subject to the foregoing, be considered to be part of the same series of, and rank equally and ratably with all other, Notes issued under this Indenture; provided, however, that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes or any other Notes issued under this Indenture for U.S. federal income tax or U.S. federal securities law purposes, then such additional Notes will be identified by one or more separate CUSIP numbers or by no CUSIP number. Any resale of notes repurchased by the Company as described and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.07 will be deemed to be an “issuance” of notes for purposes of this Section 2.03(B).

 

15

 

 

(C)              PIK Notes. If the Company elects to pay PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Notes as set forth in Section 2.05 below, the Company may elect prior to any Interest Payment Date (subject to the restrictions described in the form of Notes in Exhibit A) to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under this Indenture having the same terms (except that PIK Notes shall be made in a minimum denomination of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00) as the Notes (in each case, a “PIK Payment”). In the event that the Company shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a PIK Notice (as defined below) to the Trustee as required by the form of Note in Exhibit A. Any PIK Notes will, be considered to be part of the same series of, and rank equally and ratably with all other, Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.04       METHOD OF PAYMENT.

 

(A)             Global Notes. The Company will pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, the principal (whether due upon maturity on the Maturity Date, Redemption on a Redemption Date or repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise) of, interest on, and any cash Conversion Consideration for, any Global Note to the Depositary by wire transfer of immediately available funds no later than the time the same is due as provided in this Indenture.

 

(B)              Physical Notes. The Company will pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, the principal (whether due upon maturity on the Maturity Date, Redemption on a Redemption Date or repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise) of, interest on, and any cash Conversion Consideration for, any Physical Note no later than the time the same is due as provided in this Indenture as follows: (i) if the principal amount of such Physical Note is at least five million dollars ($5,000,000) (or such lower amount as the Company may choose in its sole and absolute discretion) and the Holder of such Physical Note entitled to such payment has delivered to the Paying Agent or the Trustee, no later than the time set forth in the immediately following sentence, a written request that the Company make such payment by wire transfer to an account of such Holder within the United States specified in such request, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account; and (ii) in all other cases, by check mailed to the address of the Holder of such Physical Note entitled to such payment as set forth in the Register. To be timely, such written request must be so delivered no later than the Close of Business on the following date: (x) with respect to the payment of any interest due on an Interest Payment Date, the immediately preceding Regular Record Date; (y) with respect to any cash Conversion Consideration, the relevant Conversion Date; and (z) with respect to any other payment, the date that is fifteen (15) calendar days immediately before the date such payment is due.

 

Section 2.05       ACCRUAL OF INTEREST; DEFAULTED AMOUNTS; WHEN PAYMENT DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY.

 

(A)             Accrual of Interest. Each Note will accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to seven percent (7.00%) (the “Stated Interest”), plus any Special Interest that may accrue pursuant to Section 7.03. The Company shall determine prior to any Interest Payment Date to pay Cash Interest or PIK Interest for such Interest Period; provided that prior to any such election, the Company is deemed to have selected to pay such interest in cash (“Cash Interest”) and provided further that any amounts that constitute Special Interest shall be paid by the Company in the form of Cash Interest. Stated Interest on each Note will (i) accrue from, and including, the most recent date to which Stated Interest has been paid or duly provided for (or, if no Stated Interest has theretofore been paid or duly provided for, the date set forth in the certificate representing such Note as the date from, and including, which Stated Interest will begin to accrue in such circumstance) to, but excluding, the date of payment of such Stated Interest; and (ii) be, subject to Sections 4.02(D), 4.03(E) and 5.02(D) (but without duplication of any payment of interest), payable semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, beginning on the first Interest Payment Date set forth in the certificate representing such Note, to the Holder of such Note as of the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Regular Record Date. Stated Interest, and, if applicable, Special Interest, on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360)-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

16

 

 

(B)           PIK Interest.

 

(i)                 In the event that the Company shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a notice (a “PIK Notice”) to the Trustee and the Holders not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph, in connection with a redemption or repurchase and on the Maturity Date must be paid entirely in cash.

 

(ii)              Any PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) on the Notes will be payable to Holders and (x) with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depositary or its nominee on the relevant Regular Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an authentication order from the Company, record such increase in principal amount and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an authentication order and PIK Notes from the Company, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. In the event that the Company is entitled to and elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each Holder will be entitled to receive cash in respect of the applicable percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest in respect of the remaining percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the global Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be distributed to Holders, will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on the Maturity Date and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK Note” on the face of such PIK Note.

 

(iii)            If the Company pays a portion of the interest on the Notes in cash and a portion as PIK Interest, such cash and PIK Interest shall be paid to Holders pro rata in accordance with their interests.

 

(iv)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection in connection with any repurchase of the Notes as described Article 4 of this Indenture shall be made solely in cash.

 

17

 

 

(C)              Defaulted Amounts. If the Company fails to pay any amount (a “Defaulted Amount”) payable on a Note on or before the due date therefor as provided in this Indenture, then, regardless of whether such failure constitutes an Event of Default, (i) such Defaulted Amount will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder of such Note otherwise entitled to such payment; (ii) to the extent lawful, interest (“Default Interest”) will accrue on such Defaulted Amount at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which Stated Interest accrues, from, and including, such due date to, but excluding, the date of payment of such Defaulted Amount and Default Interest; (iii) such Defaulted Amount and Default Interest will be paid on a payment date selected by the Company to the Holder of such Note as of the Close of Business on a special record date selected by the Company, provided that such special record date must be no more than fifteen (15), nor less than ten (10), calendar days before such payment date; and (iv) at least fifteen (15) calendar days before such special record date, the Company will send notice to the Trustee and the Holders that states such special record date, such payment date and the amount of such Defaulted Amount and Default Interest to be paid on such payment date.

 

(D)             Delay of Payment when Payment Date is Not a Business Day. If the due date for a payment on a Note as provided in this Indenture is not a Business Day, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, such payment may be made on the immediately following Business Day and no interest will accrue on such payment as a result of the related delay. Solely for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a day on which the applicable place of payment is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed will be deemed not to be a “Business Day.”

 

(E)              Special Interest. In the event that any Special Interest is due on any Note, then at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which such Special Interest is to be paid, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Holders setting forth of the amount of such Special Interest and the date on which such Special Interest is to be paid. The Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no Special Interest is due to Holders unless and until the Trustee receives such notice from the Company. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the circumstances giving rise to the payment of Special Interest. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that any Special Interest is due on any Note, the Company shall pay such amounts in the form of Cash Interest.

 

Section 2.06       REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT.

 

(A)             Generally. The Company will maintain (i) an office or agency in the continental United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”); (ii) an office or agency in the continental United States where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”); and (iii) an office or agency in the continental United States where Notes may be presented for conversion (the “Conversion Agent”). If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, then the Trustee will act as such and will receive compensation therefor in accordance with this Indenture and any other agreement between the Trustee and the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.

 

18

 

 

(B)              Duties of the Registrar. The Registrar will keep a record (the “Register”) of the names and addresses of the Holders, the Notes held by each Holder and the transfer, exchange, repurchase, Redemption and conversion of Notes. Absent manifest error, the entries in the Register will be conclusive and the Company and the Trustee may treat each Person whose name is recorded as a Holder in the Register as a Holder for all purposes. The Register will be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form reasonably promptly.

 

(C)              Co-Agents; Company’s Right to Appoint Successor Registrars, Paying Agents and Conversion Agents. The Company may appoint one or more co-Registrars, co-Paying Agents and co-Conversion Agents, each of whom will be deemed to be a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, as applicable, under this Indenture. Subject to Section 2.06(A), the Company may change any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent (including appointing itself or any of its Subsidiaries to act in such capacity) without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee (and, upon request, any Holder) of the name and address of each Note Agent, if any, not a party to this Indenture and will enter into an appropriate agency agreement with each such Note Agent, which agreement will implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Note Agent.

 

(D)             Initial Appointments. The Company appoints the Trustee as the initial Paying Agent, the initial Registrar and the initial Conversion Agent.

 

Section 2.07       PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT TO HOLD PROPERTY IN TRUST.

 

The Company will require each Paying Agent or Conversion Agent that is not the Trustee to agree in writing that such Note Agent will (A) hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money and other property held by such Note Agent for payment or delivery due on the Notes; and (B) notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment or delivery. The Company, at any time, may, and the Trustee, while any Default continues, may, require a Paying Agent or Conversion Agent to pay or deliver, as applicable, all money and other property held by it to the Trustee, after which payment or delivery, as applicable, such Note Agent (if not the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) will have no further liability for such money or property. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, then (A) it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money and other property held by it as Paying Agent or Conversion Agent; and (B) references in this Indenture or the Notes to the Paying Agent or Conversion Agent holding cash or other property, or to the delivery of cash or other property to the Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, in each case for payment or delivery to any Holders or the Trustee or with respect to the Notes, will be deemed to refer to cash or other property so segregated and held separately, or to the segregation and separate holding of such cash or other property, respectively. Upon the occurrence of any event pursuant to in clause (ix) or (x) of Section 7.01(A) with respect to the Company (or with respect to any Subsidiary of the Company acting as Paying Agent or Conversion Agent), the Trustee will serve as the Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, as applicable, for the Notes.

 

19

 

 

Section 2.08       HOLDER LISTS.

 

If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee, no later than seven (7) Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request, a list, in such form and as of such date or time as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

Section 2.09       LEGENDS.

 

(A)             Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear the Global Note Legend (or any similar legend, not inconsistent with this Indenture, required by the Depositary for such Global Note).

 

(B)              Non-Affiliate Legend. Each Note will bear the Non-Affiliate Legend.

 

(C)              Restricted Note Legend. Subject to Section 2.12,

 

(i)                 each Note that is a Transfer-Restricted Security will bear the Restricted Note Legend; and

 

(ii)              if a Note is issued in exchange for, in substitution of, or to effect a partial conversion of, another Note (such other Note being referred to as the “old Note” for purposes of this Section 2.09(C)(ii)), including pursuant to Sections 2.10(B), 2.10(C), 2.11 or 2.13, then such Note will bear the Restricted Note Legend if such old Note bore the Restricted Note Legend at the time of such exchange or substitution, or on the related Conversion Date with respect to such conversion, as applicable; provided, however, that such Note need not bear the Restricted Note Legend if such Note does not constitute a Transfer-Restricted Security immediately after such exchange or substitution, or as of such Conversion Date, as applicable.

 

(D)             Other Legends. A Note may bear any other legend or text, not inconsistent with this Indenture, as may be required by applicable law or by any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which such Note is traded or quoted.

 

(E)              Acknowledgement and Agreement by the Holders. A Holder’s acceptance of any Note bearing any legend required by this Section 2.09 will constitute such Holder’s acknowledgement of, and agreement to comply with, the restrictions set forth in such legend.

 

(F)              Restricted Stock Legend.

 

(i)                 Each Conversion Share will bear the Restricted Stock Legend if the Note upon the conversion of which such Conversion Share was issued was (or would have been had it not been converted) a Transfer-Restricted Security at the time such Conversion Share was issued; provided, however, that such Conversion Share need not bear the Restricted Stock Legend if the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Conversion Share need not bear the Restricted Stock Legend.

 

(ii)              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.09(F), a Conversion Share need not bear a Restricted Stock Legend if such Conversion Share is issued in an uncertificated form that does not permit affixing legends thereto, provided the Company takes measures (including the assignment thereto of a “restricted” CUSIP number) that it reasonably deems appropriate to enforce the transfer restrictions referred to in the Restricted Stock Legend.

 

20

 

 

Section 2.10       TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES; CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

 

(A)             Provisions Applicable to All Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i)                 Subject to this Section 2.10, Physical Notes and beneficial interests in Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged from time to time and the Registrar will record each such transfer or exchange in the Register.

 

(ii)              Each Note issued upon transfer or exchange of any other Note (such other Note being referred to as the “old Note” for purposes of this Section 2.10(A)(ii)) or portion thereof in accordance with this Indenture will be the valid obligation of the Company, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as such old Note or portion thereof, as applicable.

 

(iii)            The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Note Agents will not impose any service charge on any Holder for any transfer, exchange or registration of transfer of Notes as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Noes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, or in connection with any conversion of Notes, but the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Conversion Agent may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, exchange or conversion of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.17 or 8.05 not involving any transfer.

 

(iv)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, a Note may not be transferred or exchanged in part unless the portion to be so transferred or exchanged is in an Authorized Denomination.

 

(v)               The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any transfer restrictions imposed under this Indenture or applicable law with respect to any Security, other than to require the delivery of such certificates or other documentation or evidence as expressly required by this Indenture and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(vi)             Each Note issued upon transfer of, or in exchange for, another Note will bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09.

 

(vii)          Upon satisfaction of the requirements of this Indenture to effect a transfer or exchange of any Note, the Company will cause such transfer or exchange to be effected as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than the second (2nd) Business Day after the date of such satisfaction.

 

(viii)        For the avoidance of doubt, and subject to the terms of this Indenture, as used in this Section 2.10, an “exchange” of a Global Note or a Physical Note includes (x) an exchange effected for the sole purpose of removing any Restricted Note Legend affixed to such Global Note or Physical Note; and (y) if such Global Note or Physical Note is identified by a “restricted” CUSIP number, an exchange effected for the sole purpose of causing such Global Note or Physical Note to be identified by an “unrestricted” CUSIP number.

 

(ix)             Neither the Trustee nor any Note Agent will have any responsibility for any action taken or not taken by the Depositary or Depositary Participant.

 

(x)               None of the Trustee or any Note Agent will have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note or a Depositary Participant or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any Redemption Notice) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note will be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Depositary Procedures. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

21

 

 

(B)           Transfers and Exchanges of Global Notes.

 

(i)                 Subject to the immediately following sentence, no Global Note may be transferred or exchanged in whole except (x) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary; (y) by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary; or (z) by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. No Global Note (or any portion thereof) may be transferred to, or exchanged for, a Physical Note; provided, however, that a Global Note will be exchanged, pursuant to customary procedures, for one or more Physical Notes if:

 

(1)               (x) the Depositary notifies the Company or the Trustee that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act and, in each case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within ninety (90) days of such notice or cessation;

 

(2)               an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar has received a written request from the Depositary, or from a holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, to exchange such Global Note or beneficial interest, as applicable, for one or more Physical Notes; or

 

(3)               the Company, in its sole discretion, permits the exchange of any beneficial interest in such Global Note for one or more Physical Notes at the request of the owner of such beneficial interest.

 

(ii)         Upon satisfaction of the requirements of this Indenture to effect a transfer or exchange of any Global Note (or any portion thereof):

 

(1)               the Trustee will reflect any resulting decrease of the principal amount of such Global Note by notation on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” forming part of such Global Note (and, if such notation results in such Global Note having a principal amount of zero, the Company may (but is not required to) instruct the Trustee to cancel such Global Note pursuant to Section 2.15);

 

(2)               if required to effect such transfer or exchange, then the Trustee will reflect any resulting increase of the principal amount of any other Global Note by notation on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” forming part of such other Global Note;

 

(3)               if required to effect such transfer or exchange, then the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, a new Global Note bearing each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09; and

 

(4)               if such Global Note (or such portion thereof), or any beneficial interest therein, is to be exchanged for one or more Physical Notes, then the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Physical Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note to be so exchanged; (y) are registered in such name(s) as the Depositary specifies (or as otherwise determined pursuant to customary procedures); and (z) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09.

 

(iii)            Each transfer or exchange of a beneficial interest in any Global Note will be made in accordance with the Depositary Procedures.

 

22

 

 

(C)              Transfers and Exchanges of Physical Notes.

 

(i)                 Subject to this Section 2.10, a Holder of a Physical Note may (x) transfer such Physical Note (or any portion thereof in an Authorized Denomination) to one or more other Person(s); (y) exchange such Physical Note (or any portion thereof in an Authorized Denomination) for one or more other Physical Notes in Authorized Denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Physical Note (or portion thereof) to be so exchanged; and (z) if then permitted by the Depositary Procedures, transfer such Physical Note (or any portion thereof in an Authorized Denomination) in exchange for a beneficial interest in one or more Global Notes; provided, however, that, to effect any such transfer or exchange, such Holder must:

 

(1)               surrender such Physical Note to be transferred or exchanged to the office of the Registrar, together with any endorsements or transfer instruments reasonably required by the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar; and

 

(2)               deliver such certificates, documentation or evidence as may be required pursuant to Section 2.10(D).

 

(ii)         Upon the satisfaction of the requirements of this Indenture to effect a transfer or exchange of any Physical Note (such Physical Note being referred to as the “old Physical Note” for purposes of this Section 2.10(C)(ii)) of a Holder (or any portion of such old Physical Note in an Authorized Denomination):

 

(1)               such old Physical Note will be promptly cancelled pursuant to Section 2.15;

 

(2)               if such old Physical Note is to be so transferred or exchanged only in part, then the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Physical Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such old Physical Note not to be so transferred or exchanged; (y) are registered in the name of such Holder; and (z) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09;

 

(3)               in the case of a transfer:

 

(a)           to the Depositary or a nominee thereof that will hold its interest in such old Physical Note (or such portion thereof) to be so transferred in the form of one or more Global Notes, the Trustee will reflect an increase of the principal amount of one or more existing Global Notes by notation on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” forming part of such Global Note(s), which increase(s) are in Authorized Denominations and aggregate to the principal amount to be so transferred, and which Global Note(s) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09; provided, however, that if such transfer cannot be so effected by notation on one or more existing Global Notes (whether because no Global Notes bearing each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09 then exist, because any such increase will result in any Global Note having an aggregate principal amount exceeding the maximum aggregate principal amount permitted by the Depositary or otherwise), then the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Global Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount to be so transferred; and (y) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09; and

 

(b)               to a transferee that will hold its interest in such old Physical Note (or such portion thereof) to be so transferred in the form of one or more Physical Notes, the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Physical Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount to be so transferred; (y) are registered in the name of such transferee; and (z) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09; and

 

23

 

 

(4)               in the case of an exchange, the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Physical Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount to be so exchanged; (y) are registered in the name of the Person to whom such old Physical Note was registered; and (z) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09.

 

(D)             Requirement to Deliver Documentation and Other Evidence. If a Holder of any Note that is identified by a “restricted” CUSIP number or that bears a Restricted Note Legend or is a Transfer-Restricted Security requests to:

 

(i)                 cause such Note to be identified by an “unrestricted” CUSIP number;

 

(ii)              remove such Restricted Note Legend; or

 

(iii)            register the transfer of such Note to the name of another Person,

 

then the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Registrar may refuse to effect such identification, removal or transfer, as applicable, unless there is delivered to the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Registrar such certificates or other documentation or evidence as the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Registrar may reasonably require in order for the Company to determine that such identification, removal or transfer, as applicable, complies with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws; provided, however, that no such certificates, documentation or evidence need be so delivered on and after the Free Trade Date with respect to such Note unless the Company determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Note is not eligible to be offered, sold or otherwise transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise without any requirements as to volume, manner of sale, availability of current public information or notice under the Securities Act.

 

24

 

 

 

(E)              Transfers of Notes Subject to Redemption, Repurchase or Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note that (i) has been surrendered for conversion, except to the extent that any portion of such Note is not subject to conversion; (ii) is subject to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice validly delivered, and not withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.02(F), except to the extent that any portion of such Note is not subject to such notice or the Company fails to pay the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price when due; or (iii) has been selected for Redemption pursuant to a Redemption Notice, except to the extent that any portion of such Note is not subject to Redemption or the Company fails to pay the applicable Redemption Price when due.

 

  Section 2.11         EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES TO BE CONVERTED OR TO BE REPURCHASED PURSUANT TO A REPURCHASE UPON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE.

 

(A)             Partial Conversions, Redemptions and Repurchases of Physical Notes. If only a portion of a Physical Note of a Holder is to be converted pursuant to Article 5 or repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change or Redemption, then, as soon as reasonably practicable after such Physical Note is surrendered for such conversion, Redemption or repurchase, as applicable, the Company will cause such Physical Note to be exchanged, pursuant and subject to Section 2.10(C), for (i) one or more Physical Notes that are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Physical Note that is not to be so converted, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, and deliver such Physical Note(s) to such Holder; and (ii) a Physical Note having a principal amount equal to the principal amount to be so converted, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, which Physical Note will be converted, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that the Physical Note referred to in this clause (ii) need not be issued at any time after which such principal amount subject to such conversion, Redemption or repurchase, as applicable, is deemed to cease to be outstanding pursuant to Section 2.18.

 

(B)              Cancellation of Converted, Redeemed and Repurchased Notes.

 

(i)                Physical Notes. If a Physical Note (or any portion thereof that has not theretofore been exchanged pursuant to Section 2.11(A)) of a Holder is to be converted pursuant to Article 5 or repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change or Redemption, then, promptly after the later of the time such Physical Note (or such portion) is deemed to cease to be outstanding pursuant to Section 2.18 and the time such Physical Note is surrendered for such conversion, Redemption or repurchase, as applicable, (1) such Physical Note will be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.15; and (2) in the case of a partial conversion, Redemption or repurchase, as applicable, the Company will issue, execute and deliver to such Holder, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, one or more Physical Notes that (x) are in Authorized Denominations and have an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Physical Note that is not to be so converted, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable; (y) are registered in the name of such Holder; and (z) bear each legend, if any, required by Section 2.09.

 

25

 

 

(ii)              Global Notes. If a Global Note (or any portion thereof) is to be converted pursuant to Article 5 or repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change or subject to Redemption, then, promptly after the time such Note (or such portion) is deemed to cease to be outstanding pursuant to Section 2.18, the Trustee will reflect a decrease of the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note to be so converted, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, by notation on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” forming part of such Global Note (and, if the principal amount of such Global Note is zero following such notation, cancel such Global Note pursuant to Section 2.15).

 

Section 2.12         REMOVAL OF TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

 

Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Indenture, the Restricted Note Legend affixed to any Note will be deemed, pursuant to this Section 2.12 and the footnote to such Restricted Note Legend, to be removed therefrom upon the Company’s delivery to the Trustee of notice, signed on behalf of the Company by one (1) of its Officers, to such effect (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such notice need not be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in order to be effective to cause such Restricted Note Legend to be deemed to be removed from such Note unless a new Note is to be authenticated in connection therewith). If such Note bears a “restricted” CUSIP or ISIN number at the time of such delivery, then, upon such delivery, such Note will be deemed, pursuant to this Section 2.12 and the footnotes to the CUSIP and ISIN numbers set forth on the face of the certificate representing such Note, to thereafter bear the “unrestricted” CUSIP and ISIN numbers identified in such footnotes; provided, however, that if such Note is a Global Note and the Depositary thereof requires a mandatory exchange or other procedure to cause such Global Note to be identified by “unrestricted” CUSIP and ISIN numbers in the facilities of such Depositary, then the Company will effect such exchange or procedure as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

Section 2.13         REPLACEMENT NOTES.

 

If a Holder of any Note claims that such Note has been mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, then the Company will issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, a replacement Note upon surrender to the Trustee of such mutilated Note, or upon delivery to the Trustee of evidence of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company. In the case of a lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note, the Company and the Trustee may require the Holder thereof to provide such security or indemnity that is satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company and the Trustee and that is satisfactory to the Trustee to protect the Trustee and the Company from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced.

 

Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.13 will be an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

26

 

 

Section 2.14         REGISTERED HOLDERS; CERTAIN RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO GLOBAL NOTES.

 

Only the Holder of a Note will have rights under this Indenture as the owner of such Note. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Depositary Participants will have no rights as such under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or its nominee, or by the Trustee as its custodian, and the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Note Agents, and their respective agents, may treat the Depositary as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever; provided, however, that (A) the Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Depositary Participants and Persons that hold interests in Notes through Depositary Participants, to take any action that such Holder is entitled to take with respect to such Global Note under this Indenture or the Notes; and (B) the Company and the Trustee, and their respective agents, may give effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary.

 

Section 2.15         CANCELLATION.

 

The Company may at any time deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent will forward to the Trustee each Note duly surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion, as applicable. The Trustee will promptly cancel all Notes so surrendered to it in accordance with its customary procedures and upon receipt of an order from the Company directing it to cancel such Notes. Without limiting the generality of Section 2.03(B), the Company may not originally issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been cancelled upon transfer, exchange, payment or conversion.

 

Section 2.16         NOTES HELD BY THE COMPANY OR ITS AFFILIATES.

 

Without limiting the generality of Section 2.18, in determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver, consent or other action under this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates will be deemed not to be outstanding; provided, however, that, for purposes of determining whether the Trustee is protected in relying on any such direction, waiver, consent or other action under this Indenture, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.17         TEMPORARY NOTES.

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. The Company will promptly prepare, issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until so exchanged, each temporary Note will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

Section 2.18         OUTSTANDING NOTES.

 

(A)             Generally. The Notes that are outstanding at any time will be deemed to be those Notes that, at such time, have been duly executed and authenticated (giving effect to, and as increased by, any payment of PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes by an amount equal to the PIK Interest payable, rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), excluding those Notes (or portions thereof) that have theretofore been (i) cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.15; (ii) assigned a principal amount of zero by notation on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” forming part of any a Global Note representing such Note; (iii) paid in full (including upon conversion) in accordance with this Indenture; or (iv) deemed to cease to be outstanding to the extent provided in, and subject to, clause (B), (C) or (D) of this Section 2.18.

 

27

 

 

(B)              Replaced Notes. If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.13, then such Note will cease to be outstanding at the time of its replacement, unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof reasonably satisfactory to them that such Note is held by a “bona fide purchaser” under applicable law.

 

(C)              PIK Notes. The aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented by a Global Note shall from time to time be increased, as applicable, to reflect PIK Interest.

 

(D)             Maturing Notes and Notes Called for Redemption or Subject to Repurchase. If, on a Redemption Date, a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date, the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the aggregate Redemption Price, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or principal amount, respectively, together, in each case, with the aggregate interest in cash, in each case due on such date, then (unless there occurs a Default in the payment of any such amount) (i) the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or repurchased, or that mature, on such date will be deemed, as of such date, to cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue on such Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 4.02(D), 4.03(E) or 5.02(D); and (ii) all rights of the Holders of such Notes (or such portions thereof), as such, will terminate with respect to such Notes (or such portions thereof), other than (x) the right to receive the Redemption Price, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or principal amount, as applicable, of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, such Notes (or such portions thereof), in each case as provided in this Indenture and (y) if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Redemption Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the right of the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date to receive the accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

(E)              Notes to Be Converted. At the Close of Business on the Conversion Date for any Note (or any portion thereof) to be converted, such Note (or such portion) will (unless there occurs a Default in the delivery of the Conversion Consideration or interest due, pursuant to Section 5.03(A) or Section 5.02(D), upon such conversion) be deemed to cease to be outstanding, except to the extent provided in Section 5.02(D) or Section 5.08.

 

(F)              Cessation of Accrual of Interest. Except as provided in Sections 4.02(D), 4.03(E) or 5.02(D), interest will cease to accrue on each Note from, and including, the date that such Note is deemed, pursuant to this Section 2.18, to cease to be outstanding, unless there occurs a default in the payment or delivery of any cash or other property due on such Note.

 

Section 2.19         REPURCHASES BY THE COMPANY.

 

Without limiting the generality of Sections 2.15 and 3.07, the Company or its Subsidiaries may, from time to time, directly or indirectly repurchase Notes in open market purchases or otherwise, whether through private or public tender or exchange offers, cash- settled swaps or other cash-settled derivatives, or in other negotiated transactions without delivering prior notice to, or the consent of, Holders.

 

28

 

 

Section 2.20         CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.

 

Subject to Section 2.12, the Company may use one or more CUSIP or ISIN numbers to identify any of the Notes, and, if so, the Company and the Trustee will use such CUSIP or ISIN number(s) in notices to Holders; provided, however, that (i) the Trustee makes no representation as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP or ISIN number; and (ii) the effectiveness of any such notice will not be affected by any defect in, or omission of, any such CUSIP or ISIN number. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN number(s) identifying any Notes.

 

Section 2.21         [RESERVED].

 

Section 2.22         TAX TREATMENT OF THE NOTES.

 

The Company agrees, and by acceptance of beneficial ownership of the Notes each beneficial owner of the Notes will be deemed to have agreed, for United States federal income tax purposes to treat the Notes as indebtedness that is not subject to the contingent payment debt instrument regulations under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-4.

 

Article 3.          COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01         PAYMENT ON NOTES.

 

(A)             Generally. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all the principal of, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price for, interest on, and other amounts due with respect to, the Notes on the dates and in the manner set forth in this Indenture.

 

(B)              Deposit of Funds. Before 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Interest Payment Date, and on the Maturity Date or any other date on which any cash amount is due on the Notes, the Company will deposit, or will cause there to be deposited, with the Paying Agent cash, in funds immediately available on such date, sufficient to pay the cash amount due on the applicable Notes on such date. The Paying Agent will return to the Company, as soon as practicable, any money not required for such purpose.

 

(C)              PIK Interest. PIK Interest and Partial PIK Interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee has received (i) a written order, pursuant to Section 2.05, from the Company signed by an Officer to increase the balance of any Global Note to reflect such PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as applicable, or (ii) a PIK Note duly executed by the Company together with a written order, pursuant to Section 2.05, of the Company signed by an Officer requesting the authentication of such PIK Note by the Trustee.

 

(D)             [Reserved].

 

(E)              Special Interest. Special Interest shall be paid in cash on the Interest Payment Dates and in the manner of Cash Interest.

 

29

 

 

Section 3.02         EXCHANGE ACT REPORTS.

 

(A)             Generally. The Company will send to the Trustee copies of all reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date that the Company is required to file the same (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods under the Exchange Act); provided, however, that the Company need not send to the Trustee any material for which the Company has received, or is seeking in good faith and has not been denied, confidential treatment by the SEC. Any report that the Company files with the SEC through the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be sent to the Trustee at the time such report is so filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor), it being understood that the Trustee will not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made or for their timeliness or their content. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will provide to such Holder a copy of any report that the Company has sent the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.02(A), other than a report that is deemed to be sent to the Trustee pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

(B)              Trustee’s Disclaimer. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.02(A) is for informational purposes only and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing will not be deemed to constitute actual or constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein, or determinable from information contained therein including the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). The Trustee will have no obligation whatsoever to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with its covenants under this Indenture or with respect to any reports or other documents filed with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) or any other website, or to participate in any conference calls. The Trustee will have no liability or responsibility for the filing, timeliness or content of any report delivered hereunder.

 

Section 3.03         RULE 144A INFORMATION.

 

If the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act at any time when any Notes or Conversion Shares are outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144), then the Company (or its successor) will promptly provide, to the Trustee and, upon written request, to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or Conversion Shares, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of such Notes or Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144A. The Company (or its successor) will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes or Conversion Shares may reasonably request to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or Conversion Shares pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

Section 3.04         [RESERVED].

 

Section 3.05         COMPLIANCE AND DEFAULT CERTIFICATES.

 

(A)             Annual Compliance Certificate. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after December 31, 2021, and each fiscal year of the Company ending thereafter, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating (i) that the signatory thereto has supervised a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year with a view towards determining whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred during the previous fiscal year; and (ii) whether, to such signatory’s knowledge, a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (and, if so, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

(B)              Default Certificate. If a Default or Event of Default occurs, then the Company will promptly deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee describing the same and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

30

 

 

Section 3.06         STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

 

To the extent that it may lawfully do so, the Company (A) agrees that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law (wherever or whenever enacted or in force) that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (B) expressly waives all benefits or advantages of any such law and agrees that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the Trustee by this Indenture, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 3.07         ACQUISITION OF NOTES BY THE COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES.

 

Any Notes that the Company or its Subsidiaries may repurchase pursuant to this Indenture will be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture (subject to Section 2.16) unless and until such time the Company surrenders the Notes to the Trustee for cancellation and, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, the Trustee will cancel all Notes so surrendered. Any Note that is repurchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company may not be resold by the Company or any such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined in Rule 144).

 

Section 3.08         INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS.

 

The Company covenants and agrees that so long as any amount of the Notes remains outstanding under this Indenture, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Notes, any additional Notes permitted under this Indenture and any Permitted Indebtedness).

 

Article 4.           REPURCHASE AND REDEMPTION

 

Section 4.01         NO SINKING FUND.

 

No sinking fund is required to be provided for the Notes.

 

31

 

 

  Section 4.02         RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO REPURCHASE NOTES UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE.

 

(A)             Right of Holders to Require the Company to Repurchase Notes Upon a Fundamental Change. Subject to the other terms of this Section 4.02, if a Fundamental Change occurs, then each Holder will have the right (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right”) to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes (or any portion thereof in an Authorized Denomination) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for such Fundamental Change for a cash purchase price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

(B)              Repurchase Prohibited in Certain Circumstances. If the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded on or before the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change (including as a result of the payment of the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, and any related interest pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.02(D), on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date), then (i) the Company may not repurchase any Notes pursuant to this Section 4.02; and (ii) the Company will cause any Notes theretofore surrendered for such Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change to be returned to the Holders thereof (or, if applicable with respect to Global Notes, cancel any instructions for book-entry transfer to the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent of the applicable beneficial interest in such Notes in accordance with the Depositary Procedures).

 

(C)              Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for any Fundamental Change will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than thirty five (35), nor less than twenty (20), Business Days after the date the Company sends the related Fundamental Change Notice pursuant to Section 4.02(E).

 

(D)             Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for any Note to be repurchased upon a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change following a Fundamental Change is an amount in cash equal to (1) one hundred and one percent (101%) of the principal amount of such Note plus (2) any and all Stated Interest that would have accrued from, and including, the date to which Stated Interest has been paid or duly provided for under this Indenture to, but excluding, the Maturity Date (the “Make-Whole Interest Payment”); provided, however, that if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or before the next Interest Payment Date, then (i) the Holder of such Note at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date will be entitled, notwithstanding such Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change, to receive, on or, at the Company’s election, before, such Interest Payment Date, the unpaid interest that would have accrued on such Note to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date (assuming, solely for these purposes, that such Note remained outstanding through such Interest Payment Date, if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date is before such Interest Payment Date); and (ii) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price will not include accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. For the avoidance of doubt (and without double-counting), if an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day within the meaning of Section 2.05(D) and such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date occurs on the Business Day immediately after such Interest Payment Date, then (x) accrued and unpaid interest on Notes to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date will be paid, in accordance with Section 2.05(D), on the next Business Day to Holders as of the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Regular Record Date; and (y) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price will include interest on Notes to be repurchased from, and including, such Interest Payment Date.

 

(E)              Fundamental Change Notice. On or before the twentieth (20th) calendar day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company will send to each Holder, in writing, with a copy to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent a notice of such Fundamental Change (a “Fundamental Change Notice”).

 

32

 

 

Such Fundamental Change Notice must state:

 

(i)                briefly, the events causing such Fundamental Change;

 

(ii)              the effective date of such Fundamental Change;

 

(iii)             the procedures that a Holder must follow to require the Company to repurchase its Notes pursuant to this Section 4.02, including the deadline for exercising the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right and the procedures for submitting and withdrawing a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice;

 

(iv)             the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for such Fundamental Change;

 

(v)              the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for such Fundamental Change (and, if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or before the next Interest Payment Date, the amount, manner and timing of the interest payment payable pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.02(D)), including the calculation of the Make-Whole Interest Payment;

 

(vi)             the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

 

(vii)            the Conversion Rate in effect on the date of such Fundamental Change Notice and a description and quantification of any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that may result from such Fundamental Change (including pursuant to Section 5.07);

 

(viii)           that Notes for which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been duly tendered and not duly withdrawn must be delivered to the Paying Agent for the Holder thereof to be entitled to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

 

(ix)             that Notes (or any portion thereof) that are subject to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice that has been duly tendered may be converted only if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture; and

 

(x)               the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes.

 

Neither the failure to deliver a Fundamental Change Notice nor any defect in a Fundamental Change Notice will limit the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right of any Holder or otherwise affect the validity of any proceedings relating to any Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change.

 

(F)              Procedures to Exercise the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right.

 

(i)                Delivery of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and Notes to Be Repurchased. To exercise its Fundamental Change Repurchase Right for a Note following a Fundamental Change, the Holder thereof must deliver to the Paying Agent:

 

(1)               before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or such later time as may be required by law), a duly completed, written Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to such Note; and

 

(2)               such Note, duly endorsed for transfer (if such Note is a Physical Note) or by book-entry transfer (if such Note is a Global Note).

 

33

 

 

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to the Company a copy of each Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice that it receives.

 

(ii)              Contents of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notices. Each Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note must state:

 

(1)               if such Note is a Physical Note, the certificate number of such Note;

 

(2)               the principal amount of such Note to be repurchased, which must be an Authorized Denomination; and

 

(3)               that such Holder is exercising its Fundamental Change Repurchase Right with respect to such principal amount of such Note;

 

provided, however, that if such Note is a Global Note, then such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with the Depositary Procedures (and any such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice delivered in compliance with the Depositary Procedures will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.02(F)).

 

(iii)            Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. A Holder that has delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note may withdraw such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent at any time before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Such withdrawal notice must state:

 

(1)               if such Note is a Physical Note, the certificate number of such Note;

 

(2)               the principal amount of such Note to be withdrawn, which must be an Authorized Denomination; and

 

(3)               the principal amount of such Note, if any, that remains subject to such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which must be an Authorized Denomination;

 

provided, however, that if such Note is a Global Note, then such withdrawal notice must comply with the Depositary Procedures (and any such withdrawal notice delivered in compliance with the Depositary Procedures will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.02(F)).

 

34

 

 

Upon receipt of any such withdrawal notice with respect to a Note (or any portion thereof), the Paying Agent will (x) promptly deliver a copy of such withdrawal notice to the Company; and (y) if such Note is surrendered to the Paying Agent, cause such Note (or such portion thereof in accordance with Section 2.11, treating such Note as having been then surrendered for partial repurchase in the amount set forth in such withdrawal notice as remaining subject to repurchase) to be returned to the Holder thereof (or, if applicable with respect to any Global Note, cancel any instructions for book-entry transfer to the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent of the applicable beneficial interest in such Note in accordance with the Depositary Procedures).

 

(G)             Payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Without limiting the Company’s obligation to deposit the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price within the time proscribed by Section 3.01(B), the Company will cause the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for a Note (or portion thereof) to be repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change to be paid to the Holder thereof on or before the later of (i) the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and (ii) the date (x) such Note is delivered to the Paying Agent (in the case of a Physical Note) or (y) the Depositary Procedures relating to the repurchase, and the delivery to the Paying Agent, of such Holder’s beneficial interest in such Note to be repurchased are complied with (in the case of a Global Note). For the avoidance of doubt, interest payable pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.02(D) on any Note to be repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change must be paid pursuant to such proviso regardless of whether such Note is delivered or such Depositary Procedures are complied with pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 4.02(G).

 

(H)             Repurchase by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.02, the Company will be deemed to satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 if (i) one or more third parties conduct any Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change and related offer to repurchase Notes otherwise required by this Section 4.02 in a manner and time that would have satisfied the requirements of this Section 4.02 if conducted directly by the Company; and (ii) an owner of a beneficial interest in any Note repurchased by such third party or parties will not receive a lesser amount (as a result of taxes, additional expenses or for any other reason) than such owner would have received had the Company repurchased such Note.

 

(I)                No Requirement to Conduct an Offer to Repurchase Notes if the Fundamental Change Results in the Notes Becoming Convertible into an Amount of Cash Exceeding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.02, the Company will not be required to send a Fundamental Change Notice pursuant to Section 4.02(E), or offer to repurchase or repurchase any Notes pursuant to this Section 4.02, in connection with a Fundamental Change occurring pursuant to clause (B)(ii) (or pursuant to clause (A) that also constitutes a Fundamental Change occurring pursuant to clause (B)(ii)) of the definition thereof, if (i) such Fundamental Change constitutes a Common Stock Change Event whose Reference Property consists entirely of cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) immediately after such Fundamental Change, the Notes become convertible, pursuant to Section 5.09(A) and, if applicable, Section 5.07, into consideration that consists solely of U.S. dollars in an amount per $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes that equals or exceeds the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price per $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes (calculated assuming that the same includes the maximum amount of accrued interest payable as part of the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and the Make-Whole Interest Payment); and (iii) the Company timely sends the notice relating to such Common Stock Change Event pursuant to Section 5.09(B) and includes, in such notice, a statement that the Company is relying on this Section 4.02(I).

 

35

 

 

(J)               Compliance with Applicable Securities Laws. To the extent applicable, the Company will comply with all U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change (including complying with Rules 13e-4 and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and filing any required Schedule TO, to the extent applicable) so as to permit effecting such Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change in the manner set forth in this Indenture; provided, however, that, to the extent that the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 4.02 conflict with any law or regulation that is applicable to the Company and enacted after the Issue Date, the Company’s compliance with such law or regulation will not be considered to be a Default of such obligations.

 

(K)             Repurchase in Part. Subject to the terms of this Section 4.02, Notes may be repurchased pursuant to a Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change in part, but only in Authorized Denominations. Provisions of this Section 4.02 applying to the repurchase of a Note in whole will equally apply to the repurchase of a permitted portion of a Note.

 

Section 4.03         RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REDEEM THE NOTES.

 

(A)             No Right to Redeem Before December 20, 2024. The Company may not redeem the Notes before December 20, 2024.

 

(B)              Right to Redeem the Notes on or After December 20, 2024. Subject to the terms of this Section 4.03, the Company has the right, at its election, to redeem all, or any portion in an Authorized Denomination, of the Notes, at any time and from time to time, on a Redemption Date on or after December 20, 2024 and on or before the fortieth (40th) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the Maturity Date, for a cash purchase price equal to the Redemption Price, but only if (x) the Last Reported Sale Price per share of Common Stock exceeds one hundred and thirty percent (130%) of the Conversion Price on (i) each of at least twenty (20) Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before the Redemption Notice Date for such Redemption; and (ii) the Trading Day immediately before such Redemption Notice Date, and (y) unless the Company elects Cash Settlement in respect of the conversions in connection with such Redemption, either (i) a registration statement covering the resale of shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Notes in connection with such Redemption is effective and available for use and is expected, as of the Redemption Notice Date, to remain effective and available during the period from, and including, the related Redemption Notice Date to, and including, the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date or (ii) the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Notes in connection with such Redemption are eligible for immediate resale during the period from, and including, the related Redemption Notice Date to, and including, the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date, by Holders other than the Company’s Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the calling of any Notes for Redemption will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change with respect to such Notes pursuant to clause (B) of the definition thereof.

 

(C)              Redemption Prohibited in Certain Circumstances. If the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded on or before the Redemption Date (including rescission as a result of the payment of the related Redemption Price, and any related interest pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.03(E), on such Redemption Date), then (i) the Company may not redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03; and (ii) the Company will cause any Notes theretofore surrendered for such Redemption to be returned to the Holders thereof (or, if applicable with respect to Global Notes, cancel any instructions for book-entry transfer to the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent of the applicable beneficial interests in such Notes in accordance with the Depositary Procedures).

 

36

 

 

(D)             Redemption Date. The Redemption Date for any Redemption will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than seventy (70), nor less than fifty (50), Scheduled Trading Days after the Redemption Notice Date for such Redemption.

 

(E)              Redemption Price. The Redemption Price for any Note called for Redemption is an amount in cash equal to the principal amount of such Note plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to, but excluding, the Redemption Date for such Redemption; provided, however, that if such Redemption Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or before the next Interest Payment Date, then (i) the Holder of such Note at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date will be entitled, notwithstanding such Redemption, to receive, on or, at the Company’s election, before such Interest Payment Date, the unpaid interest that would have accrued on such Note to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date (assuming, solely for these purposes, that such Note remained outstanding through such Interest Payment Date, if such Redemption Date is before such Interest Payment Date); and (ii) the Redemption Price will not include accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to, but excluding, such Redemption Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day within the meaning of Section 2.05(D) and such Redemption Date occurs on the Business Day immediately after such Interest Payment Date, then (x) accrued and unpaid interest on Notes to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date will be paid, in accordance with Section 2.05(D), on the next Business Day to Holders as of the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Regular Record Date; and (y) the Redemption Price will include interest on Notes to be redeemed from, and including, such Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, such Redemption Date.

 

(F)              Redemption Notice; Notices to Trustee. To call any Notes for Redemption, the Company must (x) send to each Holder of such Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent a written notice of such Redemption (a “Redemption Notice”) and (y) substantially contemporaneously therewith, publish, on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company then uses, the information set forth in the Redemption Notice.

 

Such Redemption Notice must state:

 

(i)                that the Notes have been called for Redemption, briefly describing the Company’s Redemption right under this Indenture;

 

(ii)              the Redemption Date for such Redemption;

 

(iii)             the Redemption Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for such Redemption (and, if the Redemption Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or before the next Interest Payment Date, the amount, manner and timing of the interest payment payable pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.03(E));

 

(iv)             the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

 

(v)              that Notes called for Redemption may be converted at any time before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the Redemption Date (or, if the Company fails to pay the Redemption Price due on such Redemption Date in full, at any time until such time as the Company pays such Redemption Price in full);

 

37

 

 

(vi)             the Conversion Rate in effect on the Redemption Notice Date for such Redemption and a description and quantification of any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that may result from such Redemption (including pursuant to Section 5.07);

 

(vii)            the Settlement Method that will apply to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after such Redemption Notice Date and prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before such Redemption Date;

 

(viii)           that Notes called for Redemption must be delivered to the Paying Agent (in the case of Physical Notes) or the Depositary Procedures must be complied with (in the case of Global Notes) for the Holder thereof to be entitled to receive the Redemption Price; and

 

(ix)             the CUSIP number(s), if any, of the Notes.

 

On or before the Redemption Notice Date, the Company will send a copy of such Redemption Notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. At the Company’s written request, the Trustee will give the Redemption Notice in the Company’s name and at its expense, provided that the Company delivers to the Trustee, at least five Business Days in the case of Physical Notes and two Business Days in the case of Global Notes prior to the Redemption Notice Date (unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period), the Redemption Notice and an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 4.03(F).

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03, then it will furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Redemption will occur, the applicable Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price. If the Registrar is not the Trustee, then the Company will, concurrently with each Redemption Notice, deliver, or cause the Registrar to deliver, to the Trustee a certificate (upon which the Trustee may rely exclusively) setting forth the principal amounts of Notes held by each Holder.

 

(G)             Selection, Conversion and Transfer of Notes to Be Redeemed in Part. If less than all Notes then outstanding are called for Redemption, then:

 

(i)                the Notes to be redeemed will be selected by the Company as follows: (1) in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the Depositary Procedures; and (2) in the case of Physical Notes, by lot, on a pro rata basis or in such other manner as the Company shall deem appropriate and fair; and

 

(ii)              if only a portion of a Note is subject to Redemption and such Note is converted in part, then the converted portion of such Note will be deemed to be from the portion of such Note that was subject to Redemption.

 

38

 

 

(H)             Payment of the Redemption Price. Without limiting the Company’s obligation to deposit the Redemption Price by the time proscribed by Section 3.01(B), the Company will cause the Redemption Price for a Note (or portion thereof) subject to Redemption to be paid to the Holder thereof on or before the applicable Redemption Date. For the avoidance of doubt, interest payable pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.03(E) on any Note (or portion thereof) subject to Redemption must be paid pursuant to such proviso.

 

(I)               Special Provisions for Partial Calls. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03, and the Holder of any Note, or any owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note, is reasonably not able to determine, before the Close of Business on the forty-second (42nd) Scheduled Trading Day (or, if the Company irrevocably elects Physical Settlement for all conversions with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after the related Redemption Notice Date and before the Related Redemption Date, the tenth (10th) calendar day) immediately before the Redemption Date for such Redemption, whether such Note or beneficial interest, as applicable, is to be redeemed pursuant to such Redemption, then such Holder or owner, as applicable, will be entitled to convert such Note or beneficial interest, as applicable, at any time before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before such Redemption Date, and each such conversion will be deemed to be of a Note called for Redemption for purposes of this Section 4.03 and Sections 5.01(C)(iii) and 5.07. The Trustee shall have no obligation to make any determination in connection with the foregoing.

 

Article 5.           CONVERSION

 

Section 5.01         RIGHT TO CONVERT.

 

(A)             Generally. Subject to the provisions of this Article 5, each Holder may, at its option, convert such Holder’s Notes into Conversion Consideration.

 

(B)              Conversions in Part. Subject to the terms of this Indenture, Notes may be converted in part, but only in Authorized Denominations. Provisions of this Article 5 applying to the conversion of a Note in whole will equally apply to conversions of a permitted portion of a Note.

 

(C)              When Notes May Be Converted.

 

(i)               Generally. A Holder may convert its Notes at any time until the Close of Business on the second (2nd) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the Maturity Date.

 

(ii)              Limitations and Closed Periods. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes:

 

(1)               Notes may be surrendered for conversion only after the Open of Business and before the Close of Business on a day that is a Business Day;

 

(2)               in no event may any Note be converted after the Close of Business on the second (2nd) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the Maturity Date; and

 

39

 

 

(3)               if a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is validly delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(F) with respect to any Note, then such Note may not be converted, except to the extent (a) any portion of such Note is not subject to such notice; (b) such notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 4.02(F); or (c) the Company fails to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for such Note in accordance with this Indenture (or a third party fails to make such payment in accordance with Section 4.02(H)).

 

(iii)            Conversion upon Redemption. If the Company calls all or any Notes for Redemption, then the Holder of any Note called for Redemption may convert such Note at any time before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date (or, if the Company fails to pay the Redemption Price due on such Redemption Date in full, at any time until such time as the Company pays such Redemption Price in full). After that time, the right to convert such Notes on account of the Company’s delivery of the Notice of Redemption will expire.

 

Section 5.02         CONVERSION PROCEDURES.

 

(A)             Generally.

 

(i)               Global Notes. To convert a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the owner of such beneficial interest must (1) comply with the Depositary Procedures for converting such beneficial interest (at which time such conversion will become irrevocable); and (2) pay any amounts due pursuant to Section 5.02(D) or Section 5.02(E).

 

(ii)              Physical Notes. To convert all or a portion of a Physical Note, the Holder of such Note must (1) complete, manually sign and deliver to the Conversion Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) the conversion notice attached to such Physical Note or a facsimile of such conversion notice; (2) deliver such Physical Note to the Conversion Agent (at which time such conversion will become irrevocable); (3) furnish any endorsements and transfer documents that the Company or the Conversion Agent may require; and (4) pay any amounts due pursuant to Section 5.02(D) or Section 5.02(E).

 

(B)              Effect of Converting a Note. At the Close of Business on the Conversion Date for a Note (or any portion thereof) to be converted, such Note (or such portion) will (unless there occurs a Default in the delivery of the Conversion Consideration or interest due, pursuant to Section 5.03(B) or Section 5.02(D), upon such conversion) be deemed to cease to be outstanding (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no Person will be deemed to be a Holder of such Note (or such portion thereof) as of the Close of Business on such Conversion Date), except to the extent provided in Section 5.02(D).

 

(C)              Holder of Record of Conversion Shares. The Person in whose name any share of Common Stock is issuable upon conversion of any Note will be deemed to become the holder of record of such share as of the Close of Business on (i) the Conversion Date for such conversion, in the case of Physical Settlement; or (ii) the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for such conversion, in the case of Combination Settlement.

 

40

 

 

(D)             Interest Payable upon Conversion in Certain Circumstances. If the Conversion Date of a Note is after a Regular Record Date and before the next Interest Payment Date, then (i) the Holder of such Note at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date will be entitled, notwithstanding such conversion (and, for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything set forth in the proviso to this sentence), to receive, on or, at the Company’s election, before such Interest Payment Date, the unpaid interest that would have accrued on such Note to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date (assuming, solely for these purposes, that such Note remained outstanding through such Interest Payment Date); and (ii) the Holder surrendering such Note for conversion must deliver to the Conversion Agent, at the time of such surrender, an amount of cash equal to the amount of such interest referred to in clause (i) above (regardless of whether the converting Holder was the Holder on the corresponding Regular Record Date); provided, however, that the Holder surrendering such Note for conversion need not deliver such cash (w) if the Company has specified a Redemption Date that is after such Regular Record Date and on or before the Business Day immediately after such Interest Payment Date; (x) if such Conversion Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately before the Maturity Date; (y) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after such Regular Record Date and on or before the Business Day immediately after such Interest Payment Date; or (z) to the extent of any overdue interest or interest that has accrued on any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Note. For the avoidance of doubt, as a result of, and without limiting the generality of, the foregoing, if a Note is converted with a Conversion Date that is after the Regular Record Date immediately before the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clauses (w) through (z) above, then the Company will pay, as provided above, the interest that would have accrued on such Note to, but excluding, the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date to Holders as of the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date immediately before the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Conversion Date of a Note to be converted is on an Interest Payment Date, then the Holder of such Note at the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date immediately before such Interest Payment Date will be entitled to receive, on such Interest Payment Date, the unpaid interest that has accrued on such Note to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date, and such Note, when surrendered for conversion, need not be accompanied by any cash amount pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 5.02(D).

 

(E)              Taxes and Duties. If a Holder converts a Note, the Company will pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or duty due on the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon such conversion; provided, however, that if any tax or duty is due because such Holder requested such Conversion Shares to be registered in a name other than such Holder’s name, then such Holder will pay such tax or duty and, until having received a sum sufficient to pay such tax or duty, the Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver any such shares to be issued in a name other than that of such Holder.

 

(F)              Conversion Agent to Notify Company of Conversions. If any Note is submitted for conversion to the Conversion Agent or the Conversion Agent receives any notice of conversion with respect to a Note, then the Conversion Agent will promptly (and, in any event, no later than the Business Day the Conversion Agent receives such Note or notice) notify the Company and the Trustee of such occurrence, together with any other information reasonably requested by the Company, and will cooperate with the Company to determine the Conversion Date for such Note.

 

41

 

 

Section 5.03         SETTLEMENT UPON CONVERSION.

 

(A)             Settlement Method. Upon the conversion of any Note, the Company will settle such conversion by paying or delivering, as applicable and as provided in this Article 5, (x) shares of Common Stock, together, if applicable, with cash in lieu of fractional shares as provided in Section 5.03(B)(i)(1) (a “Physical Settlement”); (y) solely cash as provided in Section 5.03(B)(i)(2) (a “Cash Settlement”); or (z) a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, together, if applicable, with cash in lieu of fractional shares as provided in Section 5.03(B)(i)(3) (a “Combination Settlement” and together with Physical Settlements and Cash Settlements, a “Settlement Method”)

 

The Company will have the right to elect the Settlement Method applicable to any conversion of a Note; provided, however, that:

 

(i)               subject to clause (iii) below, all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after August 15, 2026 will be settled using the same Settlement Method, and the Company will send notice of such Settlement Method to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent no later than the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately before August 15, 2026;

 

(ii)              subject to clause (iii) below, if the Company elects a Settlement Method with respect to the conversion of any Note whose Conversion Date occurs before August 15, 2026, then the Company will send notice of such Settlement Method to the Holder of such Note, the Trustee and Conversion Agent no later than the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately after such Conversion Date;

 

(iii)             if any Notes are called for Redemption, then the Company will specify, in the related Redemption Notice (and, in the case of a Redemption of less than all outstanding Notes, in a notice simultaneously sent to all Holders of Notes not called for Redemption) sent pursuant to Section 4.03(F), the Settlement Method that will apply to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after the related Redemption Notice Date and before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately before the related Redemption Date;

 

(iv)             the Company will use the same Settlement Method for all conversions of Notes with the same Conversion Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will not be obligated to use the same Settlement Method with respect to conversions of Notes with different Conversion Dates);

 

(v)               if the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method with respect to the conversion of a Note, then the Company will be deemed to have elected the Default Settlement Method (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the failure to timely make such election will not constitute a Default or Event of Default);

 

(vi)             if the Company timely elects Combination Settlement with respect to the conversion of a Note but does not timely notify the Holder of such Note of the applicable Specified Dollar Amount, then the Specified Dollar Amount for such conversion will be deemed to be $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the failure to timely send such notification will not constitute a Default or Event of Default); and

 

(vii)             the Settlement Method will be subject to Section 5.09(A)(2).

 

42

 

 

In addition, the Company will have the right, exercisable at its election by sending notice of such exercise to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent), to irrevocably fix the Settlement Method that will apply to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after the date such notice is sent to Holders, provided that such Settlement Method must be a Settlement Method that the Company is then permitted to elect (for the avoidance of doubt, including pursuant to, and subject to, the other provisions of this Section 5.03(A)). Such notice, if sent, must set forth the applicable Settlement Method and expressly state that the election is irrevocable and applicable to all conversions of Notes with a Conversion Date that occurs on or after the date such notice is sent to Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, such an irrevocable election, if made, will be effective without the need to amend this Indenture or the Notes, including pursuant to Section 8.01(G) (it being understood, however, that the Company may nonetheless choose to execute such an amendment at its option).

 

(B)              Conversion Consideration.

 

(i)               Generally. Subject to Section 5.03(B)(ii) and Section 5.03(B)(iii), the type and amount of consideration (the “Conversion Consideration”) due in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of a Note to be converted will be as follows:

 

(1)               if Physical Settlement applies to such conversion, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date for such conversion;

 

(2)               if Cash Settlement applies to such conversion, cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period for such conversion; or

 

(3)               if Combination Settlement applies to such conversion, consideration consisting of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period for such conversion; and (b) an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Cash Amounts for each VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period.

 

(ii)              Cash in Lieu of Fractional Shares. If Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to the conversion of any Note and the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable pursuant to Section 5.03(B)(i) upon such conversion is not a whole number, then such number will be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Company will deliver, in addition to the other consideration due upon such conversion, cash in lieu of the related fractional share in an amount equal to the product of (1) such fraction and (2) (x) the Daily VWAP on the Conversion Date for such conversion (or, if such Conversion Date is not a VWAP Trading Day, the immediately preceding VWAP Trading Day), in the case of Physical Settlement; or (y) the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for such conversion, in the case of Combination Settlement.

 

43

 

 

(iii)              Conversion of Multiple Notes by a Single Holder. If a Holder converts more than one (1) Note on a single Conversion Date, then the Conversion Consideration due in respect of such conversion will (in the case of any Global Note, to the extent permitted by, and practicable under, the Depositary Procedures) be computed based on the total principal amount of Notes converted on such Conversion Date by such Holder.

 

(iv)             Notice of Calculation of Conversion Consideration. If Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to the conversion of any Note, then the Company will determine the Conversion Consideration due thereupon promptly following the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period and will promptly thereafter send notice to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent of the same and the calculation thereof in reasonable detail. None of the Trustee, the Conversion Agent or the Paying Agent will have any duty to make any calculation in connection with any conversion or otherwise under this Indenture, nor shall the Trustee or Conversion Agent have any liability for any such calculation or any information used in connection with any calculation or determination hereunder.

 

(C)              Delivery of the Conversion Consideration. Except as set forth in Sections 5.05(C) and 5.09, the Company will pay or deliver, as applicable, the Conversion Consideration due upon the conversion of any Note to the Holder as follows: (i) if Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to such conversion, on or before the second (2nd) Business Day immediately after the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for such conversion; and (ii) if Physical Settlement applies to such conversion, on or before the second (2nd) Business Day immediately after the Conversion Date for such conversion, provided that with respect to conversions for which Physical Settlement applies and the relevant Conversion Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, (x) such settlement will occur on the Maturity Date (or, if the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) and (y) the Conversion Date will instead be deemed to be the second (2nd) Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the Maturity Date.

 

(D)             Deemed Payment of Principal and Interest; Settlement of Accrued Interest Notwithstanding Conversion. If a Holder converts a Note, then the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate to account for any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, and, except as provided in Section 5.02(D), the Company’s payment or delivery of the Conversion Consideration due in respect of such conversion will be deemed to fully satisfy and discharge the Company’s obligation to pay the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, such Note to, but excluding the Conversion Date. As a result, except as provided in Section 5.02(D), any accrued and unpaid interest on a converted Note will be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. In addition, subject to Section 5.02(D), if the Conversion Consideration for a Note consists of both cash and shares of the Common Stock, then accrued and unpaid interest that is deemed to be paid therewith will be deemed to be paid first out of such cash.

 

Section 5.04         RESERVE AND STATUS OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON CONVERSION.

 

(A)             Stock Reserve. At all times when any Notes are outstanding, the Company will reserve, out of its authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of Common Stock, a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to permit the conversion of all then-outstanding Notes, assuming (x) Physical Settlement will apply to such conversion; and (y) the Conversion Rate is increased by the maximum amount pursuant to which the Conversion Rate may be increased pursuant to Section 5.07.

 

44

 

 

 

(B)              Status of Conversion Shares; Listing. Each Conversion Share, if any, delivered upon conversion of any Note will be a newly issued or treasury share (except that any Conversion Share delivered by a designated financial institution pursuant to Section 5.08 need not be a newly issued or treasury share) and will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim (except to the extent of any lien or adverse claim created by the action or inaction of the Holder of such Note or the Person to whom such Conversion Share will be delivered). If the Common Stock is then listed on any securities exchange, or quoted on any inter-dealer quotation system, then the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Conversion Share, when delivered upon conversion of any Note, to be admitted for listing on such exchange or quotation on such system.

 

Section 5.05       ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONVERSION RATE.

 

(A)             Events Requiring an Adjustment to the Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate will be adjusted from time to time as follows:

 

(i)                 Stock Dividends, Splits and Combinations. If the Company issues solely shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of the Common Stock, or if the Company effects a stock split or a stock combination of the Common Stock (in each case excluding an issuance solely pursuant to a Common Stock Change Event, as to which Section 5.09 will apply), then the Conversion Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately before the Open of Business on the effective date of such stock split or stock combination, as applicable;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or immediately after the Open of Business on such effective date, as applicable;
     
  OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before the Close of Business on such Record Date or immediately before the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or effective date, as applicable, without giving effect to such dividend, distribution, stock split or stock combination; and
     
  OS1 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, stock split or stock combination.

 

45

 

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(i) will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 5.05(A)(i) is declared, but not so paid, then the Conversion Rate will be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had such dividend or distribution not been declared.

 

(ii)              Rights, Options and Warrants. If the Company distributes, to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, rights, options or warrants (other than rights issued or otherwise distributed pursuant to a stockholder rights plan, as to which Sections 5.05(A)(iii)(1) and 5.05(D) will apply) entitling such holders, for a period of not more than sixty (60) calendar days after the date such distribution is announced, to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before the date such distribution is announced, then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

 

OS = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before the Open of Business on such Ex- Dividend Date;

 

X = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

 

Y = a number of shares of Common Stock obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants by (y) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before the date such distribution is announced.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(ii) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are distributed and will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants (including as a result of such rights, options or warrants not being exercised), the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase to the Conversion Rate for such distribution been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants. To the extent such rights, options or warrants are not so distributed, the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution of such rights, options or warrants not occurred.

 

46

 

 

For purposes of this Section 5.05(A)(ii), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before the date the distribution of such rights, options or warrants is announced, and in determining the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, there will be taken into account any consideration the Company receives for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise thereof, with the value of such consideration, if not cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(iii)            Spin-Offs and Other Distributed Property.

 

(1)               Distributions Other than Spin-Offs. If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company, or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock of the Company or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding:

 

(u)       dividends, distributions, rights, options or warrants for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required (or would be required without regard to Section 5.05(C)) pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(i) 5.05(A)(ii) or Section 5.05(A)(vi);

 

(v)       dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required (or would be required without regard to Section 5.05(C)) pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(iv);

 

(w)       rights issued or otherwise distributed pursuant to a stockholder rights plan, except to the extent provided in Section 5.05(D);

 

(x)       Spin-Offs for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required (or would be required without regard to Section 5.05(C)) pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(iii)(2);

 

(y)       a distribution solely pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, as to which Section 5.05(A)(v) will apply; and

 

(z)       a distribution solely pursuant to a Common Stock Change Event, as to which Section 5.09 will apply,

 

47

 

 

then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

 

SP = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately before such Ex-Dividend Date; and

 

FMV = the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors), as of such Ex-Dividend Date, of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets, property, rights, options or warrants distributed per share of Common Stock pursuant to such distribution.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(iii)(1) will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. However, FMV is equal to or greater than SP, then, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment to the Conversion Rate, each Holder will receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder on the record date for such distribution, at the same time and on the same terms as holders of Common Stock, and without having to convert its Notes, the amount and kind of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets, property, rights, options or warrants that such Holder would have received if such Holder had owned, on such record date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on such Record Date.

 

To the extent such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustment been made on the basis of only the distribution, if any, actually made or paid.

 

48

 

 

(2)               Spin-Offs. If the Company distributes or dividends shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to an Affiliate, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock (other than solely pursuant to (x) a Common Stock Change Event, as to which Section 5.09 will apply; or (y) a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, as to which Section 5.05(A)(v) will apply), and such Capital Stock or equity interests are listed or quoted (or will be listed or quoted upon the consummation of the transaction) on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Spin-Off Valuation Period for such Spin-Off;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Spin-Off Valuation Period;

 

FMV = the product of (x) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share or unit of the Capital Stock or equity interests distributed in such Spin-Off over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period (the “Spin-Off Valuation Period”) beginning on, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off (such average to be determined as if references to Common Stock in the definitions of Last Reported Sale Price, Trading Day and Market Disruption Event were instead references to such Capital Stock or equity interests); and (y) the number of shares or units of such Capital Stock or equity interests distributed per share of Common Stock in such Spin-Off; and

 

SP = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for each Trading Day in the Spin-Off Valuation Period.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(iii)(2) will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.05(A)(iii)(2), (i) if any VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for a Note whose conversion will be settled pursuant to Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement occurs during the Spin-Off Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, then, solely for purposes of determining the Conversion Rate for such VWAP Trading Day for such conversion, such Spin-Off Valuation Period will be deemed to consist of the Trading Days occurring in the period from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off to, and including, such VWAP Trading Day; and (ii) if the Conversion Date for a Note whose conversion will be settled pursuant to Physical Settlement occurs during the Spin-Off Valuation Period for such Spin- Off, then, solely for purposes of determining the Conversion Consideration for such conversion, such Spin-Off Valuation Period will be deemed to consist of the Trading Days occurring in the period from, and including, the Ex- Dividend Date for such Spin-Off to, and including, such Conversion Date.

 

49

 

 

To the extent any dividend or distribution of the type set forth in this Section 5.05(A)(iii)(2) is declared but not made or paid, the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustment been made on the basis of only the dividend or distribution, if any, actually made or paid.

 

(iv)             Cash Dividends or Distributions. If any cash dividend or distribution is made to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

 

SP = the Last Reported Sale Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately before the Ex- Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and

 

D = the cash amount distributed per share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(iv) will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. However, if D is equal to or greater than SP, then, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment to the Conversion Rate, each Holder will receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder on the record date for such dividend or distribution, at the same time and on the same terms as holders of Common Stock, and without having to convert its Notes, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder had owned, on such record date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on such record date.

 

To the extent such dividend or distribution is declared but not made or paid, the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustment been made on the basis of only the dividend or distribution, if any, actually made or paid.

 

50

 

 

(v)               Tender Offers or Exchange Offers. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock (other than solely pursuant to an odd-lot tender offer pursuant to Rule 13e-4(h)(5) under the Exchange Act), and the value (determined as of the Expiration Time by the Board of Directors) of the cash and other consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such tender or exchange offer exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day immediately after the last date (the “Expiration Date”) on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be amended) (such period, the “Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period”), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period for such tender or exchange offer;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the last Trading Day of the Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period;

 

AC = the aggregate value (determined as of the time (the “Expiration Time”) such tender or exchange offer expires by the Board of Directors) of all cash and other consideration paid for shares of Common Stock purchased or exchanged in such tender or exchange offer;

 

  OS0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before the Expiration Time (including all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);
     
  OS1 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Time (excluding all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and

 

SP = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period;

 

provided, however, that the Conversion Rate will in no event be adjusted down pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(v), except to the extent provided in the immediately following paragraph. Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(A)(v) will become effective as of the time set forth in CR1 above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.05(A)(v), (i) if any VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period for a Note whose conversion will be settled pursuant to Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement occurs during the Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period for such tender or exchange offer, then, solely for purposes of determining the Conversion Rate for such VWAP Trading Day for such conversion, such Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period will be deemed to consist of the Trading Days occurring in the period from, and including, the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date for such tender or exchange offer to, and including, such VWAP Trading Day; and (ii) if the Conversion Date for a Note whose conversion will be settled pursuant to Physical Settlement occurs during the Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period for such tender or exchange offer, then, solely for purposes of determining the Conversion Consideration for such conversion, such Tender/Exchange Offer Valuation Period will be deemed to consist of the Trading Days occurring in the period from, and including, the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date to, and including, such Conversion Date.

 

51

 

 

To the extent such tender or exchange offer is announced but not consummated (including as a result of the Company being precluded from consummating such tender or exchange offer under applicable law), or any purchases or exchanges of shares of Common Stock in such tender or exchange offer are rescinded, the Conversion Rate will be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustment been made on the basis of only the purchases or exchanges of shares of Common Stock, if any, actually made, and not rescinded, in such tender or exchange offer.

 

(vi)             If and whenever the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock (other than any issuance pursuant to the Notes or on the exercise of any other rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date hereof) or issue or grant options, warrants or other rights to purchase, subscribe, convert into, exercise or exchange for shares of Common Stock (the “Relevant Securities,” which for the purposes of this definition only excludes any shares of Common Stock, option, warrant or other rights to purchase, subscribe, convert into, exercise or exchange for shares of Common Stock issued or granted in accordance with any Incentive Equity Plan and ESPP (each, as defined in the Merger Agreement) or any of their respective successor thereto) prior to the six month anniversary of the Issue Date at a consideration per share of Common Stock (on an as-converted and as-exercised basis, as applicable) which is less than the Reference Price, excluding:

 

(v)       dividends, distributions, rights, options or warrants for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required (or would be required without regard to Section 5.05(C)) pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(i), Section 5.05(A)(ii) or Section 5.05(A)(iii);

 

(w)       rights issued or otherwise distributed pursuant to a stockholder rights plan, except to the extent provided in Section 5.05(D);

 

(x)       Spin-Offs for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required (or would be required without regard to Section 5.05(C)) pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(iii)(2);

 

(y)       a distribution solely pursuant to a Common Stock Change Event, as to which Section 5.09 will apply;

 

(z)       any issuance of the Relevant Securities in connection with the Mergers and any issuance of the Relevant Securities as contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement);

 

the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

 

52

 

 

where:

 

  CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the issuance of the Relevant Securities;
     
  CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the issuance of the Relevant Securities;

 

A = the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the Relevant Securities;

 

B = the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration receivable for the issue of the Relevant Securities would purchase at the price equal to Reference Price; and

 

C = the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after the issue of the Relevant Securities;

 

provided that references to the number of shares of Common Stock in the above formula shall include all the shares of Common Stock to be issued assuming that all options, warrants or other rights to purchase, subscribe, convert into, exercise or exchange for shares of Common Stock are exercised in full at the initial exercise price on the date of issue of such options, warrants or other rights.

 

(B)              No Adjustments in Certain Cases.

 

(i)                 Where Holders Participate in the Transaction or Event Without Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.05(A), the Company will not be obligated to adjust the Conversion Rate on account of a transaction or other event otherwise requiring an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.05(A) (other than a stock split or combination of the type set forth in Section 5.05(A)(i) or a tender or exchange offer of the type set forth in Section 5.05(A)(v)) if each Holder participates, at the same time and on the same terms as holders of Common Stock, and solely by virtue of being a Holder of Notes, in such transaction or event without having to convert such Holder’s Notes and as if such Holder held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on the related record date; and (ii) the aggregate principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder on such date.

 

(ii)              Certain Events. The Company will not be required to adjust the Conversion Rate except as provided in Section 5.05 or Section 5.07. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to adjust the Conversion Rate on account of:

 

(1)               except as otherwise provided in Section 5.05, the sale of shares of Common Stock for a purchase price that is less than the market price per share of Common Stock or less than the Conversion Price;

 

(2)               the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any such plan;

 

53

 

 

(3)               the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of, or assumed by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)               the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or convertible or exchangeable security of the Company outstanding as of the Issue Date;

 

(5)               solely a change in the par value of the Common Stock;

 

(6)               accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes; or

 

(7)               the Mergers and any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

 

(C)              If an adjustment to the Conversion Rate otherwise required by this Article 5 would result in a change of less than one percent (1%) to the Conversion Rate, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 5, the Company may, at its election, defer such adjustment, except that all such deferred adjustments must be given effect immediately upon the earliest of the following: (i) when all such deferred adjustments would result in an aggregate change of at least one percent (1%) to the Conversion Rate; (ii) the Conversion Date of any Note or any VWAP Trading Day of an Observation Period for any Note; (iii) the date a Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs; and (iv) August 15, 2026.

 

(D)             Adjustments Not Yet Effective. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, if:

 

(i)                 a Note is to be converted pursuant to Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement;

 

(ii)              the Record Date, effective date or Expiration Time for any event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 5.05(A) has occurred on or before the Conversion Date for such conversion (in the case of Physical Settlement) or on or before any VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period for such conversion (in the case of Combination Settlement), but an adjustment to the Conversion Rate for such event has not yet become effective as of such Conversion Date or VWAP Trading Day, as applicable;

 

(iii)            the Conversion Consideration due upon such conversion includes any whole shares of Common Stock (in the case of Physical Settlement) or due in respect of such VWAP Trading Day includes any whole or fractional shares of Common Stock (in the case of Combination Settlement); and

 

54

 

 

(iv)             such shares are not entitled to participate in such event (because they were not held on the related Record Date or otherwise),

 

then, solely for purposes of such conversion, the Company will, without duplication, give effect to such adjustment on such Conversion Date (in the case of Physical Settlement) or such VWAP Trading Day (in the case of Combination Settlement). In such case, if the date on which the Company is otherwise required to deliver the Conversion Consideration due upon such conversion is before the first date on which the amount of such adjustment can be determined, then the Company will delay the settlement of such conversion until the second (2nd) Business Day after such first date.

 

(E)              Conversion Rate Adjustments where Converting Holders Participate in the Relevant Transaction or Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, if:

 

(i)                 a Conversion Rate adjustment for any dividend or distribution becomes effective on any Ex-Dividend Date pursuant to Section 5.05(A);

 

(ii)              a Note is to be converted pursuant to Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement;

 

(iii)            the Conversion Date for such conversion (in the case of Physical Settlement) or any VWAP Trading Day in the Observation Period for such conversion (in the case of Combination Settlement) occurs on or after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or before the related Record Date;

 

(iv)             the Conversion Consideration due upon such conversion includes any whole shares of Common Stock (in the case of Physical Settlement) or due in respect of such VWAP Trading Day includes any whole or fractional shares of Common Stock (in the case of Combination Settlement), in each case based on a Conversion Rate that is adjusted for such dividend or distribution; and

 

(v)               such shares would be entitled to participate in such dividend or distribution (including pursuant to Section 5.02(C)),

 

then (x) in the case of Physical Settlement, such Conversion Rate adjustment will not be given effect for such conversion and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion based on such unadjusted Conversion Rate will not be entitled to participate in such dividend or distribution, but there will be added, to the Conversion Consideration otherwise due upon such conversion, the same kind and amount of consideration that would have been delivered in such dividend or distribution with respect to such shares of Common Stock had such shares been entitled to participate in such dividend or distribution; and (y) in the case of Combination Settlement, the Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will be made for such conversion in respect of such VWAP Trading Day, but the shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to such VWAP Trading Day based on such adjusted Conversion Rate will not be entitled to participate in such dividend or distribution.

 

55

 

 

(F)              Stockholder Rights Plans. If any shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon conversion of any Note and, at the time of such conversion, the Company has in effect any stockholder rights plan, then the Holder of such Note will be entitled to receive, in addition to, and concurrently with the delivery of, the Conversion Consideration otherwise payable under this Indenture upon such conversion, the rights set forth in such stockholder rights plan, unless such rights have separated from the Common Stock at such time, in which case, and only in such case, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted pursuant to Section 5.05(A)(iii)(1) on account of such separation as if, at the time of such separation, the Company had made a distribution of the type referred to in such Section to all holders of the Common Stock, subject to readjustment in accordance with such Section if such rights expire, terminate or are redeemed.

 

(G)             Limitation on Effecting Transactions Resulting in Certain Adjustments. The Company will not engage in or be a party to any transaction or event that would require the Conversion Rate to be adjusted pursuant to Section 5.05(A) or Section 5.07 to an amount that would result in the Conversion Price per share of Common Stock being less than the par value per share of Common Stock.

 

(H)             Equitable Adjustments to Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices, or any function thereof, over a span of multiple days (including, without limitation, to calculate the Stock Price or an adjustment to the Conversion Rate), or to calculate Daily VWAPs over an Observation Period, the Company will, acting in good faith and a commercially reasonable manner, make proportionate adjustments, if any, to such calculations to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Record Date, Ex-Dividend Date, effective date or expiration date, as applicable, of such event occurs, at any time during such period or Observation Period, as applicable.

 

(I)                Calculation of Number of Outstanding Shares of Common Stock. For purposes of Section 5.05(A), the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time will (i) include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock; and (ii) exclude shares of Common Stock held in the Company’s treasury (unless the Company pays any dividend or makes any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in its treasury).

 

(J)                Calculations. All calculations with respect to the Conversion Rate and adjustments thereto will be made to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share of Common Stock (with 5/100,000ths rounded upward).

 

(K)             Notice of Conversion Rate Adjustments. Upon the effectiveness of any adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 5.05(A), the Company will promptly send notice to the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent containing (i) a brief description of the transaction or other event on account of which such adjustment was made; (ii) the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after such adjustment; and (iii) the effective time of such adjustment.

 

Section 5.06       VOLUNTARY ADJUSTMENTS.

 

(A)             Generally. To the extent permitted by law and applicable stock exchange rules, the Company, from time to time, may (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate by any amount if (i) the Board of Directors determines that such increase is either (x) in the best interest of the Company; or (y) advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax imposed on holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock as a result of any dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) of Common Stock or any similar event; (ii) such increase is in effect for a period of at least twenty (20) Business Days; and (iii) such increase is irrevocable during such period.

 

56

 

 

(B)              Notice of Voluntary Increases. If the Board of Directors determines to increase the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 5.06(A), then, no later than the first (1st) Business Day of the related twenty (20) Business Day period referred to in Section 5.06(A), the Company will send notice to each Holder, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent of such increase, the amount thereof and the period during which such increase will be in effect.

 

Section 5.07       ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONVERSION RATE IN CONNECTION WITH A MAKE-WHOLE FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE.

 

(A)             Generally. If a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs and the Conversion Date for the conversion of a Note occurs during the related Make-Whole Fundamental Change Conversion Period, then, subject to this Section 5.07, the Conversion Rate applicable to such conversion will be increased by a number of shares (the “Additional Shares”) set forth in the table below corresponding (after interpolation as provided in, and subject to, the provisions below) to the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date and the Stock Price of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change:

 

    Stock Price  
Effective Date   $ 10.00     $ 11.00     $ 12.00     $ 14.00     $ 15.60     $ 20.00     $ 30.00     $ 60.00     $ 100.00     $ 180.00  
December 8, 2021     16.6667       14.7818       13.2550       10.9279       9.5365       6.9345       3.9720       1.1997       0.2929       0.0000  
December 8, 2022     16.6667       13.6900       12.1975       9.9779       8.6808       6.3010       3.6353       1.1272       0.2818       0.0000  
December 8, 2023     16.6667       12.4700       10.9475       8.7857       7.5795       5.4610       3.1763       1.0233       0.2685       0.0000  
December 8, 2024     16.6667       11.0764       9.3775       7.1643       6.0442       4.2630       2.4990       0.8465       0.2390       0.0000  
December 8, 2025     16.6667       9.4182       7.1717       4.7000       3.7096       2.4870       1.4767       0.5287       0.1622       0.0000  
December 8, 2026     16.6667       7.5758       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000       0.0000  

 

If such Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date or Stock Price is not set forth in the table above, then:

 

(i)                 if such Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date is between two dates in the table above, then the number of Additional Shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the numbers of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices in the table above or the earlier and later dates in the table above, based on a three hundred sixty five (365)- or three hundred sixty six (366)-day year, as applicable; and

 

(ii)              if the Stock Price is greater than $180.00 (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above are adjusted pursuant to Section 5.07(B)), or less than $10.00 (subject to adjustment in the same manner), per share, then no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, in no event will the Conversion Rate be increased to an amount that exceeds 100.0000 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, which amount is subject to adjustment in the same manner as, and at the same time and for the same events for which, the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted pursuant to Section 5.05(A).

 

57

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Section 4.03(I), (x) the sending of a Redemption Notice will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change only with respect to the Notes called for Redemption pursuant to such Redemption Notice, and not with respect to any other Notes; and (y) the Conversion Rate applicable to the Notes not so called for Redemption will not be subject to increase pursuant to this Section 5.07 on account of such Redemption Notice.

 

(B)              Adjustment of Stock Prices and Additional Shares. The Stock Prices in the first row (i.e., the column headers) of the table set forth in Section 5.07(A) will be adjusted in the same manner as, and at the same time and for the same events for which, the Conversion Price is adjusted as a result of the operation of Section 5.05(A). The numbers of Additional Shares in the table set forth in Section 5.07(A) will be adjusted in the same manner as, and at the same time and for the same events for which, the Conversion Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.05(A).

 

(C)              Notice of the Occurrence of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change. If a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs pursuant to clause (A) of the definition thereof, then, in no event later than the Business Day immediately after the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company will notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, briefly stating the circumstances under which the Conversion Rate will be increased pursuant to this Section 5.07 in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change. The Company will notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent of each Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurring pursuant to clause (B) of the definition thereof in accordance with Section 4.03(F).

 

Section 5.08       EXCHANGE IN LIEU OF CONVERSION.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 5, and subject to the terms of this Section 5.08, if a Note is submitted for conversion, the Company may elect to arrange to have such Note exchanged in lieu of conversion by a financial institution designated by the Company. To make such election, the Company must send written notice of such election to the Holder of such Note, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent before the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date for such Note. If the Company has made such election, then:

 

(A)             no later than the Business Day immediately following such Conversion Date, the Company must deliver (or cause the Conversion Agent to deliver, upon written instruction of the Company) such Note, together with delivery instructions for the Conversion Consideration due upon such conversion (including wire instructions, if applicable), to a financial institution designated by the Company that has agreed to deliver the Conversion Consideration (or such other amount agreed to by such converting Holder and such financial institution) (such consideration, collectively, the “Exchange Consideration”) in the manner and at the time the Company would have had to deliver the same pursuant to this Article 5;

 

58

 

 

(B)              if such Note is a Global Note, then such designated institution will send written confirmation to the Conversion Agent promptly after wiring the cash Exchange Consideration, if any, and delivering any other Exchange Consideration, due upon such conversion to the Holder of such Note; and

 

(C)              such Note will not cease to be outstanding by reason of such exchange in lieu of conversion;

 

provided, however, that if such financial institution does not accept such Note or fails to timely deliver such Exchange Consideration, then the Company will be responsible for delivering the Conversion Consideration otherwise due upon conversion in the manner and at the time provided in this Article 5 as if the Company had not elected to make an exchange in lieu of conversion. The Conversion Agent will be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s instruction in connection with effecting such exchange election and will have no liability in respect of such exchange election.

 

Section 5.09       EFFECT OF COMMON STOCK CHANGE EVENT.

 

(A)             Generally. If there occurs any:

 

(i)                 recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than (x) changes solely resulting from a subdivision or combination of the Common Stock, (y) a change only in par value or from par value to no par value or no par value to par value and (z) stock splits and stock combinations that do not involve the issuance of any other series or class of securities);

 

(ii)              consolidation, merger, combination or binding or statutory share exchange involving the Company;

 

(iii)            sale, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person; or

 

(iv)             other similar event,

 

and, as a result of which, the Common Stock is converted into, or is exchanged for, or represents solely the right to receive, other securities, cash or other property, or any combination of the foregoing (such an event, a “Common Stock Change Event,” and such other securities, cash or property, the “Reference Property,” and the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one (1) share of Common Stock would be entitled to receive on account of such Common Stock Change Event (without giving effect to any arrangement not to issue or deliver a fractional portion of any security or other property), a “Reference Property Unit”), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes,

 

(1)               from and after the effective time of such Common Stock Change Event, (I) the Conversion Consideration due upon conversion of any Note will be determined in the same manner as if each reference to any number of shares of Common Stock in this Article 5 (or in any related definitions) were instead a reference to the same number of Reference Property Units; (II) for purposes of Section 4.03, each reference to any number of shares of Common Stock in such Section (or in any related definitions) will instead be deemed to be a reference to the same number of Reference Property Units; and (III) for purposes of the definition of “Fundamental Change” and “Make-Whole Fundamental Change,” the terms “Common Stock” and “common equity” will be deemed to mean the common equity (including depositary receipts representing common equity), if any, forming part of such Reference Property;

 

59

 

 

(2)               if such Reference Property Unit consists entirely of cash, then the Company will be deemed to elect Physical Settlement in respect of all conversions whose Conversion Date occurs on or after the effective date of such Common Stock Change Event and will pay the cash due upon such conversions no later than the second (2nd) Business Day after the relevant Conversion Date; and

 

(3)               for these purposes, (I) the Daily VWAP of any Reference Property Unit or portion thereof that consists of a class of common equity securities will be determined by reference to the definition of “Daily VWAP,” substituting, if applicable, the Bloomberg page for such class of securities in such definition; and (II) the Daily VWAP of any Reference Property Unit or portion thereof that does not consist of a class of common equity securities, and the Last Reported Sale Price of any Reference Property Unit or portion thereof that does not consist of a class of securities will be the fair value of such Reference Property Unit or portion thereof, as applicable, determined in good faith by the Company (or, in the case of cash denominated in U.S. dollars, the face amount thereof).

 

If the Reference Property consists of more than a single type of consideration to be determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election, then the composition of the Reference Property Unit will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received, per share of Common Stock, by the holders of Common Stock. The Company will notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made.

 

At or before the effective time of such Common Stock Change Event, the Company and the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not the Company) of such Common Stock Change Event (the “Successor Person”) will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.01(F), which supplemental indenture will (x) provide for subsequent conversions of Notes in the manner set forth in this Section 5.09; (y) provide for subsequent adjustments to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 5.05(A) in a manner consistent with this Section 5.09; and (z) contain such other provisions, if any, that the Company determines in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner are appropriate to preserve the economic interests of the Holders and to give effect to the provisions of this Section 5.09(A). If the Reference Property includes shares of stock or other securities or assets of a Person other than the Successor Person, then such other Person will also execute such supplemental indenture and such supplemental indenture will contain such additional provisions, if any, that the Company reasonably determines are appropriate to preserve the economic interests of the Holders.

 

(B)              Notice of Common Stock Change Events. The Company will provide notice of each Common Stock Change Event to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent no later than the second (2nd) Business Day after the effective date of such Common Stock Change Event.

 

60

 

 

(C)              Compliance Covenant. The Company will not become a party to any Common Stock Change Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 5.09.

 

Article 6.          SUCCESSORS

 

Section 6.01       WHEN THE COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC.

 

(A)           Generally. The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or (directly, or indirectly through one or more of its Subsidiaries) sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person (a “Business Combination Event”), unless:

 

(i)                 the resulting, surviving or transferee Person either (x) is the Company or (y) if not the Company, is a corporation (the “Successor Corporation”) duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that expressly assumes (by executing and delivering to the Trustee, at or before the effective time of such Business Combination Event, a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.01(E)) all of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(ii)              immediately after giving effect to such Business Combination Event, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing.

 

(B)              Delivery of Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. Before the effective time of any Business Combination Event, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (i) such Business Combination Event (and, if applicable, the related supplemental indenture) comply with Section 6.01(A); and (ii) all conditions precedent to such Business Combination Event provided in this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Section 6.02       SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

 

At the effective time of any Business Combination Event that complies with Section 6.01, the Successor Corporation (if not the Company) will succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Corporation had been named as the Company in this Indenture and the Notes, and, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Company will be discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

Article 7.          DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 7.01       EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

(A)          Definition of Events of Default. “Event of Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)                 a default in the payment when due (whether at maturity, upon Redemption, Repurchase Upon Fundamental Change or otherwise) of the principal of, or the Redemption Price or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, any Note;

 

61

 

 

(ii)              a default for thirty (30) consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on any Note;

 

(iii)            the Company’s failure to deliver, when required by this Indenture, a Fundamental Change Notice, or a notice of Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to Section 5.07(C), if such failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days after its occurrence;

 

(iv)             a default in the Company’s obligation to convert a Note in accordance with Article 5 upon the exercise of the conversion right with respect thereto, if such default is not cured within three (3) Business Days after its occurrence;

 

(v)               a default in the Company’s obligations under Article 6 or in any Guarantor’s obligations under Section 9.04;

 

(vi)             a default in any of the Company’s obligations or agreements, or in any Guarantor’s obligations or agreements, under this Indenture or the Notes (other than a default set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 7.01(A)) where such default is not cured or waived within sixty (60) days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, which notice must specify such default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”;

 

(vii)          a default by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries with respect to any one or more mortgages, agreements or other instruments under which there is outstanding, or by which there is secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (or its foreign currency equivalent) in the aggregate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether such indebtedness exists as of the Issue Date or is thereafter created, where such default:

 

(1)               constitutes a failure to pay the principal of such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case after the expiration of any applicable grace period; or

 

(2)               results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable before its stated maturity, in each case where such default is not cured or waived within thirty (30) days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding;

 

(viii)        any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect except as otherwise provided in this Indenture or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee;

 

62

 

 

(ix)             the Company, the Guarantors or any of their Significant Subsidiaries, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, either:

 

(1)               commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

(2)               consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(3)               consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(4)               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(5)               takes any comparable action under any foreign Bankruptcy Law; or

 

(6)               generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

(x)               a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that either:

 

(1)               is for relief against Company, the Guarantors or any of their Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(2)               appoints a custodian of the Company, the Guarantors, or any of their Significant Subsidiaries, or for any substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;

 

(3)               orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the Guarantors, or any of their Significant Subsidiaries; or

 

(4)               grants any similar relief under any foreign Bankruptcy Law,

 

and, in each case under this Section 7.01(A)(x), such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for at least sixty (60) days.

 

(B)              Cause Irrelevant. Each of the events set forth in Section 7.01(A) will constitute an Event of Default regardless of the cause thereof or whether voluntary or involuntary or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

Section 7.02       ACCELERATION.

 

(A)         Automatic Acceleration in Certain Circumstances. If an Event of Default set forth in Sections 7.01(A)(ix) or 7.01(A)(x) occurs with respect to the Company or any Guarantor (and not solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor), then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any Person.

 

63

 

 

(B)              Optional Acceleration. Subject to Section 7.03, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default set forth in Sections 7.01(A)(ix) or 7.01(A)(x) with respect to the Company or any Guarantor and not solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor) occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee, by notice to the Company, or Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately.

 

(C)              Rescission of Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, on behalf of all Holders, rescind any acceleration of the Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except the non-payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes that has become due solely because of such acceleration) have been cured or waived. No such rescission will affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

Section 7.03       SOLE REMEDY FOR A FAILURE TO REPORT.

 

(A)             Generally. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, the Company may elect that the sole remedy for any Event of Default (a “Reporting Event of Default”) pursuant to Section 7.01(A)(vi) arising from the Company’s failure to comply with Section 3.02 will, for each of the first one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days on which a Reporting Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, consist exclusively of the accrual of Special Interest on the Notes. If the Company has made such an election, then (i) the Notes will be subject to acceleration pursuant to Section 7.02 on account of the relevant Reporting Event of Default from, and including, the one hundred and eighty first (181st) calendar day on which a Reporting Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or if the Company fails to pay any accrued and unpaid Special Interest when due; and (ii) Special Interest will cease to accrue on any Notes from, and including, such one hundred and eighty first (181st) calendar day (it being understood that interest on any defaulted Special Interest will nonetheless accrue pursuant to Section 2.05(C)).

 

(B)              Amount and Payment of Special Interest. Any Special Interest that accrues on a Note pursuant to Section 7.03(A) will be payable on the same dates and in the same manner as the Stated Interest on such Note and will accrue at a rate per annum equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the principal amount thereof for the first ninety (90) days on which Special Interest accrues and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to one half of one percent (0.50%) of the principal amount thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, any Special Interest that accrues on a Note will be in addition to the Stated Interest that accrues on such Note.

 

(C)              Notice of Election. To make the election set forth in Section 7.03(A), the Company must send to the Holders, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, before the date on which each Reporting Event of Default first occurs, a written notice that (i) briefly describes the report(s) that the Company failed to file with the SEC; (ii) states that the Company is electing that the sole remedy for such Reporting Event of Default consist of the accrual of Special Interest; and (iii) briefly describes the periods during which and rate at which Special Interest will accrue and the circumstances under which the Notes will be subject to acceleration on account of such Reporting Event of Default.

 

(D)             Notice to Trustee and Paying Agent; Trustee’s Disclaimer. If Special Interest accrues on any Note, then, no later than five (5) Business Days before each date on which such Special Interest is to be paid, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent stating (i) that the Company is obligated to pay Special Interest on such Note on such date of payment; and (ii) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable on such date of payment. The Trustee will have no duty to determine whether any Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.

 

64

 

 

 

(E)              No Effect on Other Events of Default. No election pursuant to this Section 7.03 with respect to a Reporting Event of Default will affect the rights of any Holder with respect to any other Event of Default, including with respect to any other Reporting Event of Default.

 

Section 7.04       OTHER REMEDIES.

 

(A)             Trustee May Pursue All Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of any amounts due with respect to the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(B)              Procedural Matters. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in such proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy following an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of, or acquiescence in, such Event of Default. All remedies will be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 7.05       WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

 

An Event of Default pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iv) or (vi) of Section 7.01(A) (that, in the case of clause (vi) only, results from a Default under any covenant that cannot be amended without the consent of each affected Holder), and a Default that could lead to such an Event of Default, can be waived only with the consent of each affected Holder. Each other Default or Event of Default may be waived, on behalf of all Holders, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. If an Event of Default is so waived, then it will cease to exist. If a Default is so waived, then it will be deemed to be cured and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed not to occur. However, no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right arising therefrom.

 

Section 7.06       CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture or the Notes, or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any action is prejudicial to any Holder) or may involve the Trustee in liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee is entitled to security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to the Trustee that may result from the Trustee’s following such direction.

 

65

 

 

Section 7.07       LIMITATION ON SUITS.

 

No Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes (except to enforce (x) its rights to receive the principal of, or the Redemption Price or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, or interest on, any Notes; or (y) the Company’s obligations to convert any Notes pursuant to Article 5), unless:

 

(A)             such Holder has previously delivered to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(B)              Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding deliver a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy;

 

(C)              such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to the Trustee that may result from the Trustee’s following such request;

 

(D)             the Trustee does not comply with such request within sixty (60) calendar days after its receipt of such request and such offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(E)              during such sixty (60) calendar day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding do not deliver to the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. The Trustee will have no duty to determine whether any Holder’s use of this Indenture complies with the preceding sentence.

 

  Section 7.08       ABSOLUTE RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO INSTITUTE SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT AND CONVERSION CONSIDERATION.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes (but without limiting Section 8.01), the right of each Holder of a Note to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment or delivery, as applicable, of the principal of, or the Redemption Price or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, or any interest on, or the Conversion Consideration due pursuant to Article 5 upon conversion of, such Note on or after the respective due dates therefor provided in this Indenture and the Notes, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 7.09       COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

 

The Trustee will have the right, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) of Section 7.01(A), to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the total unpaid or undelivered principal of, or the Redemption Price or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, or interest on, or Conversion Consideration due pursuant to Article 5 upon conversion of, the Notes, as applicable, and, to the extent lawful, any Default Interest on any Defaulted Amounts, and such further amounts sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including compensation provided for in Section 11.06.

 

66

 

 

Section 7.10       TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

 

The Trustee has the right to (A) file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) or its creditors or property and (B) collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Each Holder authorizes any custodian in such proceeding to make such payments to the Trustee, and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to the Trustee for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts payable to the Trustee hereunder. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements, advances and other amounts out of the estate in such proceeding, is denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding (whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise). Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize, consent to, accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 7.11       PRIORITIES.

 

The Trustee will pay or deliver in the following order any money or other property that it collects pursuant to this Section 7:

 

First:          to the Trustee, each Note Agent and each of their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 11.06, including payment of all fees, compensation, indemnity claims, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Note Agents and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:      to Holders for unpaid amounts or other property due on the Notes, including the principal of, or the Redemption Price or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, or any interest on, or any Conversion Consideration due upon conversion of, the Notes, ratably, and without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts or other property due and payable on all of the Notes; and

 

Third:         to the Company or such other Person as a court of competent jurisdiction directs.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment or delivery to the Holders pursuant to this Section 7.11, in which case the Trustee will instruct the Company to, and the Company will, deliver, at least fifteen (15) calendar days before such record date, to each Holder and the Trustee a notice stating such record date, such payment date and the amount of such payment or nature of such delivery, as applicable.

 

67

 

 

Section 7.12       UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court, in its discretion, may (A) require the filing by any litigant party in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and (B) assess reasonable costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) against any litigant party in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such litigant party; provided, however, that this Section 7.12 does not apply to any suit by the Trustee, any suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.08 or any suit by one or more Holders of more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

Article 8.                 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 8.01       WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:

 

(A)             cure any ambiguity or correct any omission, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or the Notes, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate;

 

(B)              add guarantees with respect to the Company’s obligations under this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(C)              secure the Notes or any Guarantee;

 

(D)             add to the Company’s or any Guarantor’s covenants or Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred on the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(E)              provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to, and in compliance with, Article 6 and Article 9, as applicable;

 

(F)              enter into supplemental indentures pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 5.09 in connection with a Common Stock Change Event;

 

(G)             irrevocably elect or eliminate any Settlement Method or Specified Dollar Amount; provided, however, that no such election or elimination will affect any Settlement Method therefore elected (or deemed to be elected) with respect to any Note pursuant to Section 5.03(A);

 

(H)             evidence or provide for the acceptance of the appointment, under this Indenture, of a successor Trustee;

 

(I)                provide for or confirm the issuance of additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.03(B) or PIK Notes pursuant to Section 2.03(C);

 

(J)                comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any qualification of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect; or

 

(K)             make any other change to this Indenture or the Notes that does not, individually or in the aggregate with all other such changes, adversely affect the rights of the Holders, as such, in any material respect.

 

68

 

 

Section 8.02       WITH THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

 

(A)             Generally. Subject to Sections 8.01, 7.05 and 7.08 and the immediately following sentence, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing sentence, but subject to Section 8.01, without the consent of each affected Holder, no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes, or waiver of any provision of this Indenture or the Notes, may:

 

(i)                 reduce the principal, or extend the stated maturity, of any Note;

 

(ii)              reduce the Redemption Price or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for any Note or change the times at which, or the circumstances under which, the Notes will be redeemed or repurchased by the Company;

 

(iii)            reduce the rate, or extend the time for the payment, of interest on any Note;

 

(iv)             make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Note;

 

(v)               impair the rights of any Holder set forth in Section 7.08 (as such section is in effect on the Issue Date);

 

(vi)             change the ranking of the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(vii)          other than in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, modify any Guarantee or release any Guarantee or a Guarantor from its Obligations under this Indenture, in each case, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders;

 

(viii)        make any Note payable in money, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in this Indenture or the Note;

 

(ix)             reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification; or

 

(x)               make any direct or indirect change to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification provision of this Indenture or the Notes that requires the consent of each affected Holder.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 8.02(A), no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes, or waiver of any provision of this Indenture or the Notes, may change the amount or type of consideration due on any Note (whether on an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date or upon conversion, or otherwise), or the date(s) or time(s) such consideration is payable or deliverable, as applicable, without the consent of each affected Holder.

 

69

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Holders representing not less than seventy-five percent in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, amend or modify the definition of “Fundamental Change” or the other definitions used in such definition.

 

(B)              Holders Need Not Approve the Particular Form of any Amendment. A consent of any Holder pursuant to this Section 8.02 need approve only the substance, and not necessarily the particular form, of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.03       NOTICE OF AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS.

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to Sections 8.01 or 8.02 becomes effective, the Company will send to the Holders and the Trustee notice that (A) describes the substance of such amendment, supplement or waiver in reasonable detail and (B) states the effective date thereof; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to provide such notice to the Holders if such amendment, supplement or waiver is included in a periodic report filed by the Company with the SEC within four (4) Business Days of its effectiveness. The failure to send, or the existence of any defect in, such notice will not impair or affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.04       REVOCATION, EFFECT AND SOLICITATION OF CONSENTS; SPECIAL RECORD DATES; ETC.

 

(A)             Revocation and Effect of Consents. The consent of a Holder of a Note to an amendment, supplement or waiver will bind (and constitute the consent of) each subsequent Holder of any Note to the extent the same evidences any portion of the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note, subject to the right of any Holder of a Note to revoke (if not prohibited pursuant to Section 8.04(B)) any such consent with respect to such Note by delivering notice of revocation to the Trustee before the time such amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.

 

(B)              Special Record Dates. The Company may, but is not required to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent or take any other action in connection with any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Section 8.04. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.04(A), only Persons who are Holders as of such record date (or their duly designated proxies) will be entitled to give such consent, to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, regardless of whether such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date; provided, however, that no such consent will be valid or effective for more than one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after such record date.

 

(C)              Solicitation of Consents. For the avoidance of doubt, each reference in this Indenture or the Notes to the consent of a Holder will be deemed to include any such consent obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, any Notes.

 

(D)             Effectiveness and Binding Effect. Each amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Section 8.04 will become effective in accordance with its terms and, when it becomes effective with respect to any Note (or any portion thereof), will thereafter bind every Holder of such Note (or such portion).

 

70

 

 

Section 8.05       NOTATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

 

If any amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, then the Trustee or the Company may, in its discretion, require the Holder of such Note to deliver such Note to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate notation prepared by the Company on such Note and return such Note to such Holder. Alternatively, at its discretion, the Company may, in exchange for such Note, issue, execute and deliver, and the Trustee will authenticate, in each case in accordance with Section 2.02, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. The failure to make any appropriate notation or issue a new Note pursuant to this Section 8.05 will not impair or affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 8.06       TRUSTEE TO EXECUTE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

 

The Trustee will execute and deliver any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Section 8; provided, however, that the Trustee need not (but may, in its sole and absolute discretion) execute or deliver any such amendment or supplemental indenture that adversely affects the Trustee’s rights, duties, liabilities or immunities. In executing any amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 11.01 and 11.02) will be fully protected in relying on, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the execution and delivery of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture; and (B) in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, such amendment or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company (and any Guarantor) enforceable against each in accordance with its terms.

 

Article 9.             GUARANTEES

 

Section 9.01       GUARANTEES.

 

(A)             Generally. By its execution of this Indenture (by any amended or supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.01(B)), each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Company and that such Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including such substantial benefits. Subject to this Article 9, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, that:

 

(i)                 the principal of, any interest on, and any Conversion Consideration for, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, upon Redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, any interest on, or any Conversion Consideration for, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes, will be promptly paid or delivered in full or performed, as applicable, in each case in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

71

 

 

(ii)              in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, upon Redemption or otherwise, (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”), in each case subject to Section 9.02.

 

Upon the failure of any payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, and upon the failure of any performance so guaranteed, for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay or perform, as applicable, the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(B)              Guarantee Is Unconditional; Waiver of Diligence, Presentment, Etc. Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations is unconditional, regardless of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

 

(C)              Reinstatement of Guarantee Upon Return of Payments. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return, to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any consideration paid or delivered by the Company or the Guarantors to such Holder or the Trustee, then each Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(D)             Subrogation. Each Guarantor agrees that any right of subrogation, reimbursement or contribution it may have in relation to the Holders or in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations will be subordinated to, and will not be enforceable until payment in full of, all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 7, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (ii) if any Guaranteed Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Article 7, then such Guaranteed Obligations will, whether or not due and payable, immediately become due and payable by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor, but only if the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under any Guarantee.

 

Section 9.02       LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY.

 

Each Guarantor, and, by its acceptance of any Note, each Holder, confirms that each Guarantor and the Holders intend that the Guarantee of each Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. Each of the Trustee, the Holders and each Guarantor irrevocably agrees that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

72

 

 

Section 9.03       EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTEE.

 

The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (by an amended or supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.01(B)) evidences the Guarantee of such Guarantor, and the delivery of any Note by the Trustee after its authentication constitutes due delivery of each Guarantee on behalf of each Guarantor. A Guarantee’s validity will not be affected by the failure of any officer of a Guarantor executing this Indenture or any such amended or supplemental indenture on such Guarantor’s behalf to hold, at the time any Note is authenticated, the same or any other office at each Guarantor, and each Guarantee will be valid and enforceable even if no notation, certificate or other instrument is set upon or attached to, or otherwise executed and delivered to the Holder of, any Note.

 

Section 9.04       WHEN GUARANTORS MAY MERGE, ETC.

 

(A)             Generally. No Guarantor will consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor) (a “Guarantor Business Combination Event”), unless the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is such Guarantor or, if not such Guarantor, expressly assumes (by executing and delivering to the Trustee, at or before the effective time of such Guarantor Business Combination Event, a supplemental indenture) all of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; provided that (a) such surviving Guarantor shall be incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such Guarantor Business Combination Event.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge, consolidate, amalgamate or wind up with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company without regard to the requirements set forth in this Section 9.04(A).

 

(B)              Delivery of Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. Before the effective time of any Guarantor Business Combination Event, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (i) such Guarantor Business Combination Event (and, if applicable, the related supplemental indenture) complies with Section 9.04(A); and (ii) all conditions precedent to such Guarantor Business Combination Event provided in this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

(C)              Successor Corporation Substituted. At the effective time of any Guarantor Business Combination Event that complies with Section 9.04(A) and Section 9.04(B), the Successor Guarantor Corporation (if not the applicable Guarantor) will succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor Corporation had been named as a Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes, and, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Guarantor will be discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

73

 

 

Section 9.05       FUTURE GUARANTOR 

 

The Company shall cause Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC to become a Guarantor under the Indenture reasonably promptly after the Issue Date (but in any event within 30 Business Days of the Issue Date) by means of a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Blossom Merger Sub Guarantee”), upon satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(A)             the Company shall have received, in the aggregate, $87.5 million from the Subscribers (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”) as payment in full for the issuance of the Notes hereunder on the Issue Date; and

 

(B)              the Mergers shall have been consummated pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC shall not be obligated to execute a supplemental indenture and enter into the Blossom Merger Sub Guarantee unless the Subscribers pay to the Company the Aggregate Purchase Price on the Issue Date.

 

Section 9.06       APPLICABLE OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE GUARANTORS.

 

(A)             Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel. Upon any request or application by any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 12.02 with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in Section 12.02 or in the definitions of “Officer,” “Officer’s Certificate” or “Opinion of Counsel” were instead a reference to such Guarantor; provided, however, that no such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall be necessary or provided in connection with entry into the Blossom Merger Sub Guarantee.

 

(B)              Company Order. A Company Order may be given by any Guarantor with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in the definitions of “Company Order” or “Officer” were instead a reference to such Guarantor.

 

(C)              Notices and Demands. Any notice or demand that this Indenture requires or permits to be given by the Trustee, or by any Holders, to the Company may instead be given to any Guarantor.

 

Section 9.07       RELEASE OF GUARANTEES.

 

Any Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(A)             (i) any sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (by merger, consolidation, amalgamation, dividend, distribution or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor, in each case, if such sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited by the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, unless such sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition is with or to the Company, the surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes such Guarantor’s obligations in accordance with Section 9.04;

 

74

 

 

(ii)              the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Guarantor with and into the Company, or upon the liquidation of a Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company; or

 

(iii)            the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Guarantor with and into a Subsidiary of the Company where such Subsidiary is the surviving Person , if such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is not prohibited by the applicable provisions of this Indenture and such Subsidiary expressly assumes such Guarantor’s obligations in accordance with Section 9.04; and

 

(B)              the Company and such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction and release have been complied with.

 

Article 10.             SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 10.01   TERMINATION OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS.

 

This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued under this Indenture, when:

 

(A)             all Notes then outstanding (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.13) have (i) been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) become due and payable (whether on a Redemption Date, a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Maturity Date, upon conversion or otherwise) for an amount of cash or Conversion Consideration, as applicable, that has been fixed;

 

(B)              the Company has caused there to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, or with the Paying Agent (or, with respect to Conversion Consideration, the Conversion Agent), in each case for the benefit of the Holders, or has otherwise caused there to be delivered to the Holders, cash (or, with respect to Notes to be converted, Conversion Consideration) sufficient to satisfy all amounts or other property due on all Notes then outstanding (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.13);

 

(C)              the Company has paid all other amounts payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(D)             the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the conditions precedent to the discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied;

 

provided, however, that Section 11.06 and Section 12.01 will survive such discharge and, until no Notes remain outstanding, Section 2.15 and the obligations of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent with respect to money or other property deposited with them will survive such discharge.

 

  At the Company’s request, the Trustee will acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

75

 

 

Section 10.02   REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

 

Subject to applicable unclaimed property law, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent will promptly notify the Company if there exists (and, at the Company’s request, promptly deliver to the Company) any cash, Conversion Consideration or other property held by any of them for payment or delivery on the Notes that remain unclaimed two (2) years after the date on which such payment or delivery was due. After such delivery to the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent will have no further liability to any Holder with respect to such cash, Conversion Consideration or other property, and Holders entitled to the payment or delivery of such cash, Conversion Consideration or other property must look to the Company for payment as a general creditor of the Company.

 

Section 10.03   REINSTATEMENT.

 

If the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Conversion Agent is unable to apply any cash or other property deposited with it pursuant to Section 10.01 because of any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or other governmental authority that enjoins, restrains or otherwise prohibits such application, then the discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 10.01 will be rescinded; provided, however, that if the Company thereafter pays or delivers any cash or other property due on the Notes to the Holders thereof, then the Company will be subrogated to the rights of such Holders to receive such cash or other property from the cash or other property, if any, held by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Conversion Agent, as applicable.

 

Article 11.             TRUSTEE

 

Section 11.01   DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE.

 

(A)             If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received written notice or has actual knowledge of such Event of Default, the Trustee may exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided, to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(B)              Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                 the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)              in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel that are provided to the Trustee and conform to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

76

 

 

(C)              The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its gross negligence or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                 this paragraph will not limit the effect of Section 11.01(B);

 

(ii)              the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(iii)            the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.06; and

 

(iv)             no provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties under this Indenture, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it has reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(D)             Each provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) of this Section 11.01, regardless of whether such provision so expressly provides.

 

(E)              No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

 

(F)              The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it, except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds, except to the extent required by law.

 

(G)             Whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee will be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.01.

 

(H)             The Trustee will not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent (except in its capacity as Paying Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes.

 

(I)                If any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred, unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee had actually received written notice of such event.

 

(J)                Under no circumstances will the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

 

77

 

 

Section 11.02   RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE.

 

(A)             The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document that it believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper Person, and the Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such document.

 

(B)              Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel; and the advice of such counsel, or any Opinion of Counsel, will constitute full and complete authorization of the Trustee to take or omit to take any action in good faith in reliance thereon without liability.

 

(C)              The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any such agent appointed with due care.

 

(D)             The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith and that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture.

 

(E)              Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(F)              The Trustee need not exercise any rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder unless such Holder has offered, and, if requested, provided, the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that it may incur in complying with such request or direction.

 

(G)             The Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any punitive, special, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damage (including lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(H)             The Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and the Trustee will incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(I)                The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event that is a Default or Event of Default is actually received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 12.01, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

 

78

 

 

(J)                The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities under this Indenture and shall apply to each Note Agent hereunder.

 

(K)             The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(L)              The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein will not be construed as duties.

 

(M)            The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

 

(N)             Neither the Trustee nor any Note Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(O)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee will have no duty to know or inquire as to the performance or nonperformance of any provision of any agreement, instrument, or contract, nor will the Trustee be responsible for, nor chargeable with, knowledge of the terms and conditions of any other agreement, instrument, or contract, whether or not a copy of such agreement has been provided to the Trustee.

 

Section 11.03   INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE.

 

The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of any Note and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its Affiliates with the same rights that it would have if it were not Trustee; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires a “conflicting interest” (within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act), then it must eliminate such conflict within ninety (90) days or resign as Trustee. Each Note Agent will have the same rights and duties as the trustee under this Section 11.03.

 

Section 11.04   TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER.

 

The Trustee will not be (A) responsible for, and makes no representation as to, the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes; (B) accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture; (C) responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee; and (D) responsible for any statement or recital in this Indenture, the Notes or any other document relating to the sale of the Notes or this Indenture, other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

Section 11.05   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received written notice, then the Trustee will send Holders a notice of such Default or Event of Default within ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest on, any Note, or a Default in the payment or delivery of the Conversion Consideration, the Trustee may withhold such notice if and for so long as it in good faith determines that withholding such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

79

 

 

Section 11.06   COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

 

(A)             The Company will, from time to time, pay the Trustee and the Note Agents compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services under this Indenture and the Notes as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. In addition to the compensation for the Trustee’s services, the Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(B)              The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or the Guarantors (including this Section 11.06 and the provisions of Article 9) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee will promptly notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity, but the Trustee’s failure to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section 11.06(B). The Company need not pay for any settlement of any such claim made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(C)              The obligations of the Company under this Article 11 will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and/or the discharge of this Indenture.

 

(D)             To secure the Company’s payment obligations hereunder, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, or interest on, particular Notes, which lien will survive the discharge of this Indenture.

 

(E)              If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default pursuant to clauses (ix) or (x) of Section 7.01(A) occurs, then such expenses and the compensation for such services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 11.07   REPLACEMENT OF THE TRUSTEE.

 

(A)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.07, a resignation or removal of the Trustee, and the appointment of a successor Trustee, will become effective only upon such successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 11.07.

 

80

 

 

(B)              The Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the trust created by this Indenture by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(i)                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 11.09;

 

(ii)              the Trustee is adjudged to be bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)            a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(iv)             the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(C)              If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, then (i) the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee; and (ii) at any time within one (1) year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may appoint a successor Trustee to replace such successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

(D)             If a successor Trustee does not take office within sixty (60) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, then the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(E)              If the Trustee, after written request by a Holder of at least six (6) months, fails to comply with Section 11.09, then such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(F)              A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company, upon which notice the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will, upon payment of all amounts due to it under this Indenture, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, which property will, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to the lien provided for in Section 11.06(D).

 

Section 11.08   SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, then such corporation will become the successor Trustee without any further act.

 

Section 11.09   ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee under this Indenture that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof, that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

81

 

 

Article 12.             MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01   NOTICES.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company or any Guarantor or the Trustee to the other will be deemed to have been duly given if in writing in English and delivered in person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, electronic transmission or other similar means of unsecured electronic communication or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address, which initially is as follows:

 

If to the Company or any Guarantor:

 

prior to the effective date of the merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement:

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Gary S. Matthews

Telephone: (917) 214-6371

E-mail: gary@sevenoaksacquisition.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Dominick DeChiara

Jason D. Osborn

David A. Sakowitz

Facsimile: 212-294-4700

Email: DDeChiara@winston.com

JOsborn@winston.com

DSakowitz@winston.com

 

on and following the effective date of the merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement:

 

c/o Boxed, Inc.

451 Broadway

New York, NY 10013

Attention: General Counsel

Email: Legal@boxed.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Attention: Drew Capurro

Email: Drew.Capurro@lw.com

 

82

 

 

If to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

60 Livingston Avenue
1st Fl.
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107
Attention: Administrator – Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses (including facsimile numbers and electronic addresses) for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: (A) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (B) five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; (C) when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile, electronic transmission or other similar means of unsecured electronic communication; and (D) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice to the Trustee or any Note Agent shall be deemed given upon actual receipt by the Trustee or such Note Agent.

 

All notices or communications required to be made to a Holder pursuant to this Indenture must be made in writing and will be deemed to be duly sent or given in writing if mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to its address shown on the Register; provided, however, that a notice or communication to a Holder of a Global Note may, but need not, instead be sent pursuant to the Depositary Procedures (in which case, such notice will be deemed to be duly sent or given in writing). The failure to send a notice or communication to a Holder, or any defect in such notice or communication, will not affect its sufficiency with respect to any other Holder.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act on instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided that the Trustee has received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which incumbency certificate the Trustee will be entitled to rely as conclusive and up-to-date until such time as it receives an amended certificate containing any additions thereto or deletions therefrom. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s reasonable understanding of such instructions will be deemed controlling. The Trustee will not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding that such instructions may conflict or be inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. Any communication sent to the Trustee hereunder that is required to be signed must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign, AdobeSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Trustee by an Officer of the Company). The Trustee shall not have any duty to confirm that the person sending any notice, instruction or other communication (a “Notice”) by electronic transmission (including by e-mail, facsimile transmission, web portal or other electronic methods) is, in fact, a person authorized to do so. Electronic signatures believed by the Trustee to comply with the ESIGN Act of 2000 or other applicable law (including electronic images of handwritten signatures and digital signatures provided by DocuSign, Orbit, Adobe Sign or any other digital signature provider acceptable to the Trustee) shall be deemed original signatures for all purposes. The Company and the Holders agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Trustee, including without limitation the risk of Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may in any instance and in its sole discretion require that an original document bearing a manual signature be delivered to the Trustee in lieu of, or in addition to, any such electronic Notice.

 

83

 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event or any other communication (including any Redemption Notice or Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice will be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the Depositary Procedures, including by electronic mail in accordance with the Depositary Procedures. Subject to the requirements of the preceding paragraph, if the Trustee is then acting as the Depositary’s custodian for the Notes, then, at the reasonable request of the Company to the Trustee, the Trustee will cause any notice prepared by the Company to be sent to any Holder(s) pursuant to the Depositary Procedures, provided such request is evidenced in a Company Order delivered, together with the text of such notice, to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days before the date such notice is to be so sent. For the avoidance of doubt, such Company Order need not be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee will not have any liability relating to the contents of any notice that it sends to any Holder pursuant to any such Company Order.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed or sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it will be deemed to have been duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes, (A) whenever any provision of this Indenture requires a party to send notice to another party, no such notice need be sent if the sending party and the recipient are the same Person acting in different capacities; and (B) whenever any provision of this Indenture requires a party to send notice to more than one receiving party, and each receiving party is the same Person acting in different capacities, then only one such notice need be sent to such Person.

 

Section 12.02   DELIVERY OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AND OPINION OF COUNSEL AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than the initial authentication of Notes under this Indenture), the Company will furnish to the Trustee:

 

84

 

 

 

(A)             an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that complies with Section 12.03 and states that, in the opinion of the signatory thereto, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to such action have been satisfied; and

 

(B)              an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that complies with Section 12.03 and states that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants, if any, have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.03   STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AND OPINION OF COUNSEL.

 

Each Officer’s Certificate (other than an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 3.05) or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture will include:

 

(A)             a statement that the signatory thereto has read such covenant or condition;

 

(B)              a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained therein are based;

 

(C)              a statement that, in the opinion of such signatory, he, she or it has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him, her or it to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(D)             a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such signatory, such covenant or condition has been satisfied.

 

Section 12.04   RULES BY THE TRUSTEE, THE REGISTRAR AND THE PAYING AGENT.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.05   NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting any Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

85

 

 

Section 12.06   GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES OR THE NOTES, WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH GUARANTOR, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH HOLDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ANY NOTE) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

Section 12.07   SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

 

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated by this Indenture may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York, in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth in Section 12.01 will be effective service of process for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court. Each of the Company, each Guarantor, the Trustee and each Holder (by its acceptance of any Note) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such suit, action or other proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 12.08   NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

 

Neither this Indenture nor the Notes may be used to interpret any other indenture, note, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person, and no such indenture, note, loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Section 12.09   SUCCESSORS.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.

 

Section 12.10   FORCE MAJEURE.

 

The Trustee and each Note Agent will not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility under this Indenture or the Notes by reason of any occurrence beyond its control (including any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, epidemic, pandemic, act of terrorism or unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

 

86

 

 

Section 12.11   U.S.A. PATRIOT ACT.

 

The Company acknowledges that, in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions, in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The Company agrees to provide the Trustee with such information as it may request to enable the Trustee to comply with the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 12.12   CALCULATIONS.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Company will be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Notes, including determinations of the Last Reported Sale Price, Daily VWAP, the Stock Price, the Daily Conversion Value, the Daily Cash Amount, the Daily Share Amount, accrued interest on the Notes, Special Interest and the Conversion Rate (including any adjustments to the Conversion Rate).

 

The Company will make all calculations in good faith, and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on all Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent may rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Company will promptly forward a copy of each such schedule to a Holder upon its written request therefor, at the cost and expense of the Company.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent will have any responsibility to make any calculations under this Indenture, nor will the Trustee or the Conversion Agent be charged with knowledge of or have any duties to monitor the Last Reported Sale Price. The Trustee and the Conversion Agent may rely conclusively on the calculations and information provided to them by the Company as to the Last Reported Sale Price and the Conversion Rate.

 

Section 12.13   SEVERABILITY.

 

If any provision of this Indenture or the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Indenture or the Notes will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14   COUNTERPARTS.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, and all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Indenture by facsimile, electronically in portable document format or in any other format will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) will constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the other parties hereto will be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

87

 

 

Section 12.15   TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

 

The table of contents and the headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 12.16   WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

Each Holder and beneficial owner of a Note agrees, to provide, at the time it becomes a party hereto and thereinafter upon reasonable request or as required under applicable law, tax forms or other documentation (including any applicable IRS Form W-8/W-9 as well as certifications indicating eligibility for the portfolio interest exemption) reasonably satisfactory to the Company or other applicable withholding agent to establish an exemption from US withholding tax on payments and deliveries hereunder as well as an exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of, US withholding that may apply to any constructive dividend (e.g., under Section 305(c) of the Code). The Company shall be entitled to determine the amount and the timing of any such constructive dividend in its sole discretion. Without duplication of any amounts already withheld or set off, each Holder of a Note and each beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note shall pay to, or hold the Company or other applicable withholding agent harmless for, any US withholding (including, for this purpose, any interest and penalties and additional amounts) on payments and deliveries as well as constructive dividends hereunder, and the Company or such withholding agent, as applicable, may, at its option, withhold from or set off such payments against payments of cash or the delivery of other Conversion Consideration on such Note, any payments on the Common Stock or sales proceeds received by, or other funds or assets of, such Holder or the beneficial owner of such Note. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the performance or termination of this Indenture.

 

[The Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

88

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Indenture have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP., AS ISSUER
   
  By: /s/ Gary Matthews
    Name: Gary Matthews
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
   
  By: /s/ Joshua A. Hahn
    Name: Joshua A. Hahn
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

[Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable]

 

[Insert Restricted Note Legend, if applicable]

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

CUSIP No.:         [●][Insert for a “restricted” CUSIP number:1]                     Certificate No. [●]

 

ISIN No.:    [●][Insert for a “restricted” ISIN number:2]

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to [Cede & Co.], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [ ] dollars ($[ ]) [(as revised by the attached Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note)]2 on December 15, 2026 and to pay interest thereon, as provided in the Indenture referred to below, until the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest are paid or duly provided for.

 

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2022.
 
Regular Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

[The Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

1 This Note will be deemed to be identified by CUSIP No. [ ● ] and ISIN No. [ ● ] from and after such time when the Company delivers, pursuant to Section 2.12 of the within-mentioned Indenture, and subject to the Depositary Procedures, written notice to the Trustee of the deemed removal of the Restricted Note Legend affixed to this Note.

2 Insert bracketed language for Global Notes only.

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. has caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the date set forth below.

 

    SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP
 
Date:     By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

2

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Date:     By:  
        Authorized Signatory

 

3

 

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), designated as its 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”), all issued or to be issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of December 8, 2021, (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), between the Company[, the Guarantors that will become party thereto] and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used in this Note without definition have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture sets forth the rights and obligations of the Company, [the Guarantors, ]the Trustee and the Holders and the terms of the Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, to the extent that any provision of this Note conflicts with the provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture will control.

 

1.                  Interest. This Note will accrue interest at a rate and in the manner set forth in Section 2.05 of the Indenture. Stated Interest on this Note will begin to accrue from, and including, [ ● ], 202[ ● ]. Special Interest is payable on the Notes in certain circumstances, as provided in the Indenture.

 

In the event that the Company shall elect to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Company shall deliver a PIK Notice to the Trustee and the Holders not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph must be paid entirely in cash.

 

2.                  Maturity. This Note will mature on December 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased or converted.

 

3.                  Method of Payment. Cash amounts due on this Note will be paid in the manner set forth in Section 2.05(a) of the Indenture. PIK Interest and Partial PIK Interest will be paid in the manner set forth in Section 2.05(b) of the Indenture.

 

4.                  Persons Deemed Owners. The Holder of this Note will be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

 

5.                  Denominations; Transfers and Exchanges. All Notes will be in registered form, without coupons, in principal amounts equal to any Authorized Denominations. Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note may transfer or exchange this Note by presenting it to the Registrar and delivering any required documentation or other materials.

 

6.                  Right of Holders to Require the Company to Repurchase Notes upon a Fundamental Change. If a Fundamental Change occurs, then each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes (or any portion thereof in an Authorized Denomination) for cash in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Section 4.02 of the Indenture.

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

7.                  Right of the Company to Redeem the Notes. The Company will have the right to redeem the Notes for cash in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

 

8.                  Conversion. The Holder of this Note may convert this Note into Conversion Consideration in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Article 5 of the Indenture.

 

9.                  When the Company May Merge, Etc. Article 6 of the Indenture places limited restrictions on the Company’s ability to be a party to a Business Combination Event.

 

10.              Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding may (and, in certain circumstances, will automatically) become due and payable in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Article 7 of the Indenture.

 

11.              Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes or waive compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes in the manner, and subject to the terms, set forth in Article 8 of the Indenture.

 

12.              No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture or the Notes or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting any Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

13.              Authentication. No Note will be valid until it is authenticated by the Trustee. A Note will be deemed to be duly authenticated only when an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or a duly appointed authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication of such Note.

 

14.              Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or its assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian), and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

15.              Governing Law. THIS NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS NOTE, WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

* * *

 

2

 

 

To request a copy of the Indenture, which the Company will provide to any Holder at no charge, please send a written request to the following address:

 

Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.

445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Gary S. Matthews

Telephone: (917) 214-6371

E-mail: gary@sevenoaksacquisition.com

 

3

 

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE3

 

INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE: $[●]

 

The following exchanges, transfers or cancellations of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date   Amount of Increase
(Decrease) in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note
  Principal Amount of
this Global Note
After Such Increase
(Decrease)
  Signature of
Authorized Signatory
of Trustee
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             

  

 

 

3 Insert for Global Notes only.

 

4

 

 

 

CONVERSION NOTICE

 

SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

Subject to the terms of the Indenture, by executing and delivering this Conversion Notice, the undersigned Holder of the Note identified below directs the Company to convert (check one):

 

o the entire principal amount of

 

o $ 4  aggregate principal amount of

 

the Note identified by CUSIP No._____ and Certificate No._______.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that if the Conversion Date of a Note to be converted is after a Regular Record Date and before the next Interest Payment Date, then such Note, when surrendered for conversion, must, in certain circumstances, be accompanied with an amount of cash equal to the interest that would have accrued on such Note to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date.

 

Date:     By:  
  (Legal Name of Holder)
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  Signature Guaranteed:
   
  Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
   
  By:  
  Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

4 Must be an Authorized Denomination.

 

 5

 

 

FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE

 

SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

Subject to the terms of the Indenture, by executing and delivering this Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the undersigned Holder of the Note identified below is exercising its Fundamental Change Repurchase Right with respect to (check one):

 

o the entire principal amount of

 

o $ 5 aggregate principal amount of

  

the Note identified by CUSIP No. __________ and Certificate No.___________.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that this Note, duly endorsed for transfer, must be delivered to the Paying Agent before the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price will be paid.

 

 

Date:     By:  
  (Legal Name of Holder)
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  Signature Guaranteed:
   
  Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
   
  By:  
  Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

5 Must be an Authorized Denomination.

 

 6

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026

 

Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the undersigned Holder of the within Note assigns to:

 

Name:    
     
Address:    
     
Social security or
tax identification
number:
   

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder irrevocably appoints:

 

as agent to transfer the within Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him/her.

 

Date:     By:  
  (Legal Name of Holder)
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  Signature Guaranteed:
   
  Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
   
  By:  
  Authorized Signatory

 

 

 7

 

 

TRANSFEROR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

If the within Note bears a Restricted Note Legend, the undersigned further certifies that (check one):

 

1. ¨ Such Transfer is being made to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

2. ¨ Such Transfer is being made pursuant to, and in accordance with, a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act at the time of the Transfer.

 

3. ¨ Such Transfer is being made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, the undersigned further certifies that the within Note is being transferred to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is purchasing the within Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. If this item is checked, then the transferee must complete and execute the acknowledgment contained on the next page.

 

4. ¨ Such Transfer is being made pursuant to, and in accordance with, any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (including, if available, the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

 

Date:    
   
   
(Legal Name of Holder)  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
   
Signature Guaranteed:  
   
Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
 
   
By:    
  Authorized Signatory  

 

 8

 

 

TRANSFEREE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

The undersigned represents that it is purchasing the within Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which the undersigned exercises sole investment discretion, and that and the undersigned and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The undersigned acknowledges that the transferor is relying, in transferring the within Note on the exemption from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A and that the undersigned has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

Date:    
   
   
  (Name of Transferee)  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

 9

 

 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE LEGEND

 

THE OFFER AND SALE OF THIS NOTE AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT; AND

 

(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT ONLY:

 

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT;

 

(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT;

 

(D) PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

 

(E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

BEFORE THE REGISTRATION OF ANY SALE OR TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C), (D) OR (E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND THE REGISTRAR RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTATION OR EVIDENCE AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. 6

 

 

 

6 This paragraph and the immediately preceding paragraph will be deemed to be removed from the face of this Note at such time when the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee of such deemed removal pursuant to Section 2.12 of the within- mentioned Indenture and compliance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND

 

THIS IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, WHICH MAY BE TREATED BY THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY AGENT THEREOF AS THE OWNER AND HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FOR ALL PURPOSES.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC, OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 2 OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

2

 

 

EXHIBIT B-3

 

FORM OF NON-AFFILIATE LEGEND

 

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE THREE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR OWN THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

[             ] Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of         among Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),                                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), dated as of December 8, 2021, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 7.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01(b) of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of Holders.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

(1)               Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)               Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 9 thereof.

 

(3)               Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(4)               Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(5)               Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy, which may be delivered by facsimile or PDF transmission, shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) will constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the other parties hereto will be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

(6)               Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(7)               The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

(8)               Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

(9)               Representations and Warranties by Guaranteeing Subsidiary. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Indenture.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

  SEVEN OAKS ACQUISITION CORP.
   
  By:
  Name:
  Title:

  

  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
   
  By:
  Name:
  Title:
   
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
  By:
  Name:
  Title:

  

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 
Exhibit 10.7
BOXED, INC.
2021 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
ARTICLE I.
PURPOSE
The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.
ARTICLE II.
ELIGIBILITY
Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.
ARTICLE III.
ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION
3.1   Administration.   The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award. The Administrator may institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program.
3.2   Appointment of Committees.   To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers as Administrator under the Plan to one or more Committees. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.
ARTICLE IV.
STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS
4.1   Number of Shares.   Subject to adjustment under Article VII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares. As of the Effective Date, no further awards shall be granted under the Prior Plan.
4.2   Share Recycling.   If all or any part of an Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.
4.3   Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 9,830,901 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.
 
1

 
4.4   Substitute Awards.   In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate in accordance with Applicable Laws. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Service Providers prior to such acquisition or combination.
4.5   Non-Employee Director Compensation.   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $500,000. The Administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors.
ARTICLE V.
STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
5.1   General.   The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at such Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.
5.2   Exercise Price.   The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
 
2

 
5.3   Duration.   Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with Applicable Laws, the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation unless the Administrator otherwise determines.
5.4   Exercise.   Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
5.5   Payment Upon Exercise.   Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:
(a)   cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;
(b)   if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;
(c)   to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;
(d)   to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;
(e)   to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or
(f)   to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.
ARTICLE VI.
RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
6.1   General.   The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.
 
3

 
6.2   Restricted Stock.
(a)   Dividends.   Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.
(b)   Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.
(c)   Section 83(b) Election.   If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which such Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, such Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof.
6.3   Restricted Stock Units.
(a)   Settlement.   The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.
(b)   Stockholder Rights.   A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.
(c)   Dividend Equivalents.   If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.
ARTICLE VII.
OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS
7.1   Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII.
ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK
AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS
8.1   Equity Restructuring.    In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems
 
4

 
appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.
8.2   Corporate Transactions.   In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:
(a)   To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;
(b)   To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;
(c)   To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;
(d)   To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;
(e)   To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or
(f)   To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.
8.3   Administrative Stand Still.   In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.
 
5

 
8.4   General.   Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 above or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
9.1   Transferability.   Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.
9.2   Documentation.   Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.
9.3   Discretion.   Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.
9.4   Termination of Service; Change in Status.   The Administrator will determine, in its sole discretion, the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for Cause and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Service or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.
9.5   Withholding.   Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver
 
6

 
promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.
9.6   Amendment of Award.    The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6.
9.7   Conditions on Delivery of Stock.   The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.
9.8   Acceleration.   The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.
9.9   Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options.   The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees if requested by the Company to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a Fair Market Value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1   No Right to Employment or Other Status.   No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to
 
7

 
continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.
10.2   No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates.   Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.
10.3   Effective Date and Term of Plan.   The Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated by the Board, will remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the earliest date as of which all Awards granted under the Plan have been satisfied in full or terminated and no Shares approved for issuance under the Plan remain available to be granted under new Awards or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (A) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (B) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective and no Awards will be granted under the Plan.
10.4   Amendment of Plan.   The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment in a manner disproportionate to other similarly-situated Awards without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after Plan termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exchange Programs are expressly permitted hereunder and the Committee may in its sole discretion, and without shareholder approval, institute any such Exchange Program.
10.5   Provisions for Foreign Participants.   The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.
10.6   Section 409A.
(a)   General.   The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.
(b)   Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made
 
8

 
only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” ​(within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the Termination of Service of a Participant. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment,” Termination of Service or like terms means a “separation from service.”
(c)   Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” ​(as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” ​(or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.
10.7   Limitations on Liability.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.
10.8   Lock-Up Period.   The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.
10.9   Data Privacy.   As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such
 
9

 
Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.
10.10   Severability.   If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.
10.11   Governing Documents.   If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.
10.12   Governing Law.   The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.
10.13   Claw-back Provisions.   All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company claw-back policy as in effect from time to time, including any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder).
10.14   Titles and Headings.   The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.
10.15   Conformity to Securities Laws.   Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.
10.16   Relationship to Other Benefits.   No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
10.17   Broker-Assisted Sales.   In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.
 
10

 
ARTICLE XI.
DEFINITIONS
As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:
11.1   “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board delegates its powers or authority under the Plan to such Committee.
11.2   “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.
11.3   “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.
11.4   “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
11.5   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
11.6   “Cause” means (i) if a Participant is a party to a written employment, severance or consulting agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an Award Agreement in which the term “cause” is defined (a “Relevant Agreement”), “cause” as defined in the Relevant Agreement, and (ii) if no Relevant Agreement exists, (A) any material breach of the Participant of any material written agreement between the Participant and the Company and the Participant’s failure to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof; (B) any failure by the Participant to comply with the Company’s material written policies or rules as they may be in effect from time to time; (C) the Participant’s repeated and willful failure to follow reasonable and lawful instructions from the Board or Chief Executive Officer and the Participant’s failure to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof; (D) the Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that results in, or is reasonably excepted to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company; (E) the Participant’s commission of or participation in an act of fraud against the Company; (F) the Participant’s intentional material damage to the Company’s business, property or reputation; or (G) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company. For purposes of clarity, a termination without “Cause” does not include any termination that occurs as a result of the Participant’s death or disability. The determination as to whether a Participant’s service has been termination for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be binding and final on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, parent, affiliate, or any successor thereto, if appropriate.
11.7   “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:
(a)   A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” ​(as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing
 
11

 
more than 50 % of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
(b)   During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
(c)   The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:
(i)   which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into or exchanged for voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and
(ii)   after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A to Service Provider, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.
11.8   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.
11.9   “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board or otherwise consisting of one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.
 
12

 
11.10   “Common Stock” means the class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.
11.11   “Company” means Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.
11.12   “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person.
11.13   “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.
11.14   “Director” means a Board member.
11.15   “Disability” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
11.16   “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.
11.17   “Effective Date” means the date on which the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., Blossom Merger Sub Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC and Giddy Inc., dated as of June 13, 2021 as amended from time to time, are consummated, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.
11.18   “Employee” means any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
11.19   “Equity Restructuring” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Common Stock (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.
11.20   “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
11.21   “Exchange Program” means a program (i) under which (A) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (B) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Committee, (C) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased or (ii) which otherwise constitutes a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
11.22   “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) in any case the Administrator may determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion to the extent such determination does not constitute a “material revision” to the Plan under applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations (or otherwise require stockholder approval).
 
13

 
11.23   “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.
11.24   “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
11.25   “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.
11.26   “Option” means an option to purchase Shares.
11.27   “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.
11.28   “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (i) 9,830,901 Shares; and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board.
11.29   “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.
11.30   “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; marketing initiatives; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee whether or not listed herein, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or
 
14

 
repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.
11.31   “Plan” means this Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
11.32   “Prior Plan” means the Giddy Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
11.33   “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.
11.34   “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one or more Shares or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value of such Shares as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.
11.35   “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
11.36   “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.
11.37   “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
11.38   “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.
11.39   “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.
11.40   “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.
11.41   “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.
11.42   “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.
11.43   “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.
* * * * *
 
15

 
Exhibit 10.8
BOXED, INC.
2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ARTICLE I.
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Plan is to assist Eligible Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company.
The Plan consists of two components: (i) the Section 423 Component and (ii) the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Non-Section 423 Component authorizes the grant of rights which need not qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and Designated Subsidiaries but shall not be intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.
For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Eligible Employees will participate. The terms of these Offerings need not be identical, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering are identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component (as determined under Section 423 of the Code). Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.
ARTICLE II.
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
2.1   “Administrator” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.
2.2   Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.
2.3   Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.
2.4   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5   “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.
2.6   “Common Stock” means common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefore.
2.7   “Company” means Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.
 
1

 
2.8   “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the gross base compensation or wages received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, income received in connection with any compensatory equity awards, fringe benefits and other special payments.
2.9   “Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.2(b), such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both; provided that a Subsidiary that, for U.S. tax purposes, is disregarded from the Company or any Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component shall automatically constitute a Designated Subsidiary that participates in the Section 423 Component.
2.10   “Effective Date” means the date on which the transactions contemplated by that certain Transaction Agreement, by and among Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., Blossom Merger Sub Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC and Giddy Inc., dated as of June 13, 2021 as amended from time to time, are consummated, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.
2.11   “Eligible Employee” means:
(a)   an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares and other securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee.
(b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period under the Section 423 Component if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years); (iii) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less; (iv) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year; and/or (v) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).
(c)   Further notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (i) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within the Company or a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate some Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as Eligible Employees, and (ii) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.
2.12   “Employee” means any individual who renders services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee, and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, a person who is an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of an individual’s participation in, or other rights under the Plan, all determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting
 
2

 
the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.
2.13   “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.
2.14   “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but are quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.
2.15   “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.
2.16   “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of a right to purchase Shares that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).
2.17   “Offering Document” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.
2.18   “Offering Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.
2.19   “Parent” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
2.20   “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan.
2.21   “Payday” means the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.
2.22   Plan” means this 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.
2.23   “Purchase Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period or such other date as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Offering Document.
2.24   “Purchase Period” shall refer to one or more periods within an Offering Period, as designated in the applicable Offering Document; provided, however, that, in the event no purchase period is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase period for each Offering Period covered by such Offering Document shall be the same as the applicable Offering Period.
2.25   “Purchase Price” means the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, shall not be less
 
3

 
than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.
2.26   “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that are intended to satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.
2.27   “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
2.28   “Share” means a share of Common Stock.
2.29   “Subsidiary” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or non-corporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.
2.30   “Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.
2.31   “Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.
ARTICLE III.
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
3.1   Number of Shares.   Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 1,966,180 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article VIII, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 19,661,800 Shares, subject to Article VIII.
3.2   Shares Distributed.   Any Shares distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE IV.
OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES
4.1   Offering Periods.   The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Shares under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document
 
4

 
shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings or Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.
4.2   Offering Documents.   Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):
(a)   the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;
(b)   the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be        Shares; and
(c)   such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.
ARTICLE V.
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
5.1   Eligibility.   Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.
5.2   Enrollment in Plan.
(a)   Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.
(b)   Each subscription agreement shall designate either (i) a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation or (ii) a fixed dollar amount, in either case, to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each Payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. In either event, the designated percentage or fixed dollar amount may not be less than one percent (1%) and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be twenty percent (20%) in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.
(c)   A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation or the fixed dollar amount designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed to decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction elections one time during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following ten business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII.
(d)    Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.
 
5

 
5.3   Payroll Deductions.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first Payday following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last Payday in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator shall take into consideration any limitations under Section 423 of the Code when applying an alternative method of contribution.
5.4   Effect of Enrollment.   A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.
5.5   Limitation on Purchase of Shares.   An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Section 423 Component only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.
5.6   Suspension of Payroll Deductions.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.
5.7   Foreign Employees.   In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Except as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, with respect to the Section 423 Component, such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Section 423 Component to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Such special terms may be set forth in an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 11.2(g). Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.
5.8   Leave of Absence.   During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal Payday equal to the Participant’s authorized payroll deduction.
 
6

 
ARTICLE VI.
GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS
6.1   Grant of Rights.   On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the earliest of: (x) the last Purchase Date of the Offering Period, (y) the last day of the Offering Period, and (z) the date on which the Participant withdraws in accordance with Section 7.1 or Section 7.3.
6.2   Exercise of Rights.   On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.
6.3   Pro Rata Allocation of Shares.   If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Shares are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date or such earlier date as determined by the Administrator.
6.4   Withholding.   At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s Compensation or Shares received pursuant to the Plan the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant.
6.5   Conditions to Issuance of Shares.   The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Shares are then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; (d) the payment to the Company of all amounts
 
7

 
that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and (e) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
ARTICLE VII.
WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY
7.1   Withdrawal.   A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.
7.2   Future Participation.   A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.
7.3   Cessation of Eligibility.   Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between entities participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.
ARTICLE VIII.
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN SHARES
8.1   Changes in Capitalization.   Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), change in control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Shares such that
 
8

 
an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.
8.2   Other Adjustments.   Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation, any change in control), or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:
(a)   To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
(b)   To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;
(c)   To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;
(d)   To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Shares prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and
(e)   To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.
8.3   No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances.   Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Section 423 Component of the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.
8.4   No Other Rights.   Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.
ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
9.1   Amendment, Modification and Termination.   The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s
 
9

 
stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII) or (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan.
9.2   Certain Changes to Plan.   Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected (and, with respect to the Section 423 Component of the Plan, after taking into account Section 423 of the Code), the Administrator shall be entitled to change or terminate the Offering Periods, add or revise Offering Period share limits, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of payroll withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.
9.3   Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences.   In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:
(a)   altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;
(b)   shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and
(c)   allocating Shares.
Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.
9.4   Payments Upon Termination of Plan.   Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon, or the Offering Period may be shortened so that the purchase of Shares occurs prior to the termination of the Plan.
ARTICLE X.
TERM OF PLAN
The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated under Section 9.1. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.
ARTICLE XI.
ADMINISTRATION
11.1   Administrator.   Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan. The Administrator may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.
 
10

 
11.2   Authority of Administrator.   The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(a)   To determine when and how rights to purchase Shares shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).
(b)   To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.
(c)   To impose a mandatory holding period pursuant to which Employees may not dispose of or transfer Shares purchased under the Plan for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
(d)   To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
(e)   To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.
(f)   Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.
(g)   The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.
11.3   Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1   Restriction upon Assignment.   A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.
12.2   Rights as a Stockholder.   With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.
12.3   Interest.   No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.
12.4   Designation of Beneficiary.
(a)   A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under
 
11

 
the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.
(b)   Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
12.5   Notices.   All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.
12.6   Equal Rights and Privileges.   Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under the Section 423 Component so that the Section 423 Component of this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as other Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.
12.7   Use of Funds.   All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
12.8   No Employment Rights.   Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.
12.9   Notice of Disposition of Shares.   Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Section 423 Component of the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.
12.10   Section 409A of the Code.   The Plan is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause a grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding grant of a right to purchase Shares granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding or future right to purchase Shares that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such grants to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments
 
12

 
or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if any right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that any right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Section 409A of the Code.
12.11   Governing Law.   The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.
12.12   Electronic Forms.   To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.
* * * * *
 
13

 
Exhibit 10.12
AMENDED AND RESTATED
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 8, 2021, is made and entered into by and among Giddy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) (formerly known as Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation), Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), Jones & Associates, Inc. (including any affiliates, “Jones”), certain former stockholders of Giddy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Boxed”), identified on the signature pages hereto (such stockholders, the “Boxed Holders” and, collectively with the Sponsor, Jones, the Boxed Holders, and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2 or Section 5.10 of this Agreement, the “Holders and each, a “Holder).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company, the Sponsor and Jones are party to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020 (the “Original RRA”);
WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 13, 2021 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Boxed;
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Boxed Holders received shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company;
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, certain other investors (such other investors, collectively, the “Third Party Investors”) purchased (i) an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) $87,500,000 principal amount of convertible notes in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the respective Subscription Agreements, each dated as of June 13, 2021, entered into by and between the Company and each of the Third Party Investors (each, a “Subscription Agreement” and, collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Original RRA, the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth therein may be amended or modified upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders (as defined in the Original RRA) of at least a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Original RRA) at the time in question, and the Sponsor is the Holder of at least a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Original RRA) as of the date hereof; and
WHEREAS, the Company, the Sponsor and Jones desire to amend and restate the Original RRA in its entirety and enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to certain securities of the Company, as set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1   Definitions.   The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:
Additional Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.10.
Additional Holder Common Stock” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.10.
 

 
Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, declared effective or used, as the case may be and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.
Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.
Block Trade” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.
Boardshall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Boxedshall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.
Boxed Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.
Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Merger Agreement.
Closing Date” shall have the meaning given in the Merger Agreement.
Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Stock” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto and includes the Company’s successors by recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction.
Demand” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.
Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.
Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.
Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.
Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.
Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.2.
Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto, for so long as such person or entity holds any Registrable Securities.
Joinder” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.10.
Jones” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
Lock-up Period” shall mean, with respect to the Sponsor, Jones, the Boxed Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees, the Lock-up Period as defined in the Bylaws of the Company.
Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.
Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.
Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
 

 
New Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.7.
Original RRA” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
Other Coordinated Offering” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.
Permitted Transferees” shall mean (a) with respect to the Sponsor and its respective Permitted Transferees, (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Bylaws of the Company, as applied to the Sponsor and Jones pursuant to Section 5 of that certain Sponsor Support Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2021, by and among the Company, Boxed, the Sponsor, Jones and the other parties thereto (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”) and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is not prohibited from transferring such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter; (b) with respect to the Boxed Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees, (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Bylaws of the Company and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is not prohibited from transferring such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter; (c) with respect to Jones and its Permitted Transferees, (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Bylaws of the Company, as applied to the Sponsor Shares pursuant to Section 5 of the Sponsor Support Agreement, and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is not prohibited from transferring such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter; and (d) with respect to all other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees, any person or entity to whom such Holder of Registrable Securities is not prohibited from such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter.
Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2.1.
Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
Registrable Security” shall mean (a) any outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other equity security (including warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity security) of the Company held by a Holder immediately following the Closing (including any securities distributable pursuant to the Merger Agreement); (b) any Additional Holder Common Stock; and (c) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clause (a) or (b) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement by the applicable Holder; (B) (i) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred (other than to Permitted Transferees), (ii) new certificates for such securities not bearing (or book entry positions not subject to) a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and (iii) subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor rule promulgated under the Securities Act (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations including as to manner or timing of sale); and (E) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.
 

 
Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, Prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.
Registration Expenses” shall mean the documented, out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:
(A)   all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed;
(B)   fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws;
(C)   printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;
(D)   reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and
(E)   reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance.
Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
SEC Guidance” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.7.
Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
Shelf” shall mean the Form S-1 Shelf, the Form S-3 Shelf or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.
Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).
Shelf Takedown” shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.
Sponsor” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.2.
Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale or assignment of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).
Underwriter” shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.
Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.
Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.
 

 
Withdrawal Notice shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.6.   
ARTICLE II
REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS
2.1   Shelf Registration.
2.1.1   Filing.   Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Closing Date, the Company shall submit to or file with the Commission a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf”) or a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), if the Company is then eligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such submission or filing) on a delayed or continuous basis and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (a) the ninetieth (90th) calendar day following the filing date thereof if the Commission notifies the Company that it will “review” the Registration Statement and (b) the fifth (5th) business day after the date the Company is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the Commission that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. Such Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. The Company shall maintain a Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep a Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) to a Form S-3 Shelf or (ii) file a Form S-3 Shelf, as the case may be, in each case, as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.1, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.
2.1.2   Subsequent Shelf Registration.   If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 3.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such filing), and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, available for use to permit the Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on another appropriate form. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.2, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.
2.1.3   Additional Registrable Securities.   Subject to Section 3.4, in the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the
 

 
Company, upon written request of the Sponsor or a Boxed Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, any then available Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or by filing a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year for each of the Sponsor and the Boxed Holders.
2.1.4   Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns.   Subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, the Sponsor or a Boxed Holder (in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder, either individually or together with other Demanding Holders, with an anticipated gross proceeds reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, at least $50 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2.4.4, the Company shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Sponsor may demand not more than one (1) Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the other Boxed Holders may demand not more than one (1) Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in each case, pursuant to this Section 2.1.4 in any twelve (12) month period (such rights, in each such case, a “Demand”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Offering pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form S-3, that is then available for such offering.
2.1.5   Reduction of Underwritten Offering.   If the Underwriter in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advises the Demanding Holder in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the dollar amount or number of shares to be underwritten, then the Demanding Holder shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting (such maximum number of such securities, the “Maximum Number of Securities”) shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Demanding Holder, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.
2.1.6   Withdrawal.   Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holder initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that the Sponsor or the Boxed Holders, as applicable, may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the withdrawing Demanding Holder for purposes of Section 2.1.4, unless either (i) the Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) the Demanding Holder reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that, if the Sponsor or the Boxed Holders, as applicable, elect to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by the Sponsor or such
 

 
Boxed Holder, as applicable, for purposes of Section 2.1.4. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.1.6, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this Section 2.1.6.
2.1.7   New Registration Statement.   Notwithstanding the registration obligations set forth in this Section 2.1, in the event the Commission informs the Company that all of the Registrable Securities cannot, as a result of the application of Rule 415, be registered for resale as a secondary offering on a single registration statement, the Company agrees to promptly (i) inform each of the holders thereof and use its commercially reasonable efforts to file amendments to the Shelf Registration as required by the Commission and/or (ii) withdraw the Shelf Registration and file a new registration statement (a “New Registration Statement”), on Form S-3, or if Form S-3 is not then available to the Company for such registration statement, on such other form available to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering; provided, however, that prior to filing such amendment or New Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with any publicly-available written or oral guidance, comments, requirements or requests of the Commission staff (the “SEC Guidance”). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any SEC Guidance sets forth a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered on a particular Registration Statement as a secondary offering (and notwithstanding that the Company used commercially reasonable efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Securities), unless otherwise directed in writing by a Holder as to its Registrable Securities to register a less amount of Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on such Registration Statement will be reduced on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders. In the event the Company amends the Shelf Registration or files a New Registration Statement, as the case may be, under clauses (i) or (ii) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, as promptly as allowed by Commission or SEC Guidance provided to the Company or to registrants of securities in general, one or more registration statements on Form S-3 or such other form available to register for resale those Registrable Securities that were not registered for resale on the Shelf Registration, as amended, or the New Registration Statement.
2.2   Piggyback Registration.
2.2.1   Piggyback Rights.   If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for holders of capital stock other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (i) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock or other benefit plan, (ii) a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan or (v) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 2.2.2, the Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall
 

 
use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering.
2.2.2   Reduction of Piggyback Registration.   If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the Underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling security holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling security holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling security holders). For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling security holder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and holders of capital stock of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling security holder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling security holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling security holder,” as defined in this sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, Piggyback Registration shall not be available where the Company proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act solely with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, to be issued by the Company on a primary basis.
2.2.3   Piggyback Registration Withdrawal.   Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdraw from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations, shall be governed by Section 2.1.6) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons or entities pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include a Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2.1.6), the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.2.3.
2.2.4   Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights.   For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2.1.6, any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2.1.4 hereof.
2.3   Market Stand-off.   In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering), if requested by the managing Underwriters, each Holder that is an executive officer, director or Holder in excess of five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock (and for which it is customary for such a Holder to agree to a lock-up) agrees that it shall not Transfer any shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (other
 

 
than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the ninety (90)-day period (or such shorter time agreed to by the managing Underwriters) beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except as expressly permitted by such lock-up agreement or in the event the managing Underwriters otherwise agree by written consent. Each such Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders).
2.4   Block Trades; Other Coordinated Offerings.
2.4.1   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II, but subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in (a) an underwritten registered offering not involving a “roadshow,” an offer commonly known as a “block trade” ​(a “Block Trade”) or (b) an “at the market” or similar registered offering through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, whether as agent or principal, (an “Other Coordinated Offering”), in each case, with an anticipated aggregate offering price of, either (x) at least $50 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then such Demanding Holder only needs to notify the Company of the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering at least five (5) business days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided that the Demanding Holder representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any Underwriters, brokers, sales agents or placement agents prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering.
2.4.2   Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, the Demanding Holder initiates such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company, the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) and any brokers, sale agents or placement agents (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.4.2.
2.4.3   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2.2 shall not apply to a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement.
2.4.4   The Demanding Holder in a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to select the Underwriters and any brokers, sale agents or placement agents (if any) for such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering (in each case, which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks).
2.4.5   A Holder may demand no more than two (2) Block Trades or Other Coordinated Offerings pursuant to this Section 2.4 in any twelve (12) month period. For the avoidance of doubt, any Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1.4 hereof.
ARTICLE III
COMPANY PROCEDURES
3.1   General Procedures.   In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:
3.1.1   prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement, which Registration Statement shall include a plan of distribution that includes any method of
 

 
distribution that a Holder may reasonably request prior to the filing of such Registration Statement (including a distribution of Registrable Securities to its members, limited partners or stockholders), with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities;
3.1.2   prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
3.1.3   prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;
3.1.4   prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;
3.1.5   cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
3.1.6   provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
3.1.7   advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;
3.1.8   at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or such shorter period of time as may be (a) necessary in order to comply with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, as applicable or (b) advisable in order to reduce the number of days that sales are suspended pursuant to Section 3.4), furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);
 

 
3.1.9   notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.4;
3.1.10   in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering, or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters or other financial institutions facilitating such Underwritten Offering, Block Trade, Other Coordinated Offering or other sale pursuant to such Registration, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s or entity’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, financial institution, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives, Underwriters or financial institutions agree to confidentiality arrangements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;
3.1.11   obtain a “cold comfort” letter from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration (subject to such broker, placement agent or sales agent providing such certification or representation reasonably requested by the Company’s independent registered public accountants and the Company’s counsel) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;
3.1.12   in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the participating Holders, the broker, placement agents or sales agent, if any and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the participating Holders, broker, placement agent, sales agent or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, as applicable;
3.1.13   in the event of any Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting or other purchase or sales agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter or the broker, placement agent or sales agent of such offering or sale;
3.1.14   make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);
3.1.15   if the Registration involves the Registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of $50 million with respect to an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering;
3.1.16   otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the participating Holders, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, in connection with such Registration; and
3.1.17   upon request of a Holder, the Company shall (i) authorize the Company’s transfer agent to remove any legend on share certificates of such Holder’s Common Stock restricting further transfer
 

 
(or any similar restriction in book entry positions of such Holder) if such restrictions are no longer required by the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or any agreement with the Company to which such Holder is a party, including if such shares subject to such a restriction have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) request the Company’s transfer agent to issue in lieu thereof shares of Common Stock without such restrictions to the Holder upon, as applicable, surrender of any stock certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock, or to update the applicable book entry position of such Holder so that it no longer is subject to such a restriction, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Holder to have such Holder’s shares of Common Stock transferred into a book-entry position at The Depository Trust Company, in each case, subject to delivery of customary representations and other documentation from such Holder as requested by the Company, its counsel or its transfer agent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to provide any documents or information to an Underwriter or broker, sales agent or placement agent if such Underwriter or broker, sales agent or placement agent has not then been named with respect to the applicable Underwritten Offering or other offering involving a registration as an Underwriter or broker, sales agent or placement agent, as applicable.
3.2   Registration Expenses.   The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.
3.3   Requirements for Participation in Registration Statement in Offerings.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide the Company with its requested Holder Information, the Company may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if the Company determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No person or entity may participate in any Underwritten Offering or other offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such person or entity (i) agrees to sell such person’s or entity’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting or other agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements. The exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.
3.4   Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure; Restrictions on Registration Rights.
3.4.1   Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.
3.4.2   If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would (a) require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (b) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control or (c) in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board, be seriously detrimental to the Company and the majority of the Board concludes as a result that it is therefore essential to defer such filing, initial effectiveness or continued use at such time, the Company shall have the right, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders (which notice shall not specify the nature of the event giving rise to such delay or suspension), delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time determined in good faith by the Company to be necessary for such purpose. In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 3.4.2, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon
 

 
their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities until such Holder receives written notice from the Company that such sales or offers of Registrable Securities may be resumed, and in each case maintain the confidentiality of such notice and its contents.
3.4.3   (a) During the period starting with the date ninety (90) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated Registration and provided that the Company continues to actively employ, in good faith, all reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement, or (b) if, pursuant to Section 2.1.4, Holders have requested an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Company and such requesting Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of Underwriters to firmly underwrite such offering, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay any other registered offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4 or 2.4 for not more than ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or more than one hundred twenty (120) total calendar days in each case during any twelve (12)-month period.
3.5   Reporting Obligations.   As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.5. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect). Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
ARTICLE IV
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION
4.1   Indemnification.
4.1.1   The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, and agents and each person or entity who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act), against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) caused by, resulting from, arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein. The Company shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.
4.1.2   In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each person or entity who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
 

 
outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in (or not contained in, in the case of an omission) any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company.
4.1.3   Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement includes a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the part of such indemnified party or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
4.1.4   The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person or entity of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.
4.1.5   If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by in the case of an omission), such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided,however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such
 

 
Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.1.5. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1   Notices.   Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed, if to the Company, to: Giddy Inc., 451 Broadway, New York, NY 10013, Attention: General Counsel, Email: Legal@Boxed.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address, electronic mail address or facsimile number as set forth in the Company’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 5.1.
5.2   Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.
5.2.1   This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.
5.2.2   Subject to Section 5.2.4 and Section 5.2.5, this Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of a Holder hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part to such Holder’s Permitted Transferees; provided, that, with respect to the Boxed Holders, the Sponsor and Jones, the rights hereunder that are personal to such Holders may not be assigned or delegated in whole or in part, except that (w) each of the Boxed Holders shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder as such Boxed Holders to one or more affiliates or any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of such Boxed Holder (it being understood that no such transfer shall reduce any rights of such Boxed Holder or such transferees), (x) the Sponsor shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder as the Sponsor to one or more Permitted Transferees of the Sponsor (it being understood that no such transfer shall reduce any rights of the Sponsor or such transferees), and (y) Jones shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder as Jones to one or more Permitted Transferees of Jones (it being understood that no such transfer shall reduce any rights of Jones or such transferees).
5.2.3   This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.
5.2.4   This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons or entities that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section 5.2.
5.2.5   No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 5.1 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of
 

 
the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 5.2 shall be null and void.
5.3   Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.
5.4   Governing Law; Venue.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT (1) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND (2) THE VENUE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
5.5   TRIAL BY JURY.   EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.
5.6   Amendments and Modifications.   Upon the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the Holders of a majority of the total Registrable Securities, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of a Holder so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company; and provided, further, that any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of the Company, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.
5.7   Other Registration Rights.   Other than (i) the Third Party Investors who have registration rights pursuant to their respective Subscription Agreements and (ii) as provided in the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company represents and warrants that no person or entity, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration Statement filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person or entity. For so long as any Boxed Holder and such Holder’s affiliates hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, the Company hereby agrees and covenants that it will not grant rights to register any Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) under the Securities Act pursuant to which such grantee would have more favorable Demands or treatment than those granted to the Boxed Holders hereunder without the prior written consent of such Boxed Holder.
 

 
5.8   Term.   This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (b) with respect to any Holder, on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.5 and Article IV shall survive any termination.
5.9   Holder Information.   Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to the Company the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for the Company to make determinations hereunder.
5.10   Additional Holders; Joinder.   In addition to persons or entities who may become Holders pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof, subject to the prior written consent of each of the Holders of a majority of the total Registrable Securities (in each case, so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company), the Company may make any person or entity who acquires Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock after the date hereof a party to this Agreement (each such person or entity, an “Additional Holder”) by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Additional Holder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Such Joinder shall specify the rights and obligations of the applicable Additional Holder under this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery and subject to the terms of a Joinder by such Additional Holder, the Common Stock of the Company then owned, or underlying any rights then owned, by such Additional Holder (the “Additional Holder Common Stock”) shall be Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein and therein and such Additional Holder shall be a Holder under this Agreement with respect to such Additional Holder Common Stock.
5.11   Severability.   It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
5.12   Entire Agreement; Restatement.   This Agreement constitutes the full and entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. Upon the Closing, the Original RRA shall no longer be of any force or effect.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
Giddy Inc.
a Delaware corporation
By:
/s/ Chieh Huang
Name:
Chieh Huang
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
HOLDERS:
Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
By:
/s/ Gary Matthews
Name:
Gary Matthews
Title:
Manager
By:
/s/ Mark Hauser
Name:
Mark Hauser
Title:
Manager
Jones & Associates, Inc.
a California corporation
By:
/s/ Burke Cook
Name:
Burke Cook
Title:
General Counsel
/s/ Chieh Huang
Chieh Huang
/s/ Jared Yaman
Jared Yaman
/s/ Christopher Cheung
Christopher Cheung
/s/ Gary Matthews
Gary Matthews
Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.
a Delaware corporation
By:
/s/ Gary Matthews
Name:
Gary Matthews
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]
 

 
Exhibit A
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT JOINDER
The undersigned is executing and delivering this joinder (this “Joinder”) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2021 (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among Giddy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other persons or entities named as parties therein. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.
By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, and upon acceptance hereof by the Company upon the execution of a counterpart hereof, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the Registration Rights Agreement as a Holder of Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Rights Agreement, and the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent provided therein; provided, however, that the undersigned and its permitted assigns (if any) shall not have any rights as Holders, and the undersigned’s (and its transferees’) shares of Common Stock shall not be included as Registrable Securities, for purposes of the Excluded Sections.
For purposes of this Joinder, “Excluded Sections” shall mean [        ].
Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the day of            , 20  .
Signature of Stockholder
Print Name of Stockholder
Its:
Address:   
 
Agreed and Accepted as of
           , 20  
[           ]
By:    
Name:
Its:
 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

Boxed, Inc.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Boxed, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Policy shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who (a) is “independent,” as defined in the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, (b) is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company and (c) did not otherwise serve as Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (or any predecessor thereto) prior to the Effective Date (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Policy shall become effective on the date immediately after the consummation of the mergers contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., Blossom Merger Sub Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC and Giddy Inc. (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Policy shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company (or any predecessor thereto) and any of its Non-Employee Directors and between any subsidiary of the Company (or any predecessor thereto) and any of its non-employee directors.

 

1.                  Cash Compensation.

 

(a)               Annual Retainers. Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer of $62,500 for service on the Board.

 

(b)               Additional Annual Retainers. In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual retainers:

 

(i)                 Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson thereof) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

 

(ii)              Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson thereof) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service.

 

(iii)            Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson thereof) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

 

 

 

 

(c)               Payment of Retainers. The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, such Non-Employee Director shall receive a prorated portion of the retainer(s) otherwise payable to such Non-Employee Director for such calendar quarter pursuant to Sections 1(a) and 1(b), with such prorated portion determined by multiplying such otherwise payable retainer(s) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which the Non-Employee Director serves as a Non-Employee Director or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b) during the applicable calendar quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in the applicable calendar quarter.

 

2.                  Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (such plan, as may be amended from time to time, the “Equity Plan”) and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all equity grants hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan.

 

(a)               Initial Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the first business day following the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the Equity Plan (the “Initial Issuance Date”) and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following the Initial Issuance Date, shall be automatically granted, on the Initial Issuance Date, an award of restricted stock units that has an aggregate fair value on the Initial Issuance Date of $62,500 (as determined in accordance with FASB Accounting Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”) and subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to herein as the “Initial Awards”). For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director eligible to receive an Initial Award shall not be eligible to receive a Start Date Award (as defined below).

 

(b)               Annual Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) after the Effective Date and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such Annual Meeting, shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Annual Meeting, an award of restricted stock units (unless otherwise determined by the Board), that has an aggregate fair value on the date of grant of $62,500 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718 and subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as the “Annual Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an Annual Meeting shall receive only an Annual Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Start Date Award on the date of such Annual Meeting as well.

 

2 

 

 

(c)               Start Date Awards. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Initial Issuance Date on any date other than the date of an Annual Meeting shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment (such Non-Employee Director’s “Start Date”), an award of restricted stock units that has an aggregate fair value on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date equal to the product of (i) $62,500 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718) and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) 365 minus (y) the number of days in the period beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting immediately preceding such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date (or, if no such Annual Meeting has occurred, the Effective Date) and ending on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date and the denominator of which is 365 (with the number of shares of common stock underlying each such award subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(c) shall be referred to as “Start Date Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, no Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Start Date Award.

 

(d)               Termination of Employment of Employee Directors. Members of the Board (i) who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company and did not otherwise serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or any predecessor thereto) prior to the Effective Date and (ii) who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Start Date Award pursuant to Section 2(c) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, will be eligible to receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Annual Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

 

(e)               Vesting of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors. Each Initial Award shall vest on the first Annual Meeting following the Initial Issuance Date, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through the applicable vesting date, and each Annual Award and Start Date Award shall vest on the earlier of (i) the day immediately preceding the date of the first Annual Meeting following the date of grant and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through the applicable vesting date. No portion of an Initial Award, Annual Award or Start Date Award that is unvested at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested thereafter. All of a Non-Employee Director’s Initial Awards, Annual Awards and Start Date Awards shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

 

* * * * *

 

3 

 

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

Boxed, Inc.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

I.              Introduction

 

A. Purpose

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of Boxed, Inc. (the “Company” or “we”) consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Company adheres to these higher standards.

 

This Code applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees. We refer to all officers and other employees covered by this Code as “Company employees” or simply “employees,” unless the context otherwise requires. In this Code, we refer to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions, as our “principal financial officers.”

 

B. Seeking Help and Information

 

This Code is not intended to be a comprehensive rulebook and cannot address every situation that you may face. If you feel uncomfortable about a situation or have any doubts about whether it is consistent with the Company’s ethical standards, seek help. We encourage you to contact your supervisor for help first. If your supervisor cannot answer your question or if you do not feel comfortable contacting your supervisor, contact the Company’s General Counsel. The Company has also established an Ethics Hotline that is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, by telephone at 800-916-7037 (Company Identifier 2693) or online at: investors.boxed.com/whistleblower-information/default.aspx. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in a telephone call to the Ethics Hotline, although providing your identity may assist the Company in addressing your questions or concerns.

 

C. Reporting Violations of the Code

 

All employees and directors have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including violations of the laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, immediately report the conduct to your supervisor or the Company’s General Counsel. The Company’s General Counsel will work with you and your supervisor or other appropriate persons to investigate your concern. If you do not feel comfortable reporting the conduct to your supervisor or you do not get a satisfactory response, you may contact the General Counsel directly. You may also report known or suspected violations of the Code on the Ethics Hotline that is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, by telephone at 800-916-7037 (Company Identifier 2693) or online at: investors.boxed.com/whistleblower-information/default.aspx. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in a telephone call to the Ethics Hotline, although providing your identity may assist the Company in investigating your concern. All reports of known or suspected violations of the law or this Code will be handled sensitively and with discretion. Your supervisor, the Company’s General Counsel and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with applicable laws and the Company’s need to investigate your concern.

 

 

 

 

It is Company policy that any employee or director who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may include, for an employee, termination of employment or, for a director, a request that such director resign from the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). This determination will be based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. If you are accused of violating this Code, you will be given an opportunity to present your version of the events at issue prior to any determination of appropriate discipline. Employees and directors who violate the law or this Code may expose themselves to substantial civil damages, criminal fines and prison terms. The Company may also face substantial fines and penalties and may incur damage to its reputation and standing in the community. Your conduct as a representative of the Company, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.

 

D. Policy Against Retaliation

 

The Company prohibits retaliation against an employee or director who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. Any reprisal or retaliation against an employee or director because the employee or director, in good faith, sought help or filed a report will be subject to disciplinary action, including potential termination of employment.

 

E. Waivers of the Code

 

Any waiver of this Code for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the public as required by law or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, when applicable. Waivers of this Code for other employees may be made only by our Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel and will be reported to our Audit Committee.

 

II. Conflicts of Interest

 

A. Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

Employees, officers and directors must act in the best interests of the Company. You must refrain from engaging in any activity or having a personal interest that presents a “conflict of interest” and should seek to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest occurs when your personal interest interferes with the interests of the Company. A conflict of interest can arise whenever you, as an employee, officer or director, take action or have an interest that prevents you from performing your Company duties and responsibilities honestly, objectively and effectively.

 

2

 

 

Identifying potential conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. The following situations might reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest and should be identified to, and addressed by, the General Counsel or the Board of Directors:

 

· Outside Employment. An employee being employed by, serving as a director of, or providing any services to a company that the individual knows or suspects is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company (other than services to be provided as part of an employee’s job responsibilities for the Company).

 

· Improper Personal Benefits. An employee or director obtaining any material (as to him or her) personal benefits or favors because of his or her position with the Company. Please see “Gifts, Entertainment, and Hospitality” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

· Financial Interests. An employee having a “material interest” (ownership or otherwise) in any company that the individual knows or suspects is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company and using his or her position to influence a transaction with such company. Whether an employee has a “material interest” will be determined by the General Counsel or the Board of Directors, as applicable, in light of all of the circumstances, including consideration of the relationship of the employee to the customer, supplier or competitor, the relationship of the employee to the specific transaction and the importance of the interest to the employee having the interest.

 

· Loans or Other Financial Transactions. An employee or director obtaining loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or entering into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that the individual knows or suspects is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with banks, brokerage firms or other financial institutions.

 

· Service on Boards and Committees. An employee or director serving on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably would be expected to conflict with those of the Company.

 

· Actions of Family Members. The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to the conflicts of interest described above because they may influence an employee’s or director’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. For purposes of this Code, “family members” include your spouse or life-partner, brothers, sisters, parents, in-laws and children whether such relationships are by blood or adoption.

 

For purposes of this Code, a company is a “material” customer if the customer has made payments to the Company in the past year in excess of $1 million or 2% of the Company’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” supplier if the supplier has received payments from the Company in the past year in excess of $1 million or 2% of the supplier’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. If you are uncertain whether a particular company is a material customer or supplier, please contact the General Counsel for assistance.

 

3

 

 

B. Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that employees and directors disclose any situation that reasonably would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you suspect that you have a situation that could give rise to a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it in writing to your supervisor or the General Counsel, or if you are a director or executive officer, to the Board of Directors. The Company’s General Counsel or the Board of Directors, as applicable, will work with you to determine whether you have a conflict of interest and, if so, how best to address it. All transactions that could give rise to a conflict of interest involving a director, executive officer or principal financial officer must be approved by the Board of Directors, and any such approval will not be considered a waiver of this Code.

 

III. Corporate Opportunities

 

As an employee or director of the Company, you have an obligation to advance the Company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. If you discover or are presented with a business opportunity through the use of corporate property or information or because of your position with the Company, you should first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. No employee or director may use corporate property, information or his or her position with the Company for personal gain while employed by us or, for a director, while serving on our Board of Directors.

 

You should disclose to your supervisor the terms and conditions of each business opportunity covered by this Code that you wish to pursue. Your supervisor will contact the Company’s General Counsel and the appropriate management personnel to determine whether the Company wishes to pursue the business opportunity. If the Company waives its right to pursue the business opportunity, you may pursue the business opportunity on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the other ethical guidelines set forth in this Code.

 

IV. Confidential Information

 

Employees and directors have access to a variety of confidential information regarding the Company. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or, if disclosed, harmful to the Company or its collaborators, customers or suppliers. Employees and directors have a duty to safeguard all confidential information of the Company or third parties with which the Company conducts business, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Unauthorized disclosure of any confidential information is prohibited. Additionally, employees and directors should take appropriate precautions to ensure that confidential or sensitive business information, whether it is proprietary to the Company or another company, is not communicated within the Company except to employees and directors who have a need to know such information to perform their responsibilities for the Company. An employee’s and director’s obligation to protect confidential information continues after he or she leaves the Company. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information could cause competitive harm to the Company or its collaborators, customers or suppliers and could result in legal liability to you and the Company.

 

4

 

 

Any questions or concerns regarding whether disclosure of Company information is legally mandated should be promptly referred to the Company’s General Counsel.

 

V. Competition and Fair Dealing

 

All employees should endeavor to deal fairly with fellow employees and with the Company’s collaborators, licensors, customers, suppliers and competitors. Employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice. Employees should maintain and protect any intellectual property licensed from licensors with the same care as they employ with regard to Company-developed intellectual property. Employees should also handle the nonpublic information of our collaborators, licensors, suppliers and customers responsibly and in accordance with our agreements with them, including information regarding their technology and product pipelines.

 

VI. Gifts and Entertainment

 

It is your responsibility to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, you may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from collaborators, customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment is reasonable in value, justified, proportionate, intended to further legitimate business goals, in compliance with applicable law, and provided the gift or entertainment would not be viewed as an inducement to or reward for any particular business decision. Gifts of cash and cash equivalents (such as gift cards or vouchers) are prohibited. All gifts and entertainment expenses should be properly accounted for on expense reports.

 

If you conduct business in other countries, you must be particularly careful that gifts and entertainment are not construed as bribes, kickbacks or other improper payments. See the “Anti-Corruption Compliance and The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” section of this Code for a more detailed discussion of our policies regarding giving or receiving gifts related to business transactions in other countries.

 

You should make every effort to refuse or return a gift that is beyond these permissible guidelines. If it would be inappropriate to refuse a gift or you are unable to return a gift, you should promptly report the gift to your supervisor. If you have any questions about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something else of value, contact your supervisor or the Chief People Officer for additional guidance.

 

Note: Gifts and entertainment may not be offered or exchanged under any circumstances to or with any employees of the U.S. government or state or local governments. If you have any questions about this policy, contact your supervisor or the General Counsel for additional guidance. For a more detailed discussion of special considerations applicable to dealing with the U.S., state and local governments, see the “Interactions with the Government” section of this Code.

 

VII. Company Records

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to our business. Our records are the basis of our earnings statements, financial reports, regulatory submissions and many other aspects of our business and guide our business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include financial records, personnel records, records relating to our technology and product development, customer collaborations, manufacturing and regulatory submissions and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

 

5

 

 

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. Each employee and director must follow any formal document retention policy of the Company with respect to Company records within such employee’s or director’s control. Please contact your supervisor or the Company’s General Counsel to obtain a copy of any such policy or with any questions concerning any such policy.

 

VIII. Protection and Use of Company Assets

 

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only and not for any personal benefit or the personal benefit of anyone else. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s financial performance. The use of Company funds or assets, whether or not for personal gain, for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited.

 

Employees should be aware that Company property includes all data and communications transmitted or received to or by, or contained in, the Company’s electronic or telephonic systems. Company property also includes all written communications. Employees and other users of this property should have no expectation of privacy with respect to these communications and data. To the extent permitted by law, the Company has the ability, and reserves the right, to monitor all electronic and telephonic communication. These communications may also be subject to disclosure to law enforcement or government officials.

 

IX. Accuracy of Financial Reports and Other Public Communications

 

As a public company we are subject to various securities laws, regulations and reporting obligations. Both federal law and our policies require the disclosure of accurate and complete information regarding the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

 

The Company’s principal financial officers and other employees working in the finance department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of our financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. These employees must understand and strictly comply with generally accepted accounting principles and all standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.

 

X. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

Each employee and director has an obligation to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company’s operations. These include, without limitation, laws covering bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, illegal political contributions, antitrust prohibitions, foreign corrupt practices, offering or receiving gratuities, environmental hazards, employment discrimination or harassment, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information or misuse of corporate assets. You are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice from your supervisor or the Company’s General Counsel.

 

6

 

 

A. Interactions with the Government

 

The Company may conduct business with the U.S. government, state and local governments and the governments of other countries. The Company is committed to conducting its business with all governments and their representatives with the highest standards of business ethics and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including any special requirements that apply to communications with governmental bodies that may have regulatory authority over our products and operations, such as government contracts and government transactions.

 

If your job responsibilities include interacting with the government, you are expected to understand and comply with the special laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position as well as with any applicable standard operating procedures that the Company has implemented. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice immediately from your supervisor and the Company’s General Counsel.

 

In addition to the above, you must obtain approval from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel for any work activity that requires communication with any member or employee of a legislative body or with any government official or employee. Work activities covered by this policy include meetings with legislators or members of their staffs or with senior executive branch officials on behalf of the Company. Preparation, research and other background activities that are done in support of lobbying communication are also covered by this policy even if the communication ultimately is not made. If any doubt exists about whether a given work activity would be considered covered by this provision, you should seek advice immediately from your supervisor and the Company’s General Counsel.

 

B. Political Contributions and Volunteer Activities

 

The Company encourages its employees and directors to participate in the political process as individuals and on their own time. However, federal and state contribution and lobbying laws severely limit the contributions the Company can make to political parties or candidates. It is Company policy that Company funds or assets not be used to make a political contribution to any political party, political committee or candidate, unless prior approval has been given by our Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel. The Company will not reimburse you for personal political contributions. When you participate in non-Company political affairs, you should be careful to make it clear that your views and actions are your own, and not made on behalf of the Company. Please contact the Company’s General Counsel if you have any questions about this policy.

 

7

 

 

C. Compliance with Antitrust Laws

 

Antitrust laws of the United States and other countries are designed to protect consumers and competitors against unfair business practices and to promote and preserve competition. Our policy is to compete vigorously and ethically while complying with all antitrust, monopoly, competition or cartel laws in all countries, states or localities in which the Company conducts business. Violations of antitrust laws may result in severe penalties against the Company and its employees, including potentially substantial fines and criminal sanctions. You are expected to maintain basic familiarity with the antitrust principles applicable to your activities, and you should consult the Company’s General Counsel with any questions you may have concerning compliance with these laws.

 

1. Meetings with Competitors

 

Employees should exercise caution in meetings with competitors. Any meeting with a competitor may give rise to the appearance of impropriety. As a result, if you are required to meet with a competitor for any reason, you should obtain the prior approval of an executive officer of the Company. You should try to meet with competitors in a closely monitored, controlled environment for a limited period of time. You should create and circulate agendas in advance of any such meetings, and the contents of your meeting should be fully documented.

 

2. Professional Organizations and Trade Associations

 

Employees should be cautious when attending meetings of professional organizations and trade associations at which competitors are present. Attending meetings of professional organizations and trade associations is both legal and proper, if such meetings have a legitimate business purpose and are conducted in an open fashion, adhering to a proper agenda. At such meetings, you should not discuss the Company’s pricing policies or other competitive terms or any other proprietary, competitively sensitive information. You are required to notify your supervisor or the Company’s General Counsel prior to speaking or presenting at any meeting of a professional organization or trade association.

 

D. Compliance with Insider Trading Laws

 

Consistent with the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Policy, the Company’s employees and directors are prohibited from trading in the stock or other securities of the Company while in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company. In addition, Company employees and directors are prohibited from recommending, “tipping” or suggesting that anyone else buy or sell the Company’s stock or other securities on the basis of material non-public information. Employees and directors who obtain material non-public information about another company in the course of their duties are prohibited from trading in the stock or securities of the other company while in possession of such information or “tipping” others to trade on the basis of such information. Violation of insider trading laws can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, for an employee, termination of employment or, for a director, a demand that such director resign from the Board of Directors. You are required to read carefully and observe our Insider Trading Compliance Policy, as amended from time to time. Please contact the Company’s General Counsel for a copy of the Insider Trading Compliance Policy or with any questions you may have about insider trading laws.

 

8

 

 

XI. Public Communications and Regulation FD

 

A. Public Communications and Regulation FD

 

The Company places a high value on its credibility and reputation in the community. What is written or said about the Company in the news media and investment community directly impacts our reputation, positively or negatively. Our policy is to provide timely, accurate and complete information in response to public requests (from media, analysts, etc.), consistent with our obligations to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data. The Company has adopted a separate Policy Statement – Guidelines for Corporate Disclosure to maintain the Company’s credibility and reputation in the community, to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data.

 

In connection with its public communications, the Company is required to comply with a rule under the federal securities laws referred to as Regulation FD (which stands for “fair disclosure”). Regulation FD provides that, when we disclose material non-public information about the Company to securities market professionals or the Company’s stockholders (where it is reasonably foreseeable that the stockholders will trade on the information), we must also disclose the information to the public. The Company has designated certain individuals as “spokespersons” who are responsible for communicating with analysts, institutional investors and representatives of the media. Any employee or director who is not a designated spokesperson of the Company is prohibited from communicating any information about the Company to analysts, institutional investors, other stockholders or representatives of the media, except at the request of the Company’s designated spokespersons. “Securities market professionals” generally include analysts, institutional investors and other investment advisors.

 

For more information on the Company’s policies and procedures regarding public communications and Regulation FD, please contact the Company’s General Counsel for a copy of the Company’s Policy Statement Guidelines for Corporate Disclosure or with any questions you may have about disclosure matters.

 

XII. Anti-corruption Compliance and The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

The Company is committed to complying with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and other applicable anti-corruption laws. The FCPA prohibits the Company and its employees, directors, officers, and agents from corruptly offering, giving, or promising money or any other item of value, directly or indirectly, to or for any person including any government official, political party, candidate for political office, or official of a public international organization. The Company prohibits employees, directors, and officers from giving or receiving bribes, kickbacks, or other inducements to foreign officials. This prohibition also extends to payments to agents acting on the Company’s behalf if there is reason to believe that the payment will be used indirectly for a prohibited payment to foreign officials. Indirect payments include any transfer of money or other item of value to another individual or organization where the person making the transfer knows or has reason to know that some or all of that transfer is for the benefit of an individual to whom direct payments are prohibited. The use of agents for the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other inducements is expressly prohibited. Violation of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, for an employee, termination of employment or, for a director, a demand that such director resign from the Board of Directors.

 

9

 

 

XIII. International Trade Laws

 

Company employees and agents must know and comply with U.S. laws and regulations that govern international operations, as well as the local laws of countries where the Company operates. The United States and many other countries have laws that restrict or otherwise require licensing for the export or import of certain goods and services to other countries or to certain parties. U.S. laws and regulations also impose various trade sanctions or embargoes against other countries or persons, and prohibit cooperation with certain boycotts imposed by some countries against others. The Company does not participate in prohibited boycotts.

 

The scope of these licensing requirements, trade sanctions, and trade embargoes may vary from country to country. They may range from specific prohibitions on trade of a given item to a total prohibition of all commercial transactions. It is important to note that the Company may not facilitate or encourage a non-domestic company to perform a transaction that it could not perform itself pursuant to sanctions laws.

 

Employees involved in export transactions or international operations must familiarize themselves with the list of countries against which the United States maintains comprehensive sanctions and the rules relating to exporting to or transacting with such countries, either directly or indirectly through foreign subsidiaries or other third parties. In addition, the Company must comply with counter-terrorism requirements when engaging in international trade. Due to the complexities of these international trade laws, contact the General Counsel before exporting or importing goods or services, or engaging in transactions with countries or persons that may be affected by economic or trade sanctions. If requested to participate in or cooperate with an international boycott that the United States does not support (e.g., the boycott of Israel sponsored by the Arab League), you may not agree to or comply with such request. Immediately report this request to the General Counsel.

 

XIV. Environment, Health and Safety

 

The Company is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which it does business. Company employees must comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and Company standards. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Company’s General Counsel if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

10

 

 

A. Environment

 

All Company employees should strive to conserve resources and reduce waste and emissions through recycling and other energy conservation measures. You have a responsibility to promptly report any known or suspected violations of environmental laws by the Company or any events in connection with the Company’s business that may result in a discharge or emission of hazardous materials.

 

B. Health and Safety

 

The Company is committed not only to complying with all relevant health and safety laws, but also to conducting business in a manner that protects the safety of its employees. All employees are required to comply with all applicable health and safety laws, regulations and policies relevant to their positions. If you have a concern about unsafe conditions or tasks that present a risk of injury to you, please report these concerns immediately to your supervisor or the Company’s General Counsel.

 

C. Employment Practices

 

The Company pursues fair employment practices in every aspect of its business. The following is only intended to be a summary of certain of our employment policies and procedures. Copies of the Company’s detailed policies are available upon request. Company employees must comply with all applicable labor and employment laws, including anti-discrimination laws and laws related to freedom of association and privacy. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with labor and employment laws can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Company’s General Counsel if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

D. Harassment and Discrimination

 

The Company is committed to providing equal opportunity and fair treatment to all individuals on the basis of merit, without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law. The Company also prohibits harassment based on these characteristics in any form, whether physical or verbal and whether committed by supervisors, non-supervisory personnel or non-employees. Harassment may include, but is not limited to, offensive sexual flirtations, unwanted sexual advances or propositions, verbal abuse, sexually or racially degrading words, or the display in the workplace of sexually suggestive or racially degrading objects or pictures.

 

If you have any complaints about discrimination or harassment, report such conduct to your supervisor, the relevant human resources personnel, or the Ethics Hotline. All complaints will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern. Where our investigation uncovers harassment or discrimination, we will take prompt corrective action, which may include disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, termination of employment. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, files a complaint.

 

11

 

 

Any member of management who has reason to believe that an employee has been the victim of harassment or discrimination or who receives a report of alleged harassment or discrimination is required to report it to the relevant human resources personnel immediately.

 

E. Alcohol and Drugs

 

The Company is committed to maintaining a drug-free work place. All Company employees must comply strictly with Company policies regarding the abuse of alcohol and the possession, sale and use of illegal drugs (for the purpose of this Code, “illegal drugs” includes marijuana). Drinking alcoholic beverages is prohibited while on duty or on the premises of the Company, except at specified Company-sanctioned events or as otherwise authorized by management. Possessing, using, selling or offering illegal drugs and other controlled substances is prohibited under all circumstances while on duty or on the premises of the Company. Likewise, you are prohibited from reporting for work, or driving a Company vehicle or any vehicle on Company business, while under the influence of alcohol or any illegal drug or controlled substance.

 

F. Violence Prevention and Weapons

 

The safety and security of Company employees is vitally important. The Company will not tolerate violence or threats of violence in, or related to, the workplace. If you experience, witness or otherwise become aware of a violent or potentially violent situation that occurs on the Company’s property or affects the Company’s business you must immediately report the situation to your supervisor or the relevant human resources personnel.

 

The Company does not permit any individual to have weapons of any kind on Company property or in vehicles, while on the job or off-site while on Company business. This is true even if you have obtained legal permits to carry weapons. The only exception to this policy applies to security personnel who are specifically authorized by Company management to carry weapons.

 

G. Personal Conduct and Social Media

 

Company employees should take care when presenting themselves in public settings, as well as online and in web-based forums or networking sites. Each Company employee is encouraged to conduct himself or herself in a responsible, respectful, and honest manner at all times. The Company understands that employees may wish to create and maintain a personal presence online using various forms of social media. However, in so doing employees should, if posting about any topic relating to the Company or the Company’s industry, include a disclaimer that the views expressed therein reflect the employee’s personal opinion and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Company. Company employees should be aware that that even after a posting is deleted, certain technology may still make that content available to readers.

 

12

 

 

Company employees are prohibited from using or disclosing confidential, proprietary, sensitive or trade secret information of the Company, its partners, vendors, consultants or other third parties with which the Company does business. Harassment of others will also not be tolerated. A Company employee may not provide any content to Company social media sites that may be construed as political lobbying or solicitation of contributions, or use the sites to link to any sites sponsored by or endorsing political candidates or parties, or to discuss political campaigns, political issues or positions on any legislation or law.

 

XV. Conclusion

 

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. This Code is intended to supplement, and not replace, any and all policies, guidelines or additional compliance materials which apply to employees, officers or directors of the Company. If you have any questions about these guidelines, or any other related items, please contact your supervisor or the Company’s Legal Department. The Company expects all of its employees and directors to adhere to these standards.

 

This Code, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be our “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing employment. The Company reserves the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.

 

 

* * * * *

Effective Date: December 8, 2021

 

13

 

 

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

December 14, 2021

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by Boxed, Inc. (formerly Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.), under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K filed December 14, 2021. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm under Item 4.01, in which we were informed of our dismissal on December 8, 2021, effective immediately. We are not in a position to agree or disagree with other statements of Boxed, Inc. (formerly Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.) contained therein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Marcum LLP   

Marcum llp

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF BOXED, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
Boxed, LLC   Delaware
Jubilant LLC   Delaware
Ashbrook Commerce Solutions LLC   Delaware
BOXED MAX LLC   Delaware

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

Giddy Inc.
d/b/a Boxed

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of
September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for the
Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021, and
2020 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

GIDDY INC. d/b/a BOXED

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page       

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 and 2020 (UNAUDITED):

 

Balance Sheets 3
   
Statements of Operations 4
   
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit 5-6
   
Statements of Cash Flows 7
   
Notes to Financial Statements 8–33

 

 

 

 

Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of September 30, 2021 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2020

 

    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
ASSETS                
CURRENT ASSETS                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 35,409,156     $ 30,043,046  
Restricted cash     2,571,667       -  
Accounts receivable, net     4,808,287       2,910,079  
Inventories     11,413,391       13,964,510  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     6,389,519       2,131,895  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     60,592,020       49,049,530  
Property and equipment, net     7,348,761       10,411,396  
Unbilled receivables     3,680,327       -  
Other long-term assets     188,994       204,122  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 71,810,102     $ 59,665,048  
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                
CURRENT LIABILITIES                
Accounts payable   $ 14,034,170     $ 9,072,929  
Accrued expenses     6,854,256       5,802,135  
Deferred revenue     2,666,547       2,435,909  
Other current liabilities     15,867,893       14,958,064  
Term loan - current portion     -       3,750,000  
Warrants to purchase common shares     148,129       49,863  
Warrants to purchase preferred shares     504,117       2,072,536  
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     40,075,112       38,141,436  
LONG-TERM TERM LOAN     43,190,312       3,750,000  
LONG-TERM OTHER LIABILITIES     541,770       1,015,248  
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK                
Class A preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 6,952,573 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     8,023,239       8,023,239  
Class B preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 5,690,347 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     24,999,769       24,999,769  
Class C-1 & C-2 preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 11,652,624 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 11,564,263 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     123,566,111       123,566,111  
Class C-3 preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 1,692,100 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 589,348 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     5,027,138       7,066,283  
Class D preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 11,570,174 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     119,620,218       119,620,218  
Class E preferred stock            
$0.00001 par value per share; 6,143,804 and 6,016,811 shares authorized as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; 6,016,811 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     41,925,138       41,925,138  
TOTAL CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK     323,161,613       325,200,758  
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                
Common stock     99       99  
Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; 70,000,000 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 10,059,361 and 9,888,776 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                
Additional paid-in capital     10,567,654       6,982,996  
Accumulated deficit     (345,726,458 )     (315,425,489 )
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT     (335,158,705 )     (308,442,394 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT   $ 71,810,102     $ 59,665,048  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

 

 

Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited)

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020     2021     2020  
Net revenue   $ 49,010,391     $ 40,861,101     $ 132,218,141     $ 143,926,813  
Cost of sales     (36,345,586 )     (33,971,100 )     (109,505,372 )     (124,117,452 )
Gross profit     12,664,805       6,890,001       22,712,769       19,809,361  
Advertising expense     (5,173,248 )     (1,377,010 )     (14,617,879 )     (2,583,528 )
Selling, general, and administrative expense     (12,859,147 )     (11,610,341 )     (38,904,715 )     (37,994,243 )
Loss from operations     (5,367,590 )     (6,097,350 )     (30,809,825 )     (20,768,410 )
Other income (expense), net     (561,593 )     (1,526,906 )     508,854       (6,321,833 )
Loss before income taxes     (5,929,183 )     (7,624,256 )     (30,300,971 )     (27,090,243 )
Income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Net loss   $ (5,929,183 )   $ (7,624,256 )   $ (30,300,971 )   $ (27,090,243 )
Net loss per common share:                                
Basic net loss per common share   $ (0.52 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (2.84 )   $ (2.83 )
Diluted net loss per common share   $ (0.52 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (2.84 )   $ (2.83 )
Weighted average shares outstanding:                                
Basic     10,011,105       9,842,537       9,953,951       9,836,826  
Diluted     10,011,105       9,842,537       9,953,951       9,836,826  

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4

 

 

Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited)

 

    Total Convertible Preferred Stock     Common   Additional   Accumulated   Total Stockholders'  
    Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Paid-In Capital   Deficit   Deficit  
Balances at June 30, 2021   42,383,516   $ 323,868,831     9,935,635   $ 99   $ 9,256,634   $ (339,797,276 ) $ (330,540,543 )
Stock-based compensation   -     -     -     -     359,656     -     359,656  
Exercises of common stock options   -     -     123,726     -     244,145     -     244,145  
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement   -     (707,219 )   -     -     707,219     -     707,219  
Other adjustments   -     1     -     -     -     1     1  
Net loss   -     -     -     -     -     (5,929,183 )   (5,929,183 )
Balances at September 30, 2021   42,383,516   $ 323,161,613     10,059,361   $ 99   $ 10,567,654   $ (345,726,458 ) $ (335,158,705 )
                                         
Balances at June 30, 2020   42,383,516   $ 324,310,870     9,835,564   $ 99   $ 7,694,585   $ (300,454,895 ) $ (292,760,211 )
Stock-based compensation   -     -     -     -     436,823     -     436,823  
Exercises of common stock options   -     -     14,600     -     10,238     -     10,238  
Stock issuance costs   -     (712,435 )   -     -           -     -  
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement   -     1,255,312     -     -     (1,255,312 )   -     (1,255,312 )
Other adjustments   -     (3,406 )   -     -     3,406     (2 )   3,404  
Net loss   -     -     -     -     -     (7,624,256 )   (7,624,256 )
Balances at September 30, 2020   42,383,516   $ 324,850,341     9,850,164   $ 99   $ 6,889,740   $ (308,079,153 ) $ (301,189,314 )

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5

 

 

Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed    
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit    
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited)    

 

    Total Convertible Preferred Stock     Common     Additional     Accumulated     Total Stockholders'  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Paid-In Capital     Deficit     Deficit  
Balances at December 31, 2020     42,383,516      $ 325,200,758       9,888,776     $ 99     $ 6,982,996     $ (315,425,489 )    $ (308,442,394 )
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       1,214,140       -       1,214,140  
Exercises of common stock options     -       -       170,585       -       331,373       -       331,373  
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement     -       (2,039,145 )     -       -       2,039,145       -       2,039,145  
Other adjustments     -       -       -       -       -       2       2  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (30,300,971 )     (30,300,971 )
Balances at September 30, 2021     42,383,516     $ 323,161,613       10,059,361     $ 99     $ 10,567,654     $ (345,726,458 )   $ (335,158,705 )
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2019     36,366,705     $ 282,185,326       9,833,563     $ 99     $ 6,045,644     $ (280,988,910 )   $ (274,943,167 )
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       1,535,662       -       1,535,662  
Exercises of common stock options     -       -       16,601       -       45,242       -       45,242  
Issuance of Series E preferred stock for cash     4,233,043       30,000,000       -       -       -       -       -  
Issuance of Series E preferred stock for conversion of convertible promissory notes     1,783,768       12,644,170       -       -       -       -       -  
Stock issuance costs     -       (715,840 )     -       -               -       -  
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement     -       736,685       -       -       (736,685 )     -       (736,685 )
Other adjustments     -       -       -       -       (123 )             (123 )
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (27,090,243 )     (27,090,243 )
Balances at September 30, 2020     42,383,516     $ 324,850,341       9,850,164     $ 99     $ 6,889,740     $ (308,079,153 )   $ (301,189,314 )

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6

 

 

Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed          
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows          
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited)        

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net loss   $ (30,300,971 )   $ (27,090,243 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     3,566,344       3,538,866  
Stock-based compensation     1,214,140       1,535,662  
Bad debt expense/(change in reserve)     (86,688 )     125,781  
Change in fair value of warrants     (1,470,153 )     1,592,955  
Change in fair value of embedded derivative     -       4,323,770  
Loss on extinguishment of convertible note     -       102,972  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     202,723       -  
Amortization of debt discount     59,763       -  
Other non-cash items     180,902       962,326  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Receivables, net     (1,811,520 )     1,706,033  
Prepaid and other current assets     (4,257,624 )     822,690  
Inventories     2,551,119       179,995  
Unbilled receivables     (3,680,327 )     -  
Deferred Revenue     230,638       400,678  
Accrued Expenses     1,052,121       681,504  
Other current liabilities     909,832       (1,293,469 )
Accounts payable     4,961,241       (5,314,709 )
Long-term liabilities     (417,215 )     614,828  
Net cash used in operating activities     (27,095,675 )     (17,110,361 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Capital expenditures     (682,861 )     (1,882,610 )
Other investing activities     13,378       23,124  
Net cash used in investing activities     (669,483 )     (1,859,486 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Principal payments on finance lease obligations     (56,264 )     (53,279 )
Proceeds from options exercise     331,373       45,242  
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock     -       30,000,000  
Proceeds from convertible note issuance     -       8,217,304  
Preferred stock issuance costs     -       (715,840 )
Repayments from borrowing     (7,702,723 )     (7,520,000 )
Proceeds from borrowing     43,800,226       12,500,000  
Debt issuance costs     (669,677 )     -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     35,702,935       42,473,427  
Total change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash     7,937,777       23,503,580  
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH BEGINNING OF PERIOD     30,043,046       12,889,931  
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF PERIOD   $ 37,980,823     $ 36,393,511  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Cash paid during the period for:                
Cash paid for taxes   $ 16,728     $ 8,188  
Cash paid for interest   $ 280,990     $ 318,954  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITES:                
Conversion of convertible promissory note to preferred stock   $ -     $ 12,644,170  
Deferred transaction costs included in accrued expense & accounts payable   $ 2,842,998     $ -  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 35,409,156     $ 36,393,511  
Restricted cash at end of period   2,571,667       -  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $ 37,980,823     $ 36,393,511  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7

 

 

Giddy inc. d/b/a Boxed

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE Months ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 and 2020 (UNAUDITED)

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Business Description— Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed (the “Company”) is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. The Company operates an e-commerce retail (“Retail”) service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers within the continental United States. The Company generates net revenue through direct retail sales of third-party and private-labeled goods, which includes all sales generated primarily through the Company’s website, mobile-optimized website, and mobile applications, and software & services (“Software & Services”) offerings of its enterprise-level e-commerce platform (collectively, “platforms”).

 

On June 13, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive agreement (“Business Combination Agreement,”) with a wholly owned subsidiary of Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. (“Seven Oaks”), a special purpose acquisition company (the “SPAC”). Under the Business Combination Agreement, Seven Oaks agreed to acquire all outstanding equity interests of the Company for approximately $550,000,000 in aggregate consideration, the Company’s existing stockholders would receive consideration in the form of shares of common stock of the post-merger company (the consummation of the business combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”).

 

On June 13, 2021, in connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Seven Oaks entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), in which the PIPE Investors subscribed to purchase an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock at $10.00 per share and an aggregate of $87,500,000 in principal amount of convertible notes upon consummation of the Business Combination (collectively, the “PIPE Investment”). The convertible notes will be convertible for shares of common stock at a conversion price of $12.00 per share and will bear interest at 7.00% annually.

 

On July 19, 2021, Seven Oaks filed a registration statement on Form S-4, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with the Company’s Business Combination Agreement between the Company and Seven Oaks. The Registration Statement became effective on November 9, 2021.

 

On December 7, 2021 Seven Oaks held the Special Meeting of stockholders (the “Special Meeting”), at which the Seven Oaks stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination.

 

On December 8, 2021, the parties consummated the Business Combination and the PIPE Investment. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), Seven Oaks changed its name from Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. to Boxed, Inc. The Business Combination has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with the Company determined to be the accounting acquirer. See Note 16 for further information.

 

Principles of Consolidation— The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed include its wholly owned subsidiaries, Jubilant LLC and Ashbrook Commerce Solutions LLC, because these entities are all under common control and common management. Any intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

8

 

 

Basis of Presentation— The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC. They do not include all information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for annual financial statements.

 

The unaudited results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of future results or results to be expected for the full fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

 

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, including the Company’s significant accounting policies, should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 and related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement.

 

Considerations Related to COVID-19 - The ongoing spread of COVID-19 throughout the United States and internationally, as well as measures implemented by government authorities to minimize transmission of the virus have had, and continue to have, negative and positive implications for the Company’s business. Though many areas have begun relaxing such restrictions, varying levels of restrictions remain and may be increased, particularly in light of the proliferation of the Delta and Omicron variants.

 

In the preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures we have assessed the impact that COVID-19 has had on the Company’s estimates, assumptions, forecasts, and accounting policies and made additional disclosures, as necessary. As COVID-19 and its impacts are unprecedented and ever evolving, future events and effects related to the pandemic cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.

 

Going Concern, Liquidity and Management’s Plan—As an emerging growth enterprise, the Company’s strategy is to fund growth primarily through the investment of capital at the expense of short-term profitability. As a result, the Company relies on private investors and lenders to fund its growth strategy. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had total cash and cash equivalents of $35,409,156 and an accumulated deficit, which is attributed to the recurring losses the Company has incurred since inception as a result of its intended growth strategy. In this regard, the Company’s net loss and net cash used in operating activities amounted to $(30,300,971) and $(27,095,675) respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

 

To date, the Company has raised a substantial amount of capital from outside investors and lenders through the issuance of stock, term loans, and revolving credit facilities and expects this reliance to continue for the foreseeable future. However, as of September 30, 2021, the Company had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide the Company additional capital to fund operations in the foreseeable future. While management believes the Company will be able to obtain additional capital, no assurance can be provided that such capital will be obtained or on terms that are acceptable to the Company. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, which may require the Company to seek other strategic alternatives such as a further reduction in the Company’s current cost structure, or a recapitalization of the Company’s balance sheet and related debt and equity if management’s plans to alleviate these uncertainties are not successful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company believes the net proceeds it received from the Business Combination and the PIPE Investment upon the Closing will help support funding of its future operations. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue to operate as a going-concern, which contemplates that the Company will be able to realize assets and settle liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

 

9

 

 

Estimates— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, income taxes, revenue deferrals, the fair value of stock options, and the fair value of common and preferred stock warrants. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in fact and circumstances, historical experience, and reasonable assumptions. Given the global economic climate and additional or unforeseen effects from the COVID-19 pandemic, these estimates may become more challenging, and actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

 

Segment Information—The Company manages and reports its operating results through two reportable segments defined by its products and services: Retail and Software & Services. See Note 15 for Segment Reporting for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity (at the date of purchase) of three months or less to be the equivalent of cash for the purpose of balance sheet presentation. Cash equivalents, which consist primarily of money market accounts, are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

 

Accounts Receivable, Net—Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company estimates that the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical losses, existing economic conditions, and other information available at the balance sheet date. Uncollectable accounts are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted.

 

Accounts receivable includes $1,273,269 and $1,021,506 of credit card receivables at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Company has recorded an allowance of $143,296 and $205,384 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full-term of the asset or liability.

 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the asset of liability.

 

The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

 

Concentrations of Risk—Certain financial instruments potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions. The cash balances in all accounts held at financial institutions are insured up to $250,000 by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) through September 30, 2021. At times, cash balances may exceed federally insured amounts and potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. Management believes that no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to these cash balances because of its assessment of the creditworthiness and financial viability of the respective financial institutions.

 

10

 

 

The risk with respect to accounts receivable is managed by the Company through its policy of monitoring the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, one third-party seller accounted for approximately 40.2% and 54.3% of the Company’s outstanding receivables, respectively.

 

Leases—The Company leases its office facilities and fulfillment centers under operating lease agreements. Rent expense under the Company’s operating leases typically provide for fixed, non-contingent rent escalations. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable term of each underlying lease. The Company also receives landlord contributions related to certain lease agreements that are recognized as deferred rent on the condensed consolidated balance sheet and treated as reductions of rental expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term begins on the date the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or when it takes possession of the leased space, whichever is earlier.

 

Inventories—Inventories consisting of finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory costs are determined using the first in, first out method. Inventory costs include price reductions and allowances offered by vendors.

 

Property and Equipment, Net—Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3–7 years (see table below). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the respective leases. Improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

 

    Estimated Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements   7 years
Warehouse equipment   5 years
Computers and small tools   3 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Capital lease assets   7 years
Software development   4 years

 

Software Development Costs—The Company classifies software development costs as either internal use software or external use software. The Company accounts for costs incurred to develop internal use software in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software. Consequently, the Company capitalizes certain external costs and internal labor-related costs associated with the development of its platforms and internal-use software products after the preliminary project stage is complete and until the software is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development, after the software is ready for its intended use and for maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent they will result in added functionality. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment—net within the condensed consolidated balance sheet and are amortized over the remaining useful life of four years.

 

11

 

 

In accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed, the software development costs incurred in the research and development of software products or the software component of products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external users are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Software development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and until the product is available for general release are capitalized, provided recoverability is reasonably assured. Software development costs are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value for each software product is assessed based on anticipated profitability applicable to revenues of the related product in future periods. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the related product is available for general release to customers and is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the respective product. Technological feasibility is typically reached shortly before the release of such products and as a result, development costs that meet the criteria for capitalization were not material for the periods presented in this report.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company periodically evaluates the need to recognize impairment losses relating to long-lived assets in accordance ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. Long-lived assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that an asset may have been impaired. In evaluating an asset for recoverability, the Company estimates the future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, expected to result from the use of the asset and eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company would write the asset down to fair value and record an impairment charge accordingly. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no such events or circumstances that indicate a need for such evaluation.

 

Debt– The Company defers costs directly associated with acquiring third-party financing. Debt issuance costs related to the term loans are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt and debt issuance costs associated with the Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 5). Debt issuance costs were $669,677 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021. Debt issuance costs prior to September 30, 2021 have historically been immaterial. Interest expense was $766,373 and $115,107 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $975,648 and $321,807 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

Equity– The Company’s equity structure consists of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock. The Company analyzed the relevant provisions of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and determined the preferred shares should be recognized as temporary equity. Refer to Note 10.

 

Employee Benefit Plan—The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

 

Stock-Based Compensation—The Company measures and records the expense related to stock-based awards based upon the fair value at the date of grant.

 

Stock-based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 718, CompensationStock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees to be recognized as expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. The Company has granted stock options and restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are determined based on the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant.

 

12

 

 

The Company estimated the grant date fair value of each common stock option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock awards on the date of the grant was determined by the Board of Directors. The use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model required management to make the following assumptions:

 

Expected Volatility—The Company estimates volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

 

Expected Term— Derived from the life of the options granted under the option plan and is based on the simplified method which is essentially the weighted average of the vesting period and contractual term.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on US Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

 

Dividend Yield—The Company has not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

 

Because the Company’s common stock has not been publicly traded prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company estimates the fair value of common stock. The Board of Directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved. The factors considered include, but are not limited to: (i) the results of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred stock relative to those of its common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock; (iv) actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and (vii) precedent transactions involving the Company’s shares.

 

Net Loss Per Share—Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, the convertible preferred stock, common stock warrants, preferred stock warrants, and common stock options outstanding are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock are considered to be participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in undistributed earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. Accordingly, the Company’s net loss is attributed entirely to common stockholders. As the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

 

Income Taxes—In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company applies the guidance accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the balance sheet recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination be taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the ultimate settlement.

 

13

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

 

Revenue Recognition—In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively, known as ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers) effective January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach to all contracts not completed at the date of initial application. Adoption of ASC 606 did not impact the timing of revenue recognition in the Company’s financial statements. The Company elects to apply the practical expedient to forego the disclosure of revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract whose original expected duration is less than one year. This practical expedient applies to all revenue streams except software license revenue, as the term of software is greater than one year. For software license revenue, revenue allocated to the remaining performance obligations, which includes unearned revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods, was $6,883,878 and $1,163,226 as of September 30, 2021 for implementation fees and maintenance fees for the remainder of the initial contract term of five years, respectively. Based on the terms of the contract and an initial go-live date in the third quarter of 2021, the Company recognized $10,500,000 in floor license fees during the three months ended September 30, 2021. The Company expects to recognize approximately $6,883,878 and $240,000 in implementation and maintenance fees, respectively, over the next 12 months.

 

(a) Retail Revenue—The Company’s Retail revenue is generated from following revenue streams:

 

Merchandise Sales--The Company offers merchandise in the following core merchandise categories: grocery, snacks, beverages, and household and cleaning products. Revenue generated through the Company’s e-commerce platform is recognized when control of the goods ordered are transferred to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery to the customer. Deferred revenue consists of payments received from customers for goods not yet shipped by the end of the period. As the shipments in-transit represent unsatisfied performance obligations, the revenue is deferred until delivery to the customer is complete.

 

Subscription Sales- The Company charges a membership fee to customers who sign up for the Company’s Boxed Up program. That fee allows customers to earn cash back on every purchase, access to exclusive discounts, and free shipping over a minimum order amount. The duration of the membership is generally 12 months. Because the Company has the obligation to provide access to its website for the duration of the membership term, the Company recognizes membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership. The Company’s deferred revenue related to membership fees was $790,083 and $728,207 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

Outbound Delivery Fees - Outbound delivery fees are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as control of the product is transferred to customers upon delivery. Delivery charges to customers were $341,589 and $995,608 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1,169,475 and $2,796,294 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Outbound delivery fees are included in net revenue in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

14

 

 

Marketing Fees - The Company provides a mix of marketing services to merchants. The Company provides merchants access to its e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users. The Company also provides advertising services to help merchants promote their products within the Company’s platform. The Company recognizes revenue when a user’s order is processed, and the related order information has been made available to the merchant. Revenue from marketing fees charged to vendors and partners were $365,741 and $364,071 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1,109,990 and $1,110,306 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Marketing fees are included in net revenue in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

Returns and Refunds— The Company’s contracts with customers are generally sold with a right of return. Historically the returns have been immaterial and recognized in the period which the products are returned.

 

Sales Tax Collected—In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects sales tax on items purchased by its customers that are taxable in the jurisdictions when the purchases take place. These taxes are then remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. The Company excludes these taxes collected from net revenue in its financial statements.

 

(b) Software & Services Revenue—The Company’s Software & Services revenue is generated from its software licensing arrangements.

 

Software License Revenue— The Company generates revenue through software license agreements. These agreements allow the customers the Company engages with to take possession of the software for usage of the Company’s IP, and host that software in an on-premise, or cloud-based infrastructure environment, at the customer’s election. A software license contract with multiple performance obligations typically includes the following elements: implementation services, software license, training services, and maintenance and support services. The total transaction price of a software license contract includes a fixed fee and may include forms of variable consideration, such as platform usage fees. Revenue is recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied. Specifically, implementation revenue is recognized over time utilizing the input method, based on a cost-to-cost analysis; software license revenue is recognized at the point in time at the go-live date of the software and upon settlement of variable fees, accounted using the sales-based royalty exception; training revenue is recognized when the training is delivered to the customer without regard to a detailed evaluation of the point in time criteria due to the short-term nature of the training services (completed within the same quarterly reporting period); and maintenance and support revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach. The total transaction price for the Company's current contract related to software license revenue includes fixed and variable consideration.

 

(c) Contract Assets and Liabilities

 

The difference in the opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract assets (unbilled receivables) and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) results from the timing differences between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payments. The Company fulfills its obligations under contracts with customers by transferring goods and services in exchange for consideration from the customer. The Company recognizes a contract asset when it transfers products or services to a customer for which the billings will occur in a future period. As of September 30, 2021, the Company recognized unbilled receivables related to its software licensing agreement under its Software & Services segment. The Company recognizes a contract liability when consideration is received from customers in advance of revenue recognition as described within the revenue streams above.

 

15

 

 

The following table represents a roll-forward of unbilled receivables and deferred revenue:

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2021     2020  
Contract assets (unbilled receivables)   $ 3,680,327     $ -  
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)   $ 2,666,547     $ 2,435,909  

 

The unbilled receivables and deferred revenue for the Company’s Software & Services segment are presented net at the contract level. The remaining deferred revenue that is presented separately on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 is related to the Company’s Retail segment.

 

The increase in unbilled receivables as of September 30, 2021 is driven by the Company’s first software licensing agreement, signed in the first quarter of 2021. The unbilled receivables balance is attributable to the satisfaction of certain performance obligations for which billings were not yet invoiced as of September 30, 2021, partially offset by an increase in new billings for other certain performance obligations that were not yet satisfied.

 

(d) Revenue Disaggregation

 

Revenue Disaggregation - The Company had total net revenues of $49,010,391 and $40,861,101 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $132,218,141 and $143,926,813 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company manages and reports its operating results through two reportable segments defined by its products and services: Retail and Software & Services. The Company’s Retail operations represent the majority of all its condensed consolidated total revenues.

 

The following table summarizes the Company's net Retail revenue disaggregated by sales channel as well as its Software & Services revenue:

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020     2021     2020  
Direct Sales(1)   $ 33,616,439     $ 40,861,101     $ 103,709,366     $ 136,784,032  
Channel Sales(2)     4,570,219       -       13,543,942       7,142,781  
Software & Services(3)     10,823,733       -       14,964,833       -  

 

(1) Direct Sales includes retail direct to consumer sales on the Company's e-commerce platform.

(2) Channel Sales includes retail sales on other third-party platforms. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, Channel sales were temporarily suspended due to COVID-19 demand from direct sales.

(3) Software & Services includes revenue generated from software licensing agreements (Note 1).

 

Other Income (Expense), Net—Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of gains (losses) resulting from fair value valuations and adjustments on the convertible notes and liability-classified warrants.

 

Customer Incentives—The Company offers its customers various sales incentives including sales discounts, loyalty rewards, and free items with purchases. The Company records a reduction of net revenue at the time the discount is taken and at the time loyalty rewards are earned. Historically loyalty rewards have been immaterial to the Company.

 

Vendor Rebates—The Company has agreements with its suppliers to receive funds for promotions, volume rebates, and marketing. Amounts earned and due from suppliers under these agreements are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Vendor rebates received by the Company reduce the carrying cost of inventory and are recognized in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold.

 

16

 

 

Cost of Sales—Cost of goods sold consists of the costs of merchandise, expenses for shipping to and from clients and inbound freight, inventory write-offs and changes in the Company’s inventory reserve, payment processing fees, and packaging materials costs, offset by vendor funded promotions and various vendor allowances.

 

Delivery Costs—Outbound shipping and handling costs incurred to deliver merchandise to customers amounted to $6,767,462 and $5,413,227 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $20,063,356 and $19,287,399 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The delivery costs are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expense- Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and benefits for warehouse employees as well as all regional and home office employees, including buying personnel. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include substantially all building and equipment depreciation, research and development expense, bank service charges, utilities, as well as other operating costs incurred to support e-commerce website operations. In accordance with ASC 730-10-25, Research and Development, research and development costs are charged to expense as and when incurred in the development of software products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external parties. Research and development expense incurred was $547,100 and $661,434 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1,357,903 and $1,824,174 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

Advertising Expense—The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense was $5,173,248 and $1,377,010 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $14,617,879 and $2,583,528 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These costs are included in advertising expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are prepayments for future advertising expenses of approximately $602,793 and $9,192, respectively.

 

Transaction Costs—The Company applies the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A - “Expenses of Offering.” The Company incurred $929,152 and $3,840,227 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively, in advisory, legal, accounting and management fees in conjunction with the pending Business Combination detailed above, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. Direct and specific incremental transaction costs related to the pending Business Combination that would not otherwise have been incurred will be treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds and deducted from the Company’s additional paid-in capital upon consummation of the Business Combination. Accordingly, $2,842,998 was deferred related to equity issuance costs as of September 30, 2021.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements- The accounting pronouncements the Company adopted are set forth in its audited financial statements for fiscal year 2020. There have been no material changes to these accounting pronouncements.

 

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06—Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity's Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)—Accounting For Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. The ASU simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. The ASU removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, which will permit more equity contracts to qualify for it. The ASU also simplifies the diluted net income per share calculation in certain areas. The Company early adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2021, effective as of January 1, 2021, on a modified retrospective basis. The effect of this standard was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

17

 

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for stock-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. This guidance will better align the treatment of stock-based payments to nonemployees with the requirements for such stock-based payments granted to employees. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 for private companies, including interim periods within such fiscal year. The company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 in the preparation of its condensed consolidated financials statements. The impact of adopting this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements in Topic 820. The new disclosure requirements include disclosure related to changes in unrealized gains or losses included in other comprehensive income (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of each reporting period and the explicit requirement to disclose the range and weighted-average of significant unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The other provisions of ASU 2018-13 include eliminated and modified disclosure requirements. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. For all entities, this guidance is required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance was adopted effective January 1, 2020 and did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This new guidance will change how entities account for credit impairment for trade and other receivables, as well as for certain financial assets and other instruments. ASU 2016-13 will replace the current "incurred loss" model with an "expected loss" model. Under the "incurred loss" model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred (such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that a loss is probable (i.e., that it has been "incurred"). Under the "expected loss" model, an entity will recognize a loss (or allowance) upon initial recognition of the asset that reflects all future events that will lead to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will occur. The "incurred loss" model considers past events and current conditions, while the "expected loss" model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur. ASU 2016-13 is effective for private companies beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of the new standard on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 35-40) Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which aligns the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that does not include a license to internal-use software (a cloud computing arrangement) with one that does. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 for private companies, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

18

 

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”), which requires a lessee to recognize in its balance sheet an asset and liability for most leases with a term greater than 12 months. Lessees should recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing the lessee’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. On June 3, 2020, the FASB deferred the effective date of ASC 842 for private companies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its financial statements but believes that there will be right of use assets and lease liabilities recognized on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and an immaterial impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

2. Property and equipment—

 

Property and equipment—net consist of the following at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
Leasehold improvements   $ 8,169,715     $ 8,147,638  
Warehouse equipment     2,316,665       2,192,471  
Computers and small tools     1,262,399       1,061,177  
Furniture and fixtures     85,480       95,064  
Software development     13,938,207       13,608,520  
Work in progress     188,221       359,992  
      25,960,687       25,464,862  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (18,611,926 )     (15,053,466 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 7,348,761     $ 10,411,396  

 

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $1,102,187 and $1,247,105 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, of which $376,212 and $519,339 related to software development costs, respectively. The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $3,566,344 and $3,538,866 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, of which $1,369,478 and $1,570,456, related to software development costs, respectively.

 

19

 

 

 

3. PREPAID EXPENSES and OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the major components of prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
Deferred transaction costs   $ 2,842,998     $ -  
Vendor funds receivable     1,028,253       866,276  
Other prepaid expenses     1,949,091       765,677  
Other receivables     569,177       499,942  
Total   $ 6,389,519     $ 2,131,895  

 

4. Other Current Liabilities

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the major components of other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 
    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
Credit card payable   $ 10,820,375     $ 10,473,079  
Accrued sales tax payable     1,881,232       1,845,831  
Deferred rent – short term     494,121       622,940  
Credits liability     632,625       633,287  
Other accrued liabilities     2,039,540       1,382,927  
Total   $ 15,867,893     $ 14,958,064  

 

20

 

 

5. Debt

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there was $43,190,312 and $7,500,000 outstanding on term loans, respectively, of which $0 and $3,750,000 was classified as current, respectively. The estimated fair value of long-term term debt approximated its carrying value as of these reporting dates.

 

    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
Term Loan, matures August 2025   $ 43,190,312     $ -  
7th Amendment Term Loan, matures December 2022     -       7,500,000  
Total Term Debt     43,190,312       7,500,000  
Less: Current Portion     -       (3,750,000 )
Long-term term Loan   $ 43,190,312     $ 3,750,000  

 

Aggregate principal maturities of debt as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

  September 30, 2021        
2021   $ -        
2022     -          
2023     -          
2024     -          
2025     43,190,312          
Total   $ 43,190,312          

 

On August 4, 2021, the Company entered into a new term loan agreement (“the New Term Loan”). The New Term Loan will provide the Company with $45,000,000 at a floating per annum rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, with a maturity date of August 4, 2025. Should LIBOR no longer be published, the agreement provides for an alternative rate of interest based on the per annum rate equal to the greatest of the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus ½ of 1% in effect on such day. The agreement provides the lender with a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s assets and contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15,000,000, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed upon quarterly targets, and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. These net Retail revenue and Retail gross margin targets are tested quarterly on a trailing twelve-month basis. The agreement also includes other affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur indebtedness, incur liens, and sell substantially all of its assets. The agreement also subjects the Company to certain reporting covenants. The Company is required to provide monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements, operating budget and metrics, and other financial information as requested. Also in connection with the New Term Loan, the Company issued 126,993 warrants to purchase price stock at an exercise price of $7.0871, which expire on April 4, 2031. A portion of the proceeds from the New Term Loan was first allocated to the warrants in an amount equal to the fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance and the remainder of the proceeds were allocated to debt. These warrants were recorded as a liability and will automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of the Business Combination. Refer to Note 9 for further details regarding the Company’s warrants.

  

Further, on August 4, 2021, the Company repaid the outstanding principal balance of the Seventh Amendment of its existing term loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) of $5,000,000 and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $202,723. In connection with the loan repayment, the Company’s letter of credit was modified and the Company is now required to maintain cash collateral for the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, the cash collateral related to the outstanding letters of credit are segregated in restricted cash accounts as of September 30, 2021. Refer to the Notes to the Annual Report for further detail on the Seventh Amendment and corresponding Credit Agreement.

 

As of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $2,571,667 of letters of credit issued, of which none were drawn.

 

21

 

 

6. Notes payable

 

On May 15, 2020, May 26, 2020 and May 29, 2020, the Company issued Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (each, a “Note”) in an aggregate principal amount of $8,215,000 pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 15 2020, by and among the Company and the noteholders. The maturity date of the Notes is the earlier of (a) two years from the Note issuance; (b) upon acceleration due to an Event of Default; and (c) upon conversion of the Notes in connection with the Company raising equity proceeds of $25,000,000 or more inclusive of the principal amount of the Notes. The Notes accrue .25% simple interest per annum (the short-term AFR fixed on the respective Note issuance date). The Notes converted into Series E-2 preferred stock as a result of the Series E raise in June 2020.

 

In accordance with ASC 815-15-25 the conversion feature of the Promissory Note was considered an embedded derivative instrument that required bifurcation and separate accounting. The feature was recorded at its fair value at issuance date and separated from the underlying note value. The Promissory Note was converted in the same quarter as issuance. Upon conversion, the Company performed a final valuation of the embedded derivative’s fair value which resulted in a loss of $4,323,770 which was recorded in other income (expense), net. The fair market value of the derivative was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which utilized the original implied discount rate and an adjustment for a change in the market spread. Additionally, the Promissory Note and bifurcated derivative were removed at the carrying amounts, with the difference in the then-current fair value of the shares issued of $102,972 being recorded as a loss on extinguishment within other income (expense), net. There was no impact on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as the issuance and conversion of the note occurred within the same quarter of 2020.

 

7. INCOME TAXES

 

The Company has an effective tax rate of 0.00% and 0.00% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

The Company has evaluated the available evidence supporting the realization of its deferred tax assets, including the amount and timing of future taxable income, and has determined that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to uncertainties surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against substantially all of its net deferred tax assets. When the Company determines that it will be able to realize some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, an adjustment to its valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets would have the effect of increasing net income in the period such determination is made.

  

The Company has applied ASC 740, Income Taxes, and has determined that it has an uncertain position that resulted in a tax reserve of $1,348,904 for each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state authority examinations.

 

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Leases—The Company maintains its principal offices in New York City, New York and maintains fulfillment centers and office space in various locations throughout the United States.

 

The Company expensed $824,300 and $800,577 in rent related to leases for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $2,425,454 and $2,401,732 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is included in Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Sales or Other Similar TaxesBased on the location of the Company’s current operations, sales tax is collected and remitted. To date, the Company has had no actual or threatened sales and use tax claims from any state where it does not already claim nexus or any state where it sold products prior to claiming nexus. However, the Company believes that the likelihood of incurring a liability as a result of sales tax nexus being asserted by certain states where it sold products prior to claiming nexus is reasonably possible. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company estimates that the potential liability is approximately $1,348,904. All periods have been recorded as an accrued liability. Although it is reasonably possible that a change in this estimate will occur in the near term, the Company believes this is the best estimate of an amount due to taxing agencies, given that such a potential loss is an unasserted liability that would be contested and subject to negotiation between the Company and the respective state, or decided by a court.

 

22

 

 

Legal Proceedings—The Company is not currently subject to any legal proceedings or currently aware of any claims that it believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

Service Agreements— On June 13, 2021, the Company executed a Master Subscription Agreement with Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”) under which it will pay $20,000,000 over five years for access to Palantir’s Foundry software platform and related services for advanced data management and analytics to be used for the Company’s strategic initiatives. In exchange for this agreement, Palantir agreed to purchase, and the Company agreed to sell to Palantir, an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000, in connection with the PIPE Investment. On December 8, 2021, upon the Closing (as discussed in Note 1), $15,000,000 of the $20,000,000 will be paid to Palantir under the Master Subscription Agreement thirty days after Closing.

 

The Company received access to Palantir’s Foundry software platform on June 25, 2021, however, payment on the agreement is not due until thirty days following the consummation of the Business Combination and the Company can cancel the agreement without making any payments if the Business Combination is not consummated.

 

9. WARRANTS

 

Common Stock Warrants—In connection with the Credit Agreement and subsequent amendments (as discussed in Note 5), the Company issued 37,607 warrants to purchase common stock. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 37,607 warrants to purchase common stock outstanding, respectively, with accrued values of $148,129 and $49,863, respectively. These warrants are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder until the ten year anniversary of the dates of issuance. These warrants are classified as liabilities and changes to the fair value of the warrants are recognized in earnings on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations in each relevant period. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $1,764 and $3,137 were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, ($98,266) and $3,137 were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

  

The estimated fair value of these common stock warrants as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 is determined using Level 3 inputs and assumptions within the Black-Scholes pricing model. The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model were as follows:

 

    September 30, 2021     December 31, 2020  
Expected volatility     20.5 %     57.0 %
Expected term (in years)     0.25       1.0  
Risk free interest rate     0.1 %     1.7 %
Expected dividend yield     0.0 %     0.0 %

 

23

 

 

Series E-1 Preferred Warrants—In connection with the Company’s term loan agreement, signed on August 4, 2021 (as discussed in Note 5), the Company issued warrants to purchase 126,993 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a price of $7.0871 per share. These warrants are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder. In accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), the fair value of these warrants is classified as a liability on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet as the warrant terms include a conditional redemption feature through which the holders may participate in a deemed liquidation event when holders of common stock may not. The fair value of the Series E-1 Preferred Warrants as of the grant date was recorded as a discount to the August 4, 2021 term loan debt. Corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants are recognized in earnings on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations in each subsequent period. These warrants expire ten years after the issuance date. These warrants will automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

At the end of each reporting period, until expiry, the Company uses an option pricing model to estimate and report the fair value of the Series E-1 Preferred Warrants. As of September 30, 2021, and in conjunction with the pending Business Combination (See Note 1), the model was used to determine the fair value of the Series E-1 Preferred Warrants under both a “business combination” and “stay private” scenario. While the most significant factor utilized to determine the fair value under both scenarios is the volatility, each scenario has different volatility drivers, which are captured with different market data. With respect to the “business combination” scenario, the primary driver for change in fair value are the changes in the acquiring SPAC share price. Therefore, the key factor used in determining fair value is the volatility of the SPAC, which can be implied from the SPAC’s traded warrants. For the “stay private” scenario, changes in fair value are primarily driven by changes in the overall business value, which is steered by the Company’s overall business risk. The key factor for the “stay private” scenario is therefore the volatility of publicly traded peer companies.

 

There were 126,993 warrants to purchase Series E-1 preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The accrued value of these warrants as of September 30, 2021 was $253,985. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants as of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, ($1,270) was recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and ($252,715) was recorded on the balance sheet as a discount to the term loan debt discussed above.

 

    Scenarios as of September 30, 2021        
          Business        
    Stay Private     Combination     December 31, 2020  
Expected Volatility     60.0 %     20.5 %     0.0 %
Expected term (in years)     1.25       0.25       -  
Risk free interest rate     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.0 %

 

Series C-1 Preferred Warrants—In connection with a sale leaseback agreement the Company entered into in December 2016, the Company issued warrants to purchase 88,361 shares of series C-1 preferred stock at a price of $10.88 per share. These warrants are exercisable at any time at the option of the holder until the earlier of six years after the termination of the lease or the ten year anniversary of the date of issuance. In accordance with ASC 480, the fair value of these warrants is classified as a liability on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet as the warrant terms include a conditional redemption feature through which the holders may participate in a deemed liquidation event when holders of common stock may not. The fair value as of the grant date was recorded as a discount to the capital lease principle. Corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants are recognized in earnings on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations in each subsequent period. These warrants expire six years after the expiration or termination of the lease in accordance with its terms or any renewal thereof, but no later than ten years after the issuance date.

 

24

 

 

At the end of each reporting period, until expiry, the Company uses an option pricing model to estimate and report the fair value of the Series C-1 Preferred Warrants. As of September 30, 2021, and in conjunction with the pending Business Combination (See Note 1), the model was used to determine the fair value of the Series C-1 Preferred Warrants under both a “business combination” and “stay private” scenario. While the most significant factor utilized to determine the fair value under both scenarios is the volatility, each scenario has different volatility drivers, which are captured with different market data. With respect to the “business combination” scenario, the primary driver for change in fair value are the changes in the acquiring SPAC share price. Therefore, the key factor used in determining fair value is the volatility of the SPAC, which can be implied from the SPAC’s traded warrants. For the “stay private” scenario, changes in fair value are primarily driven by changes in the overall business value, which is steered by the Company’s overall business risk. The key factor for the “stay private” scenario is therefore the volatility of publicly traded peer companies.

 

For periods prior to the Business Combination announcement, there was no change in the method of calculation or calculation scenarios. The following table presents the quantitative inputs, which are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, used in estimating the fair value of the warrants under all scenarios:

 

    Scenarios as of September 30, 2021        
          Business        
    Stay Private     Combination     December 31, 2020  
Expected Volatility     60.0 %     20.5 %     60.0 %
Expected term (in years)     1.25       0.25       1.0  
Risk free interest rate     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %

 

There were 88,361 warrants to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and Decembers 31, 2020, respectively. The accrued value of these warrants as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $18,556 and $153,748, respectively. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $31,368 and ($101,615) were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of the result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $135,192 and ($118,404) were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Series C-3 Preferred Warrants—In April 2016, in conjunction with a general marketing agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase shares up to 1,102,752 shares of series C-3 preferred stock to a strategic partner at a price of $10.88 per share. The number of exercisable shares is dependent upon performance conditions. The warrant is exercisable upon vesting through completion of marketing milestones. In accordance with ASC 480, the fair value of these warrants are classified as a liability on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet as the warrant terms include a conditional redemption feature through which the holders may participate in a deemed liquidation event when holders of common stock may not. Therefore, as the performance conditions are met, the warrants will be recorded as a liability in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and as marketing expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants are recognized in earnings on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations in each subsequent period. As of September 30, 2021, all warrants to purchase 1,102,752 shares have vested, resulting in marketing expenses recorded in prior years. These warrants expire on the later of the date that is (i) the five-year anniversary of the date on which the last milestones have been satisfied and (ii) seven years after the issuance date.

 

25

 

 

 

At the end of each reporting period, until expiry, the Company uses an option pricing model to estimate and report the fair value of the Series C-3 Preferred Warrants. As of September 30, 2021, and in conjunction with the pending Business Combination (See Note 1), the model was used to determine the fair value of the Series C-3 Preferred Warrants under both a “business combination” and “stay private” scenario. While the most significant factor utilized to determine the fair value under both scenarios is the volatility, each scenario has different volatility drivers, which are captured with different market data. With respect to the “business combination” scenario, the primary driver for change in fair value are the changes in the acquiring SPAC share price. Therefore, the key factor used in determining fair value is the volatility of the SPAC, which can be implied from the SPAC’s traded warrants. For the “stay private” scenario, changes in fair value are primarily driven by changes in the overall business value, which is steered by the Company’s overall business risk. The key factor for the “stay private” scenario is therefore the volatility of publicly traded peer companies. For periods prior to the Business Combination announcement, there was no change in the method of calculation or calculation scenarios. The following table presents the quantitative inputs, which are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, used in estimating the fair value of the warrants under all scenarios:

 

    Scenarios as of September 30, 2021        
          Business        
    Stay Private     Combination     December 31, 2020  
Expected Volatility     60.0 %     20.5 %     60.0 %
Expected term (in years)     1.25       0.25       1.0  
Risk free interest rate     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %

 

The 1,102,752 warrants outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 to purchase Series C-3 preferred shares had accrued values of $231,578 and $1,918,788, respectively. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $391,477 and ($1,268,165) were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants, as of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $1,687,211 and ($1,477,688) were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ deficit and Mezzanine Equity

 

As of September 30, 2021, the Company was authorized to issue (i) 70,000,000 shares of common stock at $0.00001 par value per share and (ii) 43,701,622 shares of Preferred Stock at $0.00001 par value per share. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue (i) 70,000,000 shares of its Common Stock at $0.00001 par value per share and (ii) 43,574,629 shares of preferred stock at $0.00001 par value per share.

 

Common Stock— As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there was 10,059,361 and 9,888,776 common shares outstanding, respectively. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote per share.

 

26

 

 

At September 30, 2021, preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

    Shares Authorized     Shares Issued and Outstanding     Issuance Price Per Share     Carrying Value     Liquidation Preference  
Series A-1     4,388,978       4,388,978     $ 1.48     $ 6,490,026     $ 6,489,982  
Series A-2     1,993,093       1,993,093     0.55       1,090,840       1,090,820  
Series A-3     570,502       570,502     0.78       442,374       442,367  
Series B-1     5,128,198       5,128,198     4.48       22,984,122       22,984,071  
Series B-2     562,149       562,149       3.59       2,015,647       2,015,641  
Series C-1     10,618,436       10,530,075       10.88       114,562,977       114,587,113  
Series C-2     1,034,188       1,034,188       8.71       9,003,134       9,003,124  
Series C-3     1,692,100       589,348       10.88       5,027,138       6,412,106  
Series D-1     9,364,524       9,364,524       10.93       97,926,083       102,340,201  
Series D-2     2,205,650       2,205,650       9.84       21,694,134       21,694,112  
Series E-1     4,360,036       4,233,043       7.09       33,707,750       30,000,000  
Series E-2     1,783,768       1,783,768       4.61       8,217,388       8,217,284  
      43,701,622       42,383,516             $ 323,161,613          

 

(1) Amounts are net of issuance costs and changes in the redemption value of the Series C-3 Preferred Shares.

 

At December 31, 2020, preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

    Shares Authorized     Shares Issued and Outstanding     Issuance Price Per Share     Carrying Value     Liquidation Preference  
Series A-1     4,388,978       4,388,978     $ 1.48     $ 6,490,026     $ 6,489,982  
Series A-2     1,993,093       1,993,093       0.55       1,090,840       1,090,820  
Series A-3     570,502       570,502       0.78       442,374       442,367  
Series B-1     5,128,198       5,128,198       4.48       22,984,122       22,984,071  
Series B-2     562,149       562,149       3.59       2,015,647       2,015,641  
Series C-1     10,618,436       10,530,075       10.88       114,562,977       114,587,113  
Series C-2     1,034,188       1,034,188       8.71       9,003,134       9,003,124  
Series C-3     1,692,100       589,348       10.88       7,066,283       6,412,106  
Series D-1     9,364,524       9,364,524       10.93       97,926,084       102,340,201  
Series D-2     2,205,650       2,205,650       9.84       21,694,134       21,694,112  
Series E-1     4,233,043       4,233,043       7.09       33,707,750       30,000,000  
Series E-2     1,783,768       1,783,768       4.61       8,217,388       8,217,284  
      43,574,629       42,383,516             $ 325,200,758          

 

(1) Amounts are net of issuance costs and changes in the redemption value of the Series C-3 Preferred Shares.

 

Series C-3 Preferred Stock—The Company records all shares of preferred stock at their respective fair values less issuance costs on the dates of issuance. The preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, which are events that are not considered solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the preferred stock will become redeemable. Further, in the case of the C-3 preferred stock exclusively, in the event that all holders of other preferred stock convert into common stock, the holders of the C-3 preferred stock will either be convertible into common stock or cash at the holder’s election, which unlike all other classes of preferred stock, would be deemed probable of becoming redeemable. The redemption value of the C-3 preferred stock is equal to the fair value of the common stock, which the C-3 preferred stock would convert into on the date of redemption.

 

27

 

 

When the preferred stock is considered either currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company has selected a policy of making the determination that the redemption value is equal to the fair value of the preferred stock. As the Series C-3 Preferred Stock was considered probable of becoming redeemable, the Company has remeasured the value of these shares as of each reporting period date. When preferred stock is not considered either currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company does not remeasure these shares until which point the contingency is probable of occurring.

 

11. StocK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Equity Incentive Plan—The Company has one Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”). Under the Stock Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to selected employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company as an incentive to such persons. The Company has reserved 10,636,317 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Stock Plan. Of such reserved shares of common stock, as of both September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, 1,940,361 and 1,769,776 shares have been issued pursuant to option exercises and restricted stock purchase agreements respectively, 5,666,370 and 7,043,875 options to purchase shares have been granted and are currently outstanding, respectively, and 3,029,586 and 1,823,666 shares of common stock remain available for issuance pursuant to the Stock Plan, respectively.

 

Stock Options—Stock options granted under the Stock Plan are granted at a price per share not less than the fair value at the date of the grant. Options granted to date generally vest over a four-year period with 25% of the shares underlying the options vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting on a pro-rata basis over the succeeding thirty-six months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years, also subject to continued service with the Company.

 

28

 

 

The following is a summary of stock options activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

          Weighted     Weighted
Average
 
          Average     Remaining  
    Number of     Exercise     Contractual  
    Shares     Price     Life  
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019     8,009,767     $ 2.80       8.17  
Granted     1,185,250                  
Exercised     (16,601 )     1.14          
Forfeited     (2,124,428 )                
Outstanding as of September 30, 2020     7,053,988     $ 2.76       7.05  
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020     6,535,542     $ 2.97       7.30  
Granted     368,730                  
Exercised     (170,585 )     1.85          
Forfeited     (1,116,317 )                
Outstanding as of September 30, 2021     5,617,370     $ 2.90       6.26  
Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2021     5,617,370     $ 2.90       6.26  
Exercisable as of September 30, 2021     4,113,816     $ 2.57       5.33  

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $359,656 and $436,823 for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1,214,140 and $1,535,662 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. All stock-based compensation expense is recorded within selling, general, and administrative expense in the condensed consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Incremental expense associated with the modification of stock options for an officer who left the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $251,866. There were no modifications for the three months ended September 30, 2021.

 

As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was approximately $2,579,505 and $3,897,285, respectively. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.23 years and 1.39 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $699,281 and $30,955, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $1,865,970 and $2,153,976, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Awards — The company did not grant any restricted stock awards during the periods ended September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, 1,540,000 shares of restricted stock have been granted to employees, with 1,540,000 shares vested and exercisable and no shares unvested. Restricted stock issued to employees generally vests over a four-year period and is contingent upon continued employment. Restricted stock is amortized to expense over the service period. There were no stock-based compensation costs related to restricted stock during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. Restricted stock issued to advisors was expensed as of the grant date as the grants were issued after the performance of services by the advisors.

 

29

 

 

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The table below presents information regarding financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level within the fair value hierarchy reflecting the valuation techniques utilized to determine fair value.

 

    Fair Value Hierarchy  
September 30, 2021   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets -cash & cash equivalents   $ 35,409,156     $ -     $ -  
Assets -restricted cash     2,571,667       -     -  
Total Assets   $ 37,980,823     $ -     $ -  
                         
Liabilities:                        
Common stock warrants   $ -     $ -     $ 148,129  
Preferred stock warrants   -     -       504,117  
Total Liabilities   $ -     $ -     $ 652,246  
                         
December 31, 2020   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets -cash & cash equivalents   $ 30,043,046     $ -     $ -  
Total Assets   $ 30,043,046     $ -     $ -  
                         
Liabilities:                        
Common stock warrants   $ -     $ -     $ 49,863  
Preferred stock warrants   -     -       2,072,536  
Total Liabilities   $ -     $ -     $ 2,122,399  

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company did not hold any Level 2 financial assets or liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. There were no transfers between levels during the reporting periods. All significant Level 3 fair value hierarchy were recorded during the periods ended September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

13. Net Loss Per Share

 

The Company uses the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per common share. In periods of net loss, no effect is given to the Company’s participating securities as they do not contractually participate in the losses of the Company. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020     2021     2020  
Numerator                                
Net loss   $ (5,929,183 )   $ (7,624,256 )   $ (30,300,971 )   $ (27,090,243 )
Less: accretion adjustment     (707,219 )     1,255,312       (2,039,145 )     736,685  
Less: earnings allocated to particpating securites     -       -       -       -  
Net loss attributable to common shareholders   $ (5,221,964 )   $ (8,879,568 )   $ (28,261,826 )   $ (27,826,928 )
Less: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities     -       -       -       -  
                                 
Denominator                                
Weighted-average shares—basic and diluted     10,011,105       9,842,537       9,953,951       9,836,826  
Net loss per common share—basic and diluted   $ (0.52 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (2.84 )   $ (2.83 )

 

The following securities on an if-converted basis, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share in the periods presented, as their effect would be anti-dilutive:

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Series preferred stock, outstanding     43,472,083       43,568,655  
Common stock warrants, outstanding     37,607       37,607  
Preferred stock warrants, outstanding     1,378,672       1,251,679  
Common stock options, outstanding     5,667,370       7,103,988  

 

30

 

 

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The majority holder of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock is a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. The collective shareholders of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock have the right to elect one Director to the Board of Directors and the current elected Director is an employee of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. Total inventory purchases for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $2,994,470 and $3,073,875, respectively, and approximately $9,591,187 and $10,201,409 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Volume rebates and incentives received for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $10,513 and $68,437, respectively, and $214,258 and $727,087, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

A holder of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock is a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. The collective shareholders of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock have the right to elect two Directors to the Board of Directors. The current Directors elected by the collective Series D-1 shareholders are not employees of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. Total inventory purchases for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $440,068 and $991,990, respectively. Total inventory purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $1,377,125 and $3,070,601, respectively. Total dunnage purchases for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $658,312 and $607,474, respectively, and total dunnage purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $1,819,864 and $2,072,945, respectively. Volume rebates and incentives received for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were approximately $719 and $0, respectively, and $5,719 and $25,937 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

On February 12, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON Co., Ltd. ("AEON"), a Series D-2 shareholder, to license its e-commerce platform through a software licensing arrangement. The objective of the agreement is for the Company to design, develop and support the e-commerce platform customized for the digital marketplace operations of AEON and AEON affiliates. The services provided include implementation services, license of the e-commerce software platform, training, and maintenance and support. The Company has been engaged to provide services to AEON and AEON Malaysia. The total transaction price for the contract includes fixed and variable consideration. Based on the Company’s estimates of the standalone selling prices of the performance obligations identified in the contract, the Company has allocated $7,300,000 to implementation services specific to AEON, $4,500,000 to the implementation services specific to AEON Malaysia, and $20,000 per month to software maintenance services with respect to the licensed software for AEON Malaysia. The transaction price attributable to the software license to AEON Malaysia is variable and consists of sales and usage-based royalties. Yuki Habu, who is a director of Boxed and is expected to be a director of the combined company following the consummation of the Business Combination, is affiliated with AEON. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more details.

 

31

 

 

15. Segment Reporting

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The profitability measure employed by the Company’s CODM for allocating resources to operating segments and assessing operating segment performance is operating loss. The CODM does not receive or regularly review asset information when allocating resources and assessing segment performance. Therefore, asset information by segment has not been disclosed. Substantially all of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company currently does not have substantial sales outside the United States, nor does any customer represent more than 10 percent of total revenues for any period presented.

 

There were no inter-segment net sales and expenses to be eliminated in computing total revenue and operating income. In addition, the Company allocates its Selling, General and Administrative Expenses to its segment results based on usage, which is generally reflected in the segment in which the costs are incurred. Prior to fiscal year 2021, the Company did not accumulate net revenue information by products or groups of products, and therefore did not disclose net revenue by product because to do so would be impracticable. The following table provides information for the Company’s reportable segments, including product category disaggregation for its Retail segment beginning in fiscal year 2021:

 

Information about Reported Segment Profit or Loss

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021   Retail     Software & Services     Total  
Grocery net revenue     $ 24,495,529     $ -     $ 24,495,529  
Home & Household net revenue     12,628,647       -       12,628,647  
Other net revenue (1)     1,062,482       -       1,062,482  
Software & Services net revenue     -       10,823,733       10,823,733  
Total net revenue     $ 38,186,658     $ 10,823,733     $ 49,010,391  
Operating income (loss)   $ (15,644,223 )   $ 10,276,633     $ (5,367,590 )
                         
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2020                        
Total net revenue     $ 40,861,101     $ -     $ 40,861,101  
Operating income (loss)     (5,435,916 )     (661,434 )     (6,097,350 )

 

(1) Includes revenues related to our subscription services program, advertising and marketing fees, and third-party marketplace service fees.

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021   Retail     Software & Services     Total  
Grocery net revenue     $ 72,907,539     $ -     $ 72,907,539  
Home & Household net revenue     40,874,517       -       40,874,517  
Other net revenue (1)     3,471,252       -       3,471,252  
Software & Services net revenue     -       14,964,833       14,964,833  
Total net revenue     $ 117,253,308     $ 14,964,833     $ 132,218,141  
Operating income (Loss)   $ (44,416,754 )   $ 13,606,929     $ (30,809,825 )
                         
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020                        
Total net revenue     $ 143,926,813     $ -     $ 143,926,813  
Operating income (loss)   $ (18,944,236 )   $ (1,824,174 )   $ (20,768,410 )

 

(1) Includes revenues related to our subscription services program, advertising and marketing fees, and third-party marketplace service fees.

 

32

 

 

16. SUBSeQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through December 14, 2021, which is the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and has determined that subsequent events requiring additional disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements are disclosed below and throughout the Notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

  1. On November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into an agreement (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) with ACM ARRT VII D LLC (“ACM”) for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction (the “Forward Purchase Transaction”). Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6.5 million shares of Seven Oaks’ Class A common stock and, one business day following the Closing, Seven Oaks paid out to ACM an amount (the “Prepayment Amount”) equal to the redemption price per share multiplied by the number of subject shares on the date of prepayment. The Prepayment Amount of $65,062,414 was paid out of the funds held in Seven Oaks’ trust account and will be held in a trust account for the benefit of ACM until the Forward Purchase Agreement has matured after 24 months. At any time, and from time to time, after the Closing, ACM may sell its shares at its sole discretion in one or more transactions, publicly or privately, and, in connection with such sales, terminate the Forward Purchase Transaction in whole or in part in an amount corresponding to the number of shares sold (the “Terminated Shares”). On the settlement date of any such early termination, ACM will pay to the Company a pro rata portion of the Prepayment Amount. The Company will not have access to the Prepayment Amount immediately following the Closing and, depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, may never have access to the Prepayment Amount.

 

2. On December 9, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and operations of MaxDelivery, one of New York City’s first on-demand grocery delivery businesses. The acquisition is expected to broaden the Company’s capabilities in micro dark-store fulfillment and rapid on-demand grocery delivery. At the time of the acquisition, the Company paid $4,000,000 in cash consideration. In addition, $3,000,000 in equity consideration is due within 90 days of close, and the transaction terms also included future earnout potential. At the time of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, the Company was still determining the initial accounting treatment of this transaction.

 

3. On December 8, 2021, the Company completed the Business Combination, was renamed “Boxed, Inc.” and is referred to herein as “New Boxed” following the Closing. In connection with the Closing, each share of Seven Oaks Class B common stock was converted into one share of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, and each share of Seven Oaks Class A common stock that was issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the first merger of the Business Combination (the “Effective Time”) was converted into one share of New Boxed common stock.

 

In connection with the Business Combination, at the Effective Time, (i) each share of Old Boxed Series A preferred stock, Old Boxed Series B preferred Stock, Old Boxed Series C preferred Stock, Old Boxed Series D preferred stock, and Old Boxed Series E preferred stock (collectively, the “Old Boxed Preferred Stock”) and Old Boxed common stock that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective time became the right to receive the number of shares of New Boxed common stock based on the exchange ratio applicable to each security (ii) each option to purchase shares of Old Boxed common stock, whether or not then vested or exercisable, that was outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by New Boxed and automatically became an option to purchase a number of shares of New Boxed common stock with the same terms and conditions as applied to the Old Boxed option immediately prior to the effective Time, provided that the number of shares underlying such New Boxed option was determined by multiplying the number of shares of Old Boxed common stock subject to such Old Boxed option immediately prior to the Effective Time by dividing the per share merger consideration by $10.00 (the product being the “Exchange Ratio”), which was rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, and the per share exercise price of such New Boxed option was determined by dividing the exercise price per share of Old Boxed common stock applicable to such Old Boxed option immediately prior to the Effective Time by the Exchange Ratio, which quotient was rounded up to the nearest whole dollar; and (iii) each warrant to purchase shares of Old Boxed’s capital stock that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was exercised in full on a cash or cashless basis or terminated without exercise.

 

A total of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock were presented for redemption in connection with the Business Combination (the “Redemptions”). As a result, there were approximately $77,784,265 remaining in Seven Oaks’ trust account, following redemptions. On December 9, 2021, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement, an aggregate amount of approximately $65,765,390 was paid from Seven Oaks’ trust account to ACM, and the remaining balance immediately prior to the Closing of approximately $12,018,875 remained in the trust account. The remaining balance in the trust account was used to fund the Business Combination.

 

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Seven Oaks entered into the Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors, for total PIPE Investment of $120,000,000, comprised of $32,500,000 in equity and $87,500,000 in convertible notes. On December 8, 2021, upon the Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment. Combined with the $120,000,000 in gross proceeds from the PIPE Investment, there was approximately $150,234,505 of cash proceeds received by the combined company from the transaction, of which, immediately following the Closing, approximately $65,765,390 became subject to settlement under the Forward Purchase Transaction, after deducting transaction fees and expenses. The convertible notes will be convertible, at the election of New Boxed, for shares of New Boxed, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share in accordance with the terms. The convertible notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum and mature in five years.

 

Seven Oaks’ units, Class A common stock and public warrants were publicly traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols SVOKU, SVOK, and SVOKW, respectively, through December 8, 2021. Upon the Closing, starting on December 9, 2021, New Boxed common stock and public warrants were listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols BOXD and BOXD WS, respectively. New Boxed does not have units traded following the Closing.

 

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse capitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Seven Oaks will be treated as the “acquired” company for accounting purposes and the financial statements of the post-combination company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Old Boxed with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of Old Boxed issuing stock for the net assets of Seven Oaks, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Seven Oaks will be stated as historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

 

33

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit 99.2 shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 14, 2021.

 

Introduction

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the combination of the financial information of SVOK and Old Boxed, adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.”

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 combines the historical balance sheet of SVOK and the historical balance sheet of Old Boxed on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 combines the historical statements of operations of SVOK and Old Boxed for such periods on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 combines the historical statements of operations of SVOK and Boxed for such periods on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions, summarized below, had been consummated on January 1, 2020.

 

Description of the Business Combination and Related Transactions

 

On June 13, 2021, Old Boxed entered into the Business Combination Agreement with SVOK, Merger Sub and Merger Sub II. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, Merger Sub was merged with and into Old Boxed, with Old Boxed surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of SVOK and, immediately following such merger, Old Boxed merged with and into Merger Sub II, with Merger Sub II surviving the merger and changing its name to “Boxed, LLC”, as a wholly owned subsidiary of SVOK, which changed its name to “Boxed, Inc.” Other related events in connection with the Business Combination are summarized below:

 

· The value of the aggregate equity consideration paid to Boxed’s equityholders in the Business Combination was approximately $550.0 million. At the Closing, each outstanding share of common stock and preferred stock of Old Boxed was cancelled and converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product determined by multiplying each outstanding share of Old Boxed capital stock by the ratio determined by dividing the per share merger consideration by $10.00 (the “Exchange Ratio”), which product was rounded down to the nearest whole share. Old Boxed equityholders received an aggregate of approximately 55.0 million shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted, net exercise basis;

 

· At the Closing, each option to purchase Old Boxed common stock, whether vested or unvested, was assumed and converted into an option to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock with the same terms except for the number of shares exercisable and the exercise price, each of which were adjusted using the Exchange Ratio, in the manner set forth in the Business Combination Agreement;

 

· The 6,468,750 shares of Seven Oaks Class B common stock converted at the Closing to an equal number of shares of Common Stock. Of those shares, 4,528,125 were fully vested at the Closing, and 1,940,625 remain subject to certain vesting conditions during the time period between the Closing Date and the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Earnout Period”), as outlined below. The shares subject to vesting (the “Earnout Shares”) will be considered outstanding for legal purposes prior to the achievement of the vesting conditions but will not be considered outstanding for accounting purposes until such vesting conditions are achieved, as described below:

 

50% of the unvested shares shall vest (and shall thereafter no longer be subject to forfeiture) upon the occurrence of Triggering Event I. “Triggering Event I” means the date, prior to the expiration of the Earnout Period, on which Boxed’s Common Stock’s last sale price on NYSE as reported by Bloomberg is greater than $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30)-trading day period commencing after the Closing Date;

 

50% of the unvested shares shall vest (and shall thereafter no longer be subject to forfeiture) upon the occurrence of Triggering Event II. “Triggering Event II” means the date, prior to the expiration of the Earnout Period, on which the New Boxed’s common stock’s last sale price on NYSE as reported by Bloomberg is greater than $14.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30)-trading day period commencing after the Closing Date;

 

  1  

 

 

· Immediately prior to the Closing, the investors of the Common Stock PIPE Investment (the “PIPE Investors”) purchased 3,250,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $32.5 million, which, upon the Closing, converted on a one-for-one basis to shares of Common Stock;

 

· Immediately prior to the Closing, the investors of the Convertible Note PIPE Investment (the “Convertible Note Investors”) purchased $87,500,000 in principal amount of newly issued Convertible Notes from SVOK which may, at any time, be converted at the option of the holder for shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $12.00 per share in accordance with the terms thereof and will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, paid-in-kind or in cash at the option of Boxed and accruing semi-annually; and

 

  · Forward Purchase Agreement. On November 28, 2021, SVOK entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement with ACM. In accordance with and as contemplated by the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6.5 million shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock from SVOK stockholders prior to the Closing. As contemplated by the Forward Purchase Agreement:

 

  Prior to the Closing, ACM purchased approximately 6.5 million shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock directly from investors at market price in the public market. ACM waived its redemption rights with respect to the acquired shares;

 

  One business day following the Closing, SVOK paid approximately $65.8 million from the cash held in its trust account to ACM;

 

  On the fourth business day following the last day of the Valuation Period (as defined below), ACM will make a cash payment to Seven Oaks equal to the sum of the products, for each trading day in a defined valuation period (the “Valuation Period”), of (i) a daily settlement price and (ii) a daily number of shares of Common Stock based on a defined percentage of daily trading volume of such shares on the NYSE. Subject to certain optional early termination provisions, the Valuation Period will commence on the earlier of (i) the 2-year anniversary of the Closing and (ii) the date specified by ACM in a written notice (not earlier than the day such notice is effective) that, during any 30 consecutive scheduled trading day-period following the Closing, the volume weighted average trading price per Share for 20 scheduled trading days during such period shall have been less than $5.00 per Share; and

 

At any time prior to the Maturity Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the shares of Common Stock in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Maturity Date, the pro-rata portion of the Forward Purchase Price will be released from the escrow account and paid to Boxed. ACM shall retain any proceeds in excess of the Forward Purchase Price that is paid to Boxed.

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet does not purport to represent, and is not necessarily indicative of, what the actual financial condition of the combined company would have been had the Business Combination taken place on September 30, 2021, nor is it indicative of the financial condition of the combined company as of any future date. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations do not purport to represent, and are not necessarily indicative of, what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have been had the Business Combination taken place on January 1, 2020, nor are they indicative of the results of operations of the combined company for any future period. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with:

 

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

the historical audited financial statements of SVOK as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, included in Boxed’s amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on December 3, 2021;

 

the historical unaudited financial statements of SVOK as of, and for the nine months ended, September 30, 2021, included in Boxed’s amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed on December 3, 2021;

 

the historical audited financial statements of Boxed as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2020, incorporated into the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached from the Proxy Statement/Prospectus;

 

  2  

 

 

the historical unaudited financial statements of Boxed as of, and for the nine months ended, September 30, 2021, included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached; and

 

Exhibit 99.3 entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and related transactions. It has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is for informational purposes only and is subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions as described in the accompanying notes. The pro forma financial information reflects transaction related adjustments management believes are necessary to present fairly Boxed’s pro forma results of operations and financial position following the closing of the Business Combination and related transactions as of and for the periods indicated. The related transaction accounting adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions management believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report Boxed’s financial condition and results of operations. One-time direct and incremental transaction costs incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as a direct reduction to Boxed’s additional capital. The final accounting of the Business Combination, including transaction costs, will be finalized by Boxed and reported in the first reporting period following the Closing. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Boxed believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination and related transactions contemplated based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

Accounting for the Business Combination

 

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Under this method of accounting, SVOK is treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination is treated as the equivalent of Boxed issuing shares for the net assets of SVOK, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SVOK are recognized at fair value (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

 

Boxed has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

Old Boxed’s stockholders have the majority of the voting power in the post-Business Combination company;

 

Old Boxed appointed the majority of the Board;

 

Old Boxed management constitutes management of the post-Business Combination company;

 

Old Boxed’s prior operations comprise the ongoing operations of Boxed;

 

Old Boxed is the larger entity based on historical revenues and business operations; and

 

Boxed assumed Old Boxed’s operating name and assumed Old Boxed’s headquarters.

 

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

 

The following summarizes the pro forma shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after the Closing, including outstanding options to purchase Common stock and taking into consideration actual redemptions:

 

    Shares  
Boxed Equityholders     54,996,938  
Public Stockholders     7,776,665  
PIPE Investors     3,250,000  
Founder Shares     4,528,125  
Founder Shares (Deferred Earn-out)     1,940,625  
Total Shares     72,492,353  

 

  3  

 

  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of September 30, 2021

 

    Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed (Historical as of 9/30/2021)     Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.
(Historical as of 9/30/2021)
    Reclassification Adjustments       Transaction Accounting Adjustments       Pro Forma Combined  
Assets                                          
Current assets:                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 35,409,156     $ 535,518     $ -       $ 150,604,379   (a)   $ 123,486,639  
                              (65,062,414 ) (r)        
Restricted cash     2,571,667       -       -         -           2,571,667  
Accounts receivable, net     4,808,287       -       -         -           4,808,287  
Inventories     11,413,391       -       -         -           11,413,391  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     6,389,519       501,641       -         -           6,891,160  
Total current assets     60,592,020       1,037,159       -         87,541,965         149,171,144  
Property and equipment, net     7,348,761       -       -         -           7,348,761  
Unbilled receivables     3,680,327       -       -         -           3,680,327  
Investments held in Trust Account     -       258,804,731       -         (258,804,731 ) (c)     -  
Forward purchase receivable     -       -       -         65,062,414   (r)     65,062,414  
Other long-term assets     188,994       -       -         -           188,994  
Total assets   $ 71,810,102     $ 259,841,890     $ -       $ (106,200,352 )   $ 225,451,640  
Liabilities and Equity                                            
Current liabilities:                                            
Accounts payable   $ 14,034,170     $ 41     $ -       $ -       $ 14,034,211  
Accrued expenses     6,854,256       1,861,478       -         -           8,715,734  
Franchise tax payable     -       116,701       (116,701 ) (m)     -           -  
Deferred revenue     2,666,547       -       -         -           2,666,547  
Other current liabilities     15,867,893       -       116,701   (m)     -           15,984,594  
Term loan - current portion     -       -       -         -           -  
Warrants to purchase common shares     148,129       -       -         (148,129 ) (o)     -  
Warrants to purchase preferred shares     504,117       -       -         (504,117 ) (o)     -  
Total current liabilities     40,075,112       1,978,220       -         (652,246 )     41,401,086  
Derivative warrant liabilities     -       14,801,473       -         -         14,801,473  
Earnout liability     -       -       -         11,654,690   (n)     11,654,690  
Forward option derivative     -       -       -         13,139,633   (s)     13,139,633  
Long-term convertible debt, net of debt issuance costs     -       -       -         87,500,000   (b)     82,299,693  
                                (5,200,307 ) (e)        
Long-term term loan     43,190,312       -       -         -           43,190,312  
Long-term other liabilities     541,770       -       -         -           541,770  
Total liabilities   $ 83,807,194     $ 16,779,693     $ -       $ 106,441,770       $ 207,028,657  
Commitments and Contingencies:                                            
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 25,875,000 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.00 per share as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively             258,750,000       -         (258,750,000 ) (i)     -  
Convertible Preferred Stock:                                            
Class A preferred stock     8,023,239       -       -         (8,023,239 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 6,952,573 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Class B preferred stock     24,999,769       -       -         (24,999,769 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 5,690,347 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Class C-1 & C-2 preferred stock     123,566,111       -       -         (123,566,111 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 11,652,624 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 11,564,263 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Class C-3 preferred stock     5,027,138       -       -         (5,027,138 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 1,692,100 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 589,348 shares issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Class D preferred stock     119,620,218       -       -         (119,620,218 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 11,570,174 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Class E preferred stock     41,925,138       -       -         (41,925,138 ) (k)     -  
$0.00001 par value per share; 6,016,811 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively                                            
Total Convertible Preferred Stock     323,161,613       -       -         (323,161,613 )     -  
Stockholders' Equity:                                            
Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; 70,000,000 shares authorized as of both September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 10,059,361 and 9,888,776 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     99       -       -         (99 ) (l)     -  
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding             -       -                   -  
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 380,000,000 shares authorized as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively             -       -         647   (j)     5,262  
                                2,383   (i)        
                                4,129   (k)        
                                96   (l)        
                                -   (o)        
                                (1,810 ) (p)        
                                (183 ) (q)        
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,468,750 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020     -         647       -         (647 ) (j)     -  
                                             
Additional paid-in capital     10,567,654       -       -         32,500,000   (b)     410,434,831  
                                (16,620,183 ) (e)        
                                (15,688,450 ) (g)        
                                234,236   (h)        
                                258,747,617   (i)        
                                323,157,485   (k)        
                                3   (l)        
                                (11,654,690 ) (n)        
                                148,129   (o)        
                                (181,022,533 ) (p)        
                                10,065,564   (q)        
Accumulated deficit     (345,726,458 )     (15,688,450 )     -         (9,056,250 ) (d)     (392,017,110 )
                                (14,299,269 ) (f)        
                                15,688,450   (g)        
                                (234,236 ) (h)        
                                504,117   (o)        
                                (10,065,381 ) (q)        
                                (13,139,633 ) (s)        
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)   $ (335,158,705 )   $ (15,687,803 )   $ -       $ 369,269,491       $ 18,422,893  
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and shareholders' equity   $ 71,810,102     $ 259,841,890     $ -       $ (106,200,352 )   $ 225,451,640  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.


 

  4  

 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 

 

    Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed
(Historical for the nine months ended 9/30/2021)
    Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. (Historical for the nine months ended 9/30/2021)     Reclassification Adjustments       Transaction Accounting Adjustments       Pro Forma Consolidated  
Net revenue   $ 132,218,141     $ -     $ -       $ -       $ 132,218,141  
Cost of sales     109,505,372       -       -         -         109,505,372  
Gross profit     22,712,769       -       -         -         22,712,769  
Selling and administrative expenses                                            
Advertising expense     14,617,879       -       -         -         14,617,879  
Selling, general, and administrative expense     38,904,715       2,924,988       149,589   (cc)     4,313,813   (gg)     46,293,105  
Selling, general, and administrative expense - related party     -       180,000       -         -         180,000  
Franchise tax expenses     -       149,589       (149,589 ) (cc)     -         -  
Total selling and administrative expenses     53,522,594       3,254,577       -         4,313,813         61,090,984  
Loss from operations   $ (30,809,825 )   $ (3,254,577 )   $ -       $ (4,313,813 )     $ (38,378,215 )
Other (expense) income                                            
Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities     -       7,613,782       -         -         7,613,782  
Income from investments held in Trust Account     -       54,873       -         (54,873 ) (aa)     -  
Other income (expense), net     508,854       -       -         (780,046 ) (bb)     (4,375,678 )
                                1,798,300 ) (dd)        
                                (4,576,923 ) (ee)        
                                (1,325,863 ) (ff)        
Income (loss) before taxes     (30,300,971 )     4,414,078       -         (9,253,218 )       (35,140,111 )
Income tax expense     -       -       -         -         -  
Net (loss) income   $ (30,300,971 )   $ 4,414,078     $ -       $ (9,253,218 )     $ (35,140,111 )
                                             
Earnings Per Share                                            
Net loss per share attributable to Boxed common stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (2.84 )     -         -           -           -    
Weighted average shares of Boxed common stock used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted     9,953,951       -         -           -           -    
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to possible redeemption, basic and diluted     -         25,875,000       -           -           -    
Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock subject to possible redemption     -       $ 0.14       -           -           -    
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock - non-redeemable, basic and diluted     -         6,468,750       -           66,023,603         72,492,353  
Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock - non-redeemable     -       $ 0.14       -           -         $ (0.48 )

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

  5  

 

  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

    Giddy Inc. d/b/a Boxed
(Historical for the year ended 12/31/2020)
    Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.
(Historical for the period from 9/23/2020 (inception) through 12/31/2020)
(Restated)
    Reclassification Adjustments       Transaction Accounting Adjustments       Pro Forma Consolidated  
Net revenue   $ 187,173,834     $ -     $ -       $ -       $ 187,173,834  
Cost of sales     161,270,544       -       -         -         161,270,544  
Gross profit     25,903,290       -       -         -         25,903,290  
Selling and administrative expenses                                            
Advertising expense     4,912,269       -       -         -         4,912,269  
Selling, general, and administrative expense     49,677,783       84,565       54,695   (cc)     14,299,269   (ee)     71,153,226  
                                7,036,914   (hh)        
Selling, general, and administrative expense - related party     -       20,000       -         -         20,000  
Franchise tax expenses     -       54,695       (54,695 ) (cc)     -         -  
Total selling and administrative expenses     54,590,052       159,260       -         21,336,183         76,085,495  
Loss from operations   $ (28,686,762 )   $ (159,260 )   $ -       $ (21,336,183 )   $ (50,182,205 )
Other (expense) income                                            
Financing costs - derivative warrant liabilities     -       (168,086 )     -         -         (168,086 )
Change in fair value of derivatives warrant liabilities     -       (3,890,255 )     -         -         (3,890,255 )
Net loss from investments held in Trust Account     -       (142 )     -         142   (aa)     -  
Other income (expense), net     (5,749,814 )     -       -         (1,040,061 ) (bb)     (27,260,744 )
                                (972,000 ) (dd)        
                                (234,236 ) (ff)        
                                (6,125,000 ) (gg)        
                                (13,139,633 ) (ii)        
Income (loss) before taxes     (34,436,576 )     (4,217,743 )     -         (42,846,971 )     (81,501,290 )
Income tax expense     -       -       -         -         -  
Net (loss) income   $ (34,436,576 )   $ (4,217,743 )   $ -       $ (42,846,971 )   $ (81,501,290 )
                                             
Earnings Per Share                                            
Net loss per share attributable to Boxed common stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (3.61 )     -       -         -         -  
Weighted average shares of Boxed common stock used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted     9,842,737       -       -         -         -  
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock subject to possible redeemption, basic and diluted     -       25,571,831       -         -         -  
Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock subject to possible redemption     -     $ -       -         -         -  
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock - non-redeemable, basic and diluted     -       5,767,811       -         66,724,542         72,492,353  
Basic and diluted net income per share, common stock - non-redeemable     -     $ (0.73 )     -         -       $ (1.12 )

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

  6  

 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1—Description of the Business Combination

 

Basis of presentation

 

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, SVOK was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances: (i) Boxed’s stockholders have the majority of the voting power in the post-Business Combination company; (ii) Boxed appointed the majority of the Board; (iii) Old Boxed management constitutes management of the post-Business Combination company; (iv) Old Boxed’s prior operations comprise the ongoing operations of Boxed; (v) Boxed is the larger entity based on historical revenues and business operations; and (vi) Boxed assumed Old Boxed’s operating name and assumed Old Boxed’s headquarters. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of Boxed issuing shares for the net assets of SVOK, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SVOK were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 presents the pro forma effect of the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 presents the pro forma effect of the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had been completed on January 1, 2020. These periods are presented on the basis of Boxed as the accounting acquirer.

The unaudited condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with, the following:

 

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

the historical audited financial statements of SVOK as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from September 23, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, included in Boxed’s amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on December 3, 2021;

 

the historical unaudited financial statements of SVOK as of, and for the nine months ended, September 30, 2021, included in Boxed’s amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed on December 3, 2021;

 

the historical audited financial statements of Boxed as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2020, incorporated into the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached from the Proxy Statement/Prospectus;

 

the historical unaudited financial statements of Boxed as of, and for the nine months ended, September 30, 2021, included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached; and

 

Exhibit 99.3 entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached.

 

Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”). As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.

 

  7  

 

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The pro forma financial information reflects transaction related adjustments management believes are necessary to present fairly Boxed’s pro forma results of operations and financial position following the closing of the Business Combination and related transactions as of and for the periods indicated. The related transaction accounting adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions management believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report Boxed’s financial condition and results of operations. One-time direct and incremental transaction costs incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as a direct reduction to Boxed’s additional capital. The final accounting of the Business Combination, including transaction costs, will be finalized by Boxed and reported in the first reporting period following the Closing. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Boxed believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination and related transactions contemplated based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination.

 

The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of Boxed. They should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto of each of SVOK and Old Boxed.

 

  8  

 

 


Note 2—Unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet adjustments

  

The pro forma adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

(a) Represents the aggregate impact of the following pro forma adjustments to cash to give effect to the Business Combination (1):

 

    Cash inflow from the PIPE Investment     120,000,000  
    Cash inflow from Seven Oaks Trust Account     258,804,731  
    Payment of Seven Oaks' deferred offering costs     (9,056,250 )
    Payment of estimated transaction fees incurred by Boxed     (21,820,490 )
    Payment of estimated transaction fees incurred by Seven Oaks     (14,299,269 )
    Release of cash for redemption of shares     (181,024,343 )
    Net Pro Forma Adjustment to Cash     152,604,379  

  

(1) Note that the Net Pro Forma Adjustment to Cash is not meant to reconcile to the net cash proceeds as of the Closing presented in Note 16 to the historical unaudited financial statements of Boxed as of, and for the nine months ended, September 30, 2021, included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached. The difference between the two amounts is primarily driven by the timing of the payment of transaction costs.

 

(b) Reflects the gross cash proceeds attributable to the issuance and sale to the PIPE Investors of 3,250,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock for $10.00 per share, or $32,500,000 in aggregate gross proceeds; and proceeds from the issuance and sale to the Convertible Note Investors in a private placement of $87,500,000 aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes.

 

(c) Represents cash equivalents released from the Trust Account and relieved of restrictions regarding use upon consummation of the Business Combination and, accordingly, is available for general use by Boxed.

 

(d) Reflects the cash used to pay deferred offering costs associated with SVOK’s initial public offering due upon completion of the Business Combination.

 

(e) Reflects the estimated transaction costs incurred by Boxed including, but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees and registration fees paid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. Of these costs, $5.2 million is allocated to the issuance of the Convertible Notes.

 

(f) Reflects the estimated transaction costs incurred by SVOK including, but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees and registration fees paid in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. This amount includes the issuance costs allocated to the Earnout Shares and public warrants. This is a non-recurring item.

 

(g) Elimination of historical retained earnings of SVOK as part of the acquisition accounting.

 

(h) Represents the accelerated vesting of the awards associated with the historical stock-based compensation plan of Old Boxed in the amount of $234 thousand. These awards fully vest upon a qualifying event (i.e. a change in control of the combined company), which was recognized upon the Closing. This accelerated vesting adjustment is considered to be a one-time charge and is not expected to recur.

 

(i) Reflects the reclassification of Seven Oaks Class A common stock subject to redemption that is transferred to permanent equity.

 

(j) Represents the conversion of Seven Oaks Class B common stock to Seven Oaks Class A common stock at the Closing.

 

  9  

 

 

(k) Reflects the reclassification of $4,129 of Old Boxed's convertible preferred shares (41,289,807 shares at redemption value) to permanent equity.

 

(l) Reflects the recapitalization of Old Boxed's equity.

 

(m) Reclassification. Reflects the reclassification of SVOK’s franchise tax payable to align with the balance sheet presentation of Boxed.

 

(n) Reflects the fair value of the shares subject to vesting conditions as of the Closing. The preliminary fair value was determined based on information available as of the date of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

(o) Reflects the elimination of historical Old Boxed warrants that were cancelled upon the Closing. CertainOld Boxed warrants to purchase shares of Old Boxed common stock were exercised given they were in the money. Certain other Old Boxed warrants to purchase shares of Old Boxed preferred stock were forfeited given they were out of the money.

 

(p) Reflects the cash disbursement for the redemption of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock at a redemption price of approximately $10.00 per share.

  

(q) Represents stock-based compensation associated with the restricted stock units to be granted to certain executives under the Incentive Award Plan in connection with the Business Combination (the “Restricted Stock Units”). The estimated grant date fair value of the Restricted Stock Units was based on the estimated fair value of our underlying Common Stock as of the date of the grant using preliminary valuation techniques with the most reliable information currently available. No stock compensation expense has been recognized for any performance-based awards which include a gross profit target, as the gross profit target has not been determined and approved by the Board of Directors. There has been no tax withholding liability presented on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as the associated Restricted Stock Units were not settled at the Closing.

  

(r) Represents the reduction of cash for the Prepayment Amount and fees relating to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the recognition of the corresponding receivable, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.

  

(s) Represents the incremental value that was received by the counterparty in the form of a forward option. The value of this forward option was provided in exchange for the counterparty’s involvement in ensuring capital requirements would be met for merger completion.

 

  10  

 

 

Note 3— Unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations adjustments

 

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

(aa) Represents an adjustment to eliminate income from investments held in the Trust Account as of the beginning of the period.

 

(bb) Reflects the change in amortization expense associated with the transaction costs allocated to the issuance of the Convertible Notes.

 

(cc) Reflects the reclassification of SVOK’s franchise tax expense to align with the income statement presentation of Boxed.

 

(dd) Reflects the elimination of the changes in fair value of historical Old Boxed warrants for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 which were cancelled upon the Closing.

 

(ee) Reflects the change in interest expense associated with the Convertible Notes.

 

(ff) Reflects the change in fair value of the Earnout Shares.

 

(gg) Represents the estimated share-based compensation expense for the Restricted Stock Units granted to certain executives under the Incentive Award Plan in connection with the Transactions. The estimated grant date fair value of the Restricted Stock Units was based on the estimated fair value of our underlying common shares as of the date of the grant using preliminary valuation techniques with the most reliable information currently available. The actual compensation expense recorded may differ from these estimates and such differences may be material.

  

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

(aa) Represents an adjustment to eliminate net loss from investments held in the Trust Account as of the beginning of the period.

 

(bb) Reflects the change in amortization expense associated with the transaction costs allocated to the issuance of the Convertible Notes.

 

(cc) Reflects the reclassification of SVOK’s franchise tax expense to align with the income statement presentation of Boxed.

 

(dd) Reflects the elimination of the changes in fair value of historical Old Boxed warrants for the year ended December 31, 2020, which were cancelled upon the Closing.

 

(ee) Represents the estimated transaction costs incurred by SVOK including, but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees and registration fees related to the Business Combination. This amount includes the issuance costs allocated to the Earnout Shares and public warrants. This is a non-recurring item.

 

(ff) Represents the accelerated vesting of the awards associated with the historical stock-based compensation plan of Old Boxed in the amount of $234 thousand. These awards fully vest upon a qualifying event (i.e. a change in control of the combined company), which was recognized upon the Closing. This accelerated vesting adjustment is considered to be a one-time charge and is not expected to recur.

 

  11  

 

 

(gg) Reflects the change in interest expense associated with the Convertible Notes.

 

(hh) Represents the estimated share-based compensation expense for the Restricted Stock Units granted to certain executives under the Incentive Award Plan in connection with the Transactions. The estimated grant date fair value of the Restricted Stock Units was based on the estimated fair value of our underlying common shares as of the date of the grant using preliminary valuation techniques with the most reliable information currently available. The actual compensation expense recorded may differ from these estimates and such differences may be material.

 

(ii) Represents the incremental value that was received by the counterparty in the form of a forward option. The value of this forward option was provided in exchange for the counterparty’s involvement in ensuring capital requirements would be met for merger completion. Additionally, the forward option derivative should be marked-to-market each reporting period. The mark-to-market value had the forward option derivative been issued on January 1, 2020 could not be estimated and thus is not included as an adjustment in either the pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and nine months ended September 30, 2021. Additionally, the interest payable under the Forward Purchase Agreement is variable and cannot be estimated and thus is not included as an adjustment.

 

  12  

 

 

Note 4— Earnings per Share

 

Represents the net earnings per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable in connection with the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented.

 

    For the year ended December 31, 2020     For the nine months ended September 30, 2021  
Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share                
Pro Forma net loss attributable to shareholders   $ (81,766,380 )   $ (35,219,265 )
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted     72,492,353       72,492,353  
Basic and diluted net loss per share   $ (1.13 )   $ (0.49 )
                 
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares—Basic and Diluted                
Post-Combination Company shares issued to Boxed stockholders     54,996,938       54,996,938  
Post-Combination Company shares issued to current Seven Oaks public shareholders     7,776,665       7,776,665  
Total Post-Combination Company shares issued to Subscribers     3,250,000       3,250,000  
Total Post-Combination Company shares issued to the Sponsor     4,528,125       4,528,125  
Total Post-Combination Company shares issued to the Sponsor (Deferred Earn-out)     1,940,625       1,940,625  
                 
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares—Basic and Diluted     72,492,353       72,492,353  

 

  13  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Exhibit 99.1 (our “Consolidated Financial Statements”). This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” disclosed in our proxy statement/prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) by Seven Oaks (as defined below) on November 9, 2021, as supplemented by the Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC by Seven Oaks on November 26, 2021 and November 30, 2021, and the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.3 is attached. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

 

Throughout this Exhibit 99.3, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we”, “our” and “the Company” refer to the business and operations of Giddy Inc. (“Old Boxed”) and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination (as defined below) and to Boxed, Inc. (“Boxed”) and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Business Combination. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Boxed is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. We operate an e-commerce Retail service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers. This service is powered by our own purpose-built storefront, marketplace, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. We further enable e-commerce through our Software & Services business, which offers customers in need of an enterprise-level e-commerce platform access to our end-to-end technology.

 

Founded in 2013 by an experienced group of tech pioneers, we have been a technology-first organization since our inception. The founders (including our Chief Executive Officer Chieh Huang and Chief Operating Officer Jared Yaman) had a simple idea: make shopping for bulk, household essentials easy, convenient and fun so customers can focus their time and energy on the things that really matter, instead of spending their weekends traveling to and shopping in traditional brick-&-mortar wholesale clubs with their families. From that initial concept, Boxed grew into the e-commerce technology company that it is today, with purpose-built storefront, analytics and data science, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. Now, in addition to offering B2C and B2B customers with bulk consumables, such as paper products, snacks, beverages, and cleaning supplies, we have also begun to drive high-margin revenue through our Software & Services business, helping the world to stock up through our technology.

 

Since our inception, we have been engaged in developing and expanding our Retail and Software & Services businesses. We have incurred net operating losses and have generated negative cash flows from operations in each year since our inception. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 we had a net operating loss and negative cash flows from operations of $30.3 million and $27.1 million, respectively. Since our inception, prior to consummation of the Business Combination, beyond sales of our product and services, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from the issuance of stock and borrowings under our term loans and revolving credit facilities.

 

Business Combination and Public Company Costs

 

On December 7, 2021, Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. (“Seven Oaks”) held the Special Meeting of Stockholders (the “Special Meeting”), at which the Seven Oaks stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination Agreement and related transactions (the “Business Combination”). On December 8, 2021, the parties consummated the Business Combination. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), Seven Oaks changed its name from Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. to Boxed, Inc. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Boxed became an SEC-registrant and its common stock and warrants commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS, respectively.

 

 

 

As a result of the Business Combination, each share of Old Boxed’s preferred stock and common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of Boxed’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”). Additionally, the shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock held by Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC, JTCM Ventures and related parties automatically converted into 6,468,750 shares of Common Stock (of which 1,940,625 shares are subject to vesting under certain conditions). Upon Closing, an aggregate of $181.0 million was paid from Seven Oaks’ trust account to holders that properly exercised their right to have initial shares redeemed. In addition, on December 9, 2021, pursuant to the terms of a Forward Purchase Agreement entered into by Seven Oaks and ACM AART VII D LLC (“ACM”) on November 28, 2021, for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction, the Prepayment Amount (an amount equal to the redemption price per share multiplied by the number of subject shares on the date of prepayment) of $65.8 million was paid from Seven Oaks’ trust account to ACM. We will not have access to the Prepayment Amount immediately following the Closing and, depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, may never have access to the Prepayment Amount, which may adversely affect our liquidity and capital needs.

 

As a result of becoming a NYSE-listed company, we will need to hire additional staff and implement processes and procedures to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We expect to incur additional annual expenses for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources and fees.

 

Factors Affecting our Performance

 

We believe that our performance and future success depend on many factors. While we believe that each of these factors present significant opportunities for our business, each factor also poses risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and continue to improve our results of operations.

 

COVID-19. During fiscal year 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic had a mixed impact on our results of operations. Throughout the pandemic our fulfillment centers have largely remained open as they were deemed as “essential businesses” in our locations. While we experienced increased demand from B2C customers, as many individuals adopted online shopping during the pandemic, that increase was offset by a decline of demand from our B2B customers, as many businesses reverted to work-from-home environments. The result of these two counteracting trends was slight growth in sales compared to fiscal year 2019. The increased demand for our products from B2C customers could reverse in the future if consumer purchasing behavior changes, and the demand from our B2B customers may not fully recover to the levels that existed during 2019. These changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, during fiscal year 2020, we experienced a significant increase in organic new customer traffic to our web properties as a result of COVID-19. This rapid and variable surge in traffic put significant stress on our supply chain, with industry-wide inventory supply shortages limiting our ability to provide the products in demand from our customers. As such, during this period, we significantly reduced our growth-related investments (i.e. promotional spend and advertising expenses) and temporarily shut down service to certain new customers in specific states. We may not be able to sustain the reduced promotional and advertising expenses in the future if the increased demand for our products is not sustained due to changes in consumer purchasing behaviors.

 

Additionally, the higher propensity for online shopping has led to increased demand for our technology, which we have begun to monetize in 2021, but could also reverse in the future as customer behavior changes. Overall, the COVID-19 pandemic is unprecedented and continuously evolving and the long-term impacts on our financial condition and results of operations are still uncertain. We are continuing to monitor the impact of new variants of the virus, including the proliferation of the Delta and Omicron variants on the overall macro-economic environment, as well as their effects on current cost inflation in consumable products and transportation and the propensity for business customers to return to their respective workplaces.

 

 

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic may impact many of the factors discussed in this section, including, among others, overall economic trends, consumer preferences and demand, product mix, competitive dynamics, sourcing and distribution, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Acquisition of new customers and retention of existing customers. The size of our customer base and our customers’ level of engagement and retention are critical to our success. Our ability to continue to attract and retain customers depends, in part, on our ability to consistently provide our customers with a convenient, high quality experience with competitive pricing for consumer goods, groceries, household products, and other bulk or discounted products. If our customers preferences change or they do not perceive our service and the products we sell to be convenient, competitively priced, and of high quality, we may not be able to attract and retain customers, and as a result, our revenue may be adversely impacted.

 

Brand recognition and customer loyalty. Our ability to succeed in a crowded e-commerce marketplace will depend on our continued success at attracting and retaining a large number of high-value customers to the Boxed Sites who have traditionally purchased bulk consumer packaged goods from our larger competitors. We may be required to incur significantly higher advertising and promotional expenditures to differentiate Boxed Sites from that of our competitors. If our branding efforts are not successful, our operating results and our ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely impacted. In addition, we sell many products under the Prince & Spring private label brand. Increasing the portfolio of private label products offered is essential to developing and maintaining customer loyalty. Prince & Spring private label products also generally carry higher margins than national brand products offered on the Boxed Sites, representing a growth portion of our overall sales. If the Prince & Spring brand experiences a loss of customer acceptance or confidence, our sales and gross margin results could decline.

 

Competition. We operate in a market that is rapidly evolving and in which we face competition, especially from larger and more well-established companies. These more well-established competitors may have longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources, greater name and brand recognition, a larger base of vendors, or faster shipping times or lower-cost shipping. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater revenue and profits, acquire customers at lower costs, or respond more quickly to emerging technologies and evolving consumer trends. If we are unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to expend greater resources, our financial condition and results of operating could be adversely affected.

 

Effective sourcing and distribution of products. Our net revenues and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase our products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net revenues could be adversely affected in the event of constraints in our supply chain, including our inability to procure and stock sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that is able to match market demand from our customers, leading to lost sales.

 

Software & Services offerings. Our Software & Services business, encompassing the licensing of our software and technology assets, is expected to be an increasing part of our revenue and profitability as we expand. As of September 30, 2021 we have begun to successfully deliver and market these services to customers, but if we are not able to continue and expand such services, we would fail to achieve the anticipated benefits of our Software & Services offering. The success of our early operations of our Software & Services offering may significantly impact our future business, results of operations and financial condition. Our results of operations and future revenue prospects will be harmed if we are unable to increase the adoption of our offerings.

 

Seasonality. Our Retail business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales and promotional campaigns dedicated to back-to-school and back-to-work time periods, typically resulting in higher customer demand in the first and third fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the post-holiday winter and fall seasons, the first and third fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather, spread of seasonal infectious diseases and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

 

 

 

Key Performance Indicators

 

We measure our business using both financial and operating data and use the following metrics and measures to assess the near-term and long-term performance of our overall business, including identifying trends, formulating financial projections, making strategic decisions, assessing operational efficiencies and monitoring our business. Key performance indicators (“KPIs”) are typically operational in nature, are not measures of financial performance in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may exclude items that are significant in understanding and assessing the Company’s financial results. Therefore, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net revenue, cash flows from operations or other measures of growth, profitability, liquidity or performance under U.S. GAAP. You should be aware that our presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

 

We present the following key performance indicators to assist investors in understanding our operating results on an on-going basis (presented on a Last Twelve Months (“LTM”) basis, as indicated): (i) Advertising Expenses (ii) Active Customers (iii) Average Order Value (“AOV”) and (iv) Gross Merchandise Value (“GMV”).

 

This table sets forth our key performance indicators for the LTM periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. Figures disclosure for Active Customers and AOV reflect Retail segment metrics only, and do not aggregate metrics from Software & Services customers who are leveraging our software or technology for their own retail operations.

 

    LTM Period Ending September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Advertising Expenses (in millions)   $ 16.9     $ 7.3  
Active Customers (in thousands)     404       495  
AOV   $ 117     $ 104  
GMV (in millions)   $ 181.1     $ 207.9  

 

Advertising Expenses

 

Advertising expenses primarily consist of (i) investment in customer acquisition and retention related marketing, public relations and third-party marketing agency costs, and (ii) marketing content related expenses, including television content, print, photography, and direct mail. Our growth in Active Customers and GMV, as discussed below, is significantly influenced by our investment in advertising expenses, and therefore is a key factor in driving our overall revenue trends of our Retail segment. While we believe advertising expenses are a meaningful driver of our growth, they are not the only factor impacting our ability to increase or retain our active user base.

 

Advertising expense for the LTM period ended September 30, 2021 increased by $9.6 million, or 132%, to $16.9 million as compared to $7.3 million for the LTM period ended September 30, 2020. The increase was a result of our efforts to drive new customer acquisition in the more recent period as some of the increased B2C customer engagement fueled by the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic leveled off. Notwithstanding the period over period increase, advertising expenses continue to remain below desired levels due to capital constraints prior to consummation of the Business Combination. Further, during the first half of 2020, advertising expenses were limited due to capital constraints as well as strains on our supply chain, both of which limited our ability to invest into growth initiatives, such as marketing.

 

Active Customers

 

We define active customers as the total number of customers in our Retail segment with at least one order in the referenced respective time-period (“Active Customers”). The change in Active Customers in a reporting period captures both the inflow of new customers as well as the outflow of customers who have not made a purchase in the time period. We view the number of Active Customers as a key indicator of our performance, which is impacted by the level of investment in advertising spend and the number of new customers acquired during a given time period.

 

 

 

The decrease in our Active Customers when comparing the LTM period ended September 30, 2021 to the LTM period ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in B2C customers during the more recent period compared to the prior period, as the latter included the temporary impact of increased customer traffic during the peak periods of COVID-19, which occurred late in the first quarter of 2020 through the second quarter of 2020. Also contributing to this decrease is a decrease in our B2B customer base as customers moved to work-from-home environments beginning in the second quarter of 2020, which drove the overall decline in active customers during the more recent LTM period.

 

Average Order Value (AOV)

 

We define AOV as the GMV for the respective time-period divided by the total number of orders placed by customers during the same period. We believe AOV is an important indicator of business performance as it is supported by our proprietary e-commerce technology, where our mobile app, website, and personalization engine provide a seamless shopping experience, enabling customers to easily discover new and relevant products and categories. This results in a trend where on average, AOVs expand over the course of a customer’s lifecycle. Further, larger orders are on average more profitable, helping to drive margin improvement from shipping, packaging, and labor efficiencies.

 

Total AOV increased when comparing the LTM period ended September 30, 2021 to the LTM period ended September 30, 2020 as the result of (i) ongoing technology and personalization improvements and (ii) adjustments to the user experience designed to help drive AOV increases across both our new and repeat customers. We do not believe AOV has been materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

We measure AOV on a gross basis, comparable to the way that we measure GMV. As a result, it does not account for any discounts, promotions, or rewards that are offered to or redeemed by our customers, and therefore it is not intended for use as an alternative to net revenue recorded in accordance with GAAP.

 

Gross Merchandise Value (GMV)

 

We define GMV as (i) the total value of Boxed goods sold, (ii) 3rd party goods sold on Boxed Sites, gross of any customer promotions, price discounts, credits, or rewards used, and (iii) goods sold on 3rd party (i.e. AEON) websites which are leveraging Boxed Software & Services technology, all of which are (iv) inclusive of shipping fees, service fees and taxes. We believe our ability to expand GMV is an indicator of customer engagement on our platform as well as the scale of our technology services platform in any given period. However, it is not intended for use as an alternative to net revenue recorded in accordance with GAAP.

 

GMV decreased by $26.8 million, or 13%, in the LTM period ended September 30, 2021 compared to the LTM period ended September 30, 2020. This was a result of several factors which impacted GMV, including a reduction in Active Customers in the more recent period as discussed above. The reduction in active customers was somewhat offset by an increase in AOVs. We believe that the COVID-19 pandemic primarily impacted our GMV through the active customer count, as discussed above.

 

Components of our Results of Operations

 

We operate in two reportable segments: Retail and Software & Services, to reflect the way our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) reviews and assesses the performance of the business. Our Retail segment engages in the sale of consumer products and goods in bulk sizes to consumers and businesses in the continental United States. Our Retail segment includes net revenue from merchandising sales, subscription sales, and outbound delivery and marketing fees, as described below in “–Application of Critical Accounting Policies”. Until the first quarter of 2021, we had not generated revenue under our Software & Services segment, which primarily relates to our research, development, marketing and production of our propriety software for sale to third parties. Both our Retail and Software & Services segments are recorded within net revenue in our Statements of Operations.

 

 

 

Net Revenue

 

We derive net revenue primarily from the sale of both third-party brand and private brand merchandise through our e-commerce platform on which we offer merchandise in the following core categories: groceries, snacks, beverages, and household and cleaning products. Revenue generated through our e-commerce platform is generally recognized upon delivery to the customer, net of promotional discounts and refund allowances. Outbound delivery fees (if applicable) are included in customer billing and are also recorded as revenue upon delivery. Taxes collected from customers are excluded from net revenue.

 

We earn additional platform-generated revenue through membership fees from customers who sign up for our Boxed Up subscription program. Membership fees allow customers to earn cash back on every purchase, gain access to exclusive discounts, and enjoy free shipping on all eligible orders. Because we have the obligation to provide access to our website for the duration of the membership term, we recognize membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership.

 

We also earn revenue through a mix of marketing services offered to merchants, including vendors, manufacturers, and other partners. We provide these merchants access to our e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users. We also provide advertising services to help merchants promote their products within our platform.

 

In the first quarter of 2021, we began generating revenue through software license agreements with customers. A software license contract with multiple performance obligations typically includes the following elements: implementation services, software license, training services, and maintenance and support services.

 

Refer to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional definitions of our financial statement line items included within our Statement of Operations.

 

The following tables presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020     2021     2020  
                         
          (in thousands)        
Net revenue   $ 49,010     $ 40,861     $ 132,218     $ 143,927  
Cost of sales     (36,345 )     (33,971 )     (109,505 )     (124,117 )
Gross profit     12,665       6,890       22,713       19,810  
Advertising expense     (5,173 )     (1,377 )     (14,618 )     (2,584 )
Selling, general, and administrative expense     (12,859 )     (11,610 )     (38,905 )     (37,994 )
Loss from operations     (5,367 )     (6,097 )     (30,810 )     (20,768 )
Other income (expense), net     (562 )     (1,527 )     509       (6,322 )
Loss before income taxes     (5,929 )     (7,624 )     (30,301 )     (27,090 )
Income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Net loss   $ (5,929 )   $ (7,624 )   $ (30,301 )   $ (27,090 )

 

 

 

Comparison of Three Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

Net Revenue

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Net revenue                                
Retail   $ 38,186     $ 40,861     $ (2,675 )     -6.5 %
Software & Services     10,824       -       10,824       N/M  
Total net revenue   $ 49,010     $ 40,861     $ 8,149       19.9 %

 

Total net revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $8.1 million, or 19.9%, to $49.0 million as compared to $40.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The total $8.2 million increase was attributable to a $10.8 million increase in Software & Services revenue, partially offset by a $2.7 million decrease in Retail revenue.

 

The $2.7 million decrease in Retail revenue was primarily driven by a $1.2 million decline in merchandise sales generated through our e-commerce platform, including related shipping revenue, combined with a $1.5 million increase in mark-downs during the period. This decrease in merchandising sales resulted from decline in demand from our B2C customers in the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020, as the prior year period included the temporary impact of unique customer buying trends during the COVID-19. The decline in B2C customer demand was partially offset by an increase in demand from our B2B customers, from which we have begun to see recovery compared to lower demand experienced during peak COVID periods during fiscal year 2020.

 

The Software & Services revenue increase of $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was the result of the recognition of license fees related to our satisfaction of specific performance obligations for our software licensing agreement with AEON, which had its initial go-live date in the third quarter of 2021. The software licensing agreement with AEON, a related party, was signed in the first quarter of 2021 and is further discussed below under “—Application of Critical Accounting Policies.

 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Cost of sales   $ 36,345     $ 33,971     $ 2,374       7.0 %
Gross profit     12,665       6,890       5,775       83.8 %
Gross margin     25.8 %     16.9 %                

 

Cost of sales for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased $2.4 million, or 7.0%, to $36.3 million as compared to $34.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in cost of sales is primarily driven by a $1.4 million increase in shipping and freight costs due to nationwide carrier increases as well as an increase of $0.8 million in integration and maintenance costs related to our Software & Services Segment.

 

Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue (gross margin) for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was 25.8% as compared to 16.9% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in gross margin was primarily the result of an increase in revenue mix from our higher-margin Software & Services segment. The variances in revenue mix and gross margins were particularly favorable in this period due to the timing of revenue recognition for our AEON licensing fees.

 

Advertising Expense

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Advertising expense   $ 5,173     $ 1,377     $ 3,796       275.7 %
Percentage of net revenue     -10.6 %     -3.4 %                

 

 

Advertising expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $3.8 million to $5.2 million as compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in advertising media costs used to acquire and retain customers. In addition, our advertising spend was temporarily reduced during the three months ended September 30, 2020 as a result of capital constraints as well as a significant spike in COVID-19-related demand that stressed our inventory levels and supply chain, forcing us to pull back on growth-related investments, such as marketing.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Selling, general and administrative   $ 12,859     $ 11,610     $ 1,249       10.8 %
Percentage of net revenue     -26.2 %     -28.4 %                

  

Selling, general and administrative expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $1.2 million, or 10.8%, to $12.9 million as compared to $11.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to increases in legal and third-party consulting fees incurred related to our preparation for becoming a public company, as well as a slight increase in recruiting and compensation costs.

 

Stock-based compensation for the three months ended September 30, 2021 remained flat at $0.4 million as compared to three months ended September 30, 2020.

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Operating income (loss)                                
Retail   $ (15,644 )   $ (5,436 )   $ (10,208 )     187.8 %
Software & Services     10,277       (661 )     10,938       -1654.8 %
Total operating income (loss)   $ (5,367 )   $ (6,097 )   $ 730       -12.0 %
Percentage of net revenue                                
Retail     -41.0 %     -13.3 %                
Software & Services     94.9 %     N/M                  

 

Total operating loss for the three months ended September 30, 2021 decreased by $0.7 million, or 12.0%, to $5.4 million as compared to $6.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The total $0.7 million decrease was attributable to an increase in operating income of $10.9 million in our Software & Services segment, offset by an increase in operating loss of $10.2 million in our Retail segment.

 

The increase in operating loss of $10.2 million in our Retail segment was primarily driven by a decline in merchandising sales and related revenue, as discussed above, combined with increases in shipping and freight costs, advertising expenses, and selling, general, and administrative costs.

 

The increase in operating income of $10.9 million for our Software & Services segment was driven by the license fee revenue recognized in the third quarter of 2021 upon successful delivery and acceptance of our software technology to AEON, satisfying specific performance obligations from our software licensing agreement. The operating loss of $0.7 million in our Software & Services segment for the three months ended September 30, 2020 was attributable to research and development expense as we did not begin earning revenue in this segment until the first quarter of 2021.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020      $ Change        % Change  
Other income (expense), net   $ (562 )   $ (1,527 )   $ 965       -63.2 %
Percentage of net revenue     -1.1 %     -3.7 %                

 

 

Other expense decreased by $1.0 million to $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to $1.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The expense of $0.6 million in the third quarter of 2021 was driven by interest expense incurred in related to our term loan entered into in August 2021, partially offset by the fair value adjustments of our outstanding common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants. The expense of $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2020 was primarily driven by the fair value adjustments of our outstanding common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants.

 

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

 

Net Revenue

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Net revenue                                
Retail   $ 117,253     $ 143,927     $ (26,674 )     -18.5 %
Software & Services     14,965       -       14,965       N/M  
Total net revenue   $ 132,218     $ 143,927     $ (11,709 )     -8.1 %

 

Total net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased by $11.7 million, or 8.1%, to $132.2 million as compared to $143.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The total $11.7 million decrease was attributable to a $26.7 million decrease in Retail revenue, partially offset by a $15.0 million increase in Software & Services revenue.

 

The $26.7 million decrease in Retail revenue was primarily driven by a $24.3 million decline in merchandise sales generated through our e-commerce platform, including related shipping revenue. This decrease resulted from decline in demand from our B2C customers in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as the prior year period included the temporary impact of unique customer buying trends during the COVID-19 pandemic. This decrease also resulted from a decline in demand from our B2B customers as they continued to operate in remote work-from-home environments that commenced late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2020. Also contributing to this decrease is a $2.8 million increase in customer mark-downs. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in subscription revenue related to our Boxed Up loyalty program.

 

The Software & Services revenue increase of $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was the result of the recognition of license and implementation fees associated with our software licensing agreement with AEON, which had its initial go-live date in the third quarter of 2021. Our first software licensing agreement with AEON, a related party, was signed in the first quarter of 2021 and is further discussed below under “—Application of Critical Accounting Policies.

 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Cost of sales   $ 109,505     $ 124,117     $ (14,612 )     -11.8 %
Gross profit     22,713       19,810       2,903       14.7 %
Gross margin     17.2 %     13.8 %                

 

Cost of sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased $14.6 million, or 11.8%, to $109.5 million as compared to $124.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in cost of sales was primarily driven by volume-related decreases in product costs, credit card processing fees, and packaging costs, which collectively result in a $17.8 million decline, partially offset by increases in implementation fees related to our Software & Services segment of $1.8 million and shipping costs of $0.9 million.

 

Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue (gross margin) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was 17.2% as compared to 13.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in gross margin was primarily the result of an increase in revenue mix from our higher-margin Software & Services segment.

 

 

Advertising Expense

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Advertising expense   $ 14,618     $ 2,584     $ 12,034       465.7 %
Percentage of net revenue     -11.1 %     -1.8 %                

 

Advertising expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $12.0 million to $14.6 million as compared to $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in advertising media costs used to acquire and retain customers. In addition, our advertising spend was temporarily reduced during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as a result of capital constraints as well as a significant spike in COVID-19-related demand that stressed our inventory levels and supply chain, forcing us to pull back on growth-related investments, such as marketing.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Selling, general and administrative   $ 38,905     $ 37,994     $ 911       2.4 %
Percentage of net revenue     -29.4 %     -26.4 %                

 

Selling, general and administrative expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $0.9 million, or 2.4%, to $38.9 million as compared to $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to increases in legal and third-party consulting fees incurred related to our preparation for becoming a public company as well as a slight increase in recruiting costs, partially offset by decrease in salaries and compensation.

 

Stock-based compensation for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 decreased by $0.3 million to $1.2 million as compared to $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Operating income (loss)                                
Retail   $ (44,417 )   $ (18,944 )   $ (25,473 )     134.5 %
Software & Services     13,607       (1,824 )     15,431       -846.0 %
Total operating income (loss)   $ (30,810 )   $ (20,768 )   $ (10,042 )     48.4 %
Percentage of net revenue                                
Retail     -37.9 %     -13.2 %                
Software & Services     90.9 %     N/M                  

 

Total operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $10.0 million, or 48%, to $30.8 million as compared to $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The $10.0 million increase in total operating loss was attributable to an increase in operating income for our Software & Services segment of $15.4 million, more than offset by a $25.5 million increase in operating loss for our Retail segment.

 

The increase in operating loss of $25.5 million in our Retail segment was primarily driven by a decline in merchandising sales and related revenue, as discussed above, combined with increases in advertising expenses and other operating costs. These contributing factors are partially offset by a decrease in product costs.

 

The increase in operating income of $15.4 million for our Software & Services segment was the result of license fee revenue recognized in the third quarter of 2021 upon the successful delivery and acceptance of our software technology to AEON. The $1.8 million operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was entirely attributable to research and development expense as we did not begin earning revenue in this segment until the first quarter of 2021.

 

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
(in thousands)   2021     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Other income (expense), net   $ 509     $ (6,322 )   $ 6,831       -108.1 %
Percentage of net revenue     0.4 %     4.4 %                

 

Other income increased to $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 from other expense of $6.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, a total increase of $6.8 million. The income of $0.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily driven by the fair value adjustments related to our common and preferred stock warrants, partially offset by interest expense incurred related to our term loan entered into in August 2021. The expense of $6.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily attributable to the mark-to-market adjustments of a previously outstanding convertible note derivative, which fully converted into equity as of June 2020.

 

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

 

We utilize Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to budget, make operating and strategic decisions and evaluate our performance, and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in our underlying operating results and provide additional insight and transparency on how we evaluate our business. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as GAAP net loss adjusted for interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, one-time costs associated with the Business Combination, gains (losses) attributable to the change in fair value of our warrants and convertible note derivative, and other income (expense) outside of the fair value adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA is supplemental to our operating performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations. For example, Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of certain costs required to be recorded under GAAP and could differ substantially from similarly titled measures presented by other companies in our industry or companies in other industries. Accordingly, this measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA to our GAAP net loss, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020     2021     2020  
                         
    (in thousands)  
Net loss   $ (5,929 )   $ (7,624 )   $ (30,301 )   $ (27,090 )
Adjusted to exclude the following:                                
Depreciation and amortization     1,102       1,247       3,566       3,539  
Change in fair value of warrants and convertible note derivative     (422 )     1,367       (1,821 )     6,020  
Interest income (expense)     771       120       988       315  
Other income (expense)     213       41       324       (13 )
Stock-based compensation     360       437       1,214       1,536  
Transaction costs 1     931       31       3,842       31  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (2,974 )   $ (4,381 )   $ (22,188 )   $ (15,662 )

 

1 Transaction costs represent non-recurring consulting and advisory costs with respect to the Business Combination.

 

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in net loss related to the increases in revenue and operating income, as discussed above as well increases in transaction costs related to the Business Combination. Offsetting the increase in Adjusted EBITDA are period over period changes of our fair value adjustments of our warrants and depreciation and amortization expenses.

 

 

 

The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily the result of an increase in net loss related to the decreases in revenue and operating loss, as discussed above. Also contributing to the decrease in Adjusted EBITDA are changes driven by the fair value adjustments of our warrants and the transaction costs related to the Business Combination.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview and Funding Requirements

 

As an emerging growth enterprise, our strategy has been to fund growth primarily through the investment of capital at the expense of short-term profitability. Prior to the Business Combination, we have been primarily funded by the net proceeds from the issuance of stock and borrowings under term loans and revolving credit facilities. As of September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $35.4 million and an accumulated deficit which is attributed to the recurring losses that we have incurred since inception as a result of our intended growth strategy.

 

Despite the substantial amount of capital that we have raised from outside investors and lenders, as of September 30, 2021, we had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide us additional capital to fund operations in the foreseeable future. While management believes the that we will be able to obtain additional capital, no assurance can be provided that such capital will be obtained or on terms that are acceptable to us. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, which may require us to seek other strategic alternatives such as a further reduction in our current cost structure, or a recapitalization of our balance sheet and related debt and equity if management’s plans to alleviate these uncertainties are not successful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we believe the net proceeds we received from the Business Combination and PIPE investment upon the consummation of the Business Combination on December 8, 2021 will help support funding of our future operations. However, as an emerging growth enterprise, we are still in the growth stage of our business and expect to continue to make substantial investments in our business, including in the expansion of the merchandise sold on our platform, in our research and development for our Software & Services segment, and in our advertising and sales teams, in addition to incurring additional costs as a result of being a public company. In addition, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into the Forward Purchase Transaction. Prior to the Closing, ACM purchased 6,504,768 shares of Common Stock and, on December 9, 2021, SVOK paid the Prepayment Amount of an aggregate amount of approximately $65.8 million out of funds held in SVOK’s trust account. We will not have access to the Prepayment Amount immediately following such payment, and depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled may never have access to the Prepayment Amount, which may adversely affect our future liquidity and capital needs.

 

Following the Business Combination, we may still require additional capital to respond to technological advancements, competitive dynamics or technologies, customer demands, business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions or unforeseen circumstances and may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities for other reasons. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all, or that we will generate sufficient future revenues. Failure to secure additional funding may require us to modify, delay, or abandon some of our planned future expansion or development, or to otherwise enact operating cost reductions available to management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and ability to achieve our intended business objectives.

 

PIPE Equity and Convertible Notes

 

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination and for the purposes of raising the cash portion of the consideration for the Business Combination, Seven Oaks entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”). Pursuant to these agreements, upon the Closing on December 8, 2021, Seven Oaks issued an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock to the PIPE investors at $10.00 per share and an aggregate of $87.5 million in principal amount of convertible notes. Also pursuant to the Closing, all of the issued shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock to the PIPE investors were converted, on a one-for-one basis, for shares of Common Stock. The convertible notes will be convertible, at the election of Boxed, for shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share in accordance with the terms. The convertible notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum and mature in five years.

 

 

 

Debt and Convertible Debt Financing

 

Term Loan

 

In May 2018, we amended and extended the loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), originally dated June 24, 2015 and previously amended in December 2017 and January 2018. The amendment provided us with a letter of credit of $11.0 million and a term loan of $3.5 million, with a maturity date of May 22, 2021. We issued warrants to purchase 12,500 shares of common stock at a price of $3.04 per share in connection with the amendment to the Credit Agreement on May 22, 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had issued $2.7 million and $2.8 million letters of credit, respectively, out of the $11.0 million available.

 

In March 2020, we finished paying down the $3.5 million term loan by entering into the Sixth Amendment of the Credit Agreement which provided us a term loan in the principal amount of $5.0 million, with a maturity date of June 1, 2020.

 

In June 2020, we paid down the $5.0 million by entering into the Seventh Amendment of the Credit Agreement. The Seventh Amendment granted us a term loan in the principal amount of $7.5 million with a maturity date of December 22, 2022, of which $5.1 million was immediately drawn. In July 2020, we drew down on the remaining $2.4 million of principal in this most recent amendment, increasing our total borrowings to $7.5 million. The Seventh Amendment also reduced the available letters of credit from $11.0 million to $4.0 million. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had issued $2.6 million letters of credit, respectively, out of the $4.0 million available.

 

The Credit Agreement provides the bank a first perfect security interest in all of our assets with a negative pledge on intellectual property. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, outstanding amounts drawn on the Credit Agreements accrued interest at a floating per annum rate equal to three and one-quarter of one percentage points (3.25%) above the Prime Rate for 2020 and 2019, respectively, and two percentage points (2.00%) above the Prime Rate for 2018.

 

The Credit Agreement contains a certain number of affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, requires the Company to maintain collateral accounts, a liquidity ratio (calculated as the unrestricted cash plus 60% of the value of net billed accounts receivable divided by the aggregate amount of the obligations of the Credit Agreement) of greater than 1.25 to 1.00 and restricts our ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur subsidiary indebtedness, incur liens, sell substantially all of our assets, and consummate fundamental changes. The Credit Agreement also subjects us to certain reporting covenants. We are required to provide monthly financials, inventory transactions report, summary payables and receivables reports and a signed compliance letter.

 

On August 4, 2021, we paid down the existing $5.0 million in remaining principal in the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. In connection with the loan repayment, our letter of credit was modified we are now required to maintain cash collateral for the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, the cash collateral related to the outstanding letters of credit will now be segregated in restricted cash accounts as of September 30, 2021. Approximately $2.6 million of letters of credit were issued to us as of September 30, 2021.

 

Term Loan

 

On August 4, 2021, we entered into a new term loan agreement (the “New Term Loan”). The New Term Loan provided us with $45.0 million at a floating per annum rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, with a maturity date of August 4, 2025. The agreement provides the lender with a first priority security interest in all of our assets and contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15.0 million, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed upon quarterly targets, and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. These net Retail revenue and Retail gross margin targets are tested quarterly on a trailing twelve months basis. The agreement also includes other affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, restricts our ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur indebtedness, make investments, incur liens, sell substantially all of its assets, and consummate fundamental changes. The agreement also subjects us to certain reporting covenants. We are required to provide monthly, quarterly, and annual financial statements, operating budget and metrics, and other financial information as requested. Also in connection with the term loan agreement, we issued 126,992 warrants to purchase preferred stock at an exercise price of $7.0871, which will expire on April 4, 2031. These warrants will automatically be deemed to be cashless exercised immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of the Business Combination. As of September 30, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants and reporting requirements under the New Term Loan. There was $45.0 million in principal remaining as of September 30, 2021.

 

 

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

 

On August 24, 2017, we issued a Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note (“Note”) to a strategic investor in exchange for $25.0 million. The Note was issued pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, which stated that the outstanding principal and any unpaid accrued interest on the Note was convertible into preferred stock if we issued and sold preferred stock to investors with total proceeds in excess of $75.0 million (“the Next Financing”) prior to August 24, 2018.

 

We raised in excess of $75.0 million of additional funding prior to August 24, 2018. As such, the Note converted to 2,501,736 of Series D-1 preferred stock on August 15, 2018 in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

On May 15, 2020, May 26, 2020 and May 29, 2020, we issued Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (each, a “2020 Note”) in an aggregate principal amount of $8.2 million pursuant to the respective Note Purchase Agreement. The maturity date of the 2020 Notes was the earlier of (a) two (2) years from the 2020 Note issuance; (b) upon acceleration due to an Event of Default; and (c) upon conversion of the 2020 Notes in connection with us raising equity proceeds of $25.0 million or more inclusive of the principal amount of the 2020 Notes. The 2020 Notes accrued .25% simple interest per annum (the short-term AFR fixed on the respective Note issuance date). The 2020 Notes converted into Series E-2 preferred stock as a result of the Series E raised in June 2020.

 

Convertible Notes

 

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, pursuant to certain of the Subscription Agreements, Seven Oaks has issued and sold an aggregate of $87.5 million of principal amount of convertible notes. The convertible notes will mature five years after their initial issuance. The convertible notes will be convertible, at the election of Boxed, for shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) in accordance with the terms thereof. The convertible notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, paid-in-kind or in cash at the option of Boxed and accruing semi-annually. Boxed may redeem the convertible notes after the third anniversary of their issuance, subject to a holder’s right to convert prior to the redemption date, if the trading price of the shares of Common Stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on at least twenty out of the preceding thirty consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before Boxed issues a redemption notice, and (unless Boxed elects to settle conversions in connection with such redemption in cash) if certain conditions related to the ability of the converting holders to resell the conversion shares without restrictions under the U.S. securities laws are satisfied.

 

 

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (27,096 )   $ (17,110 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (669 )     (1,859 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     35,703       42,473  

 

Operating Activities

 

Cash used in operating activities consisted of net loss adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, the change in fair value of warrants and embedded derivatives, and other non-cash items, as well as the effect of the changes in operating assets and liabilities.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $27.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, primarily consisting of $30.3 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $3.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.5 million in the change in fair value of warrants, and $1.2 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $0.5 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by the change in accounts payable and accrued expense of $6.0 million and change in prepaid and other current assets of $4.3 million, both primarily attributable to legal and consulting fees related to the Business Combination. Increases in advertising spend and accrued interest related to the term loan are also factors driving the changes in accounts payable and accrued expense, respectively. Also contributing to the net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is the change in receivables of $1.8 million and the addition of unbilled receivables, net of related deferred revenue of $3.7 million, both primarily related to our AEON software licensing agreement. Also contributing to the net decrease in net operating assets and liabilities is a $2.6 million change in inventory due to lower sales volume as well as other changes to our net operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $17.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily consisting of $27.1 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $3.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $4.4 million in the change in fair value and loss on extinguishment of the convertible note derivative, and $1.5 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $2.2 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by a net change in accounts payable and other current liabilities of $6.6 million and a change in prepaid and other current assets of $0.8 million, both related to lower spend considering the COVID-19 pandemic, a change in accrued expenses of $0.7 million primarily related to the timing of inventory purchases, and a change in accounts receivable of $1.7 million driven by improvements in our collection from commercial customers.

 

Investing Activities

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million, due to the purchase of fixed assets.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million, primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets.

 

Financing Activities

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $35.7 million, primarily due to $43.1 million in net proceeds after debt issuance costs related to our term loan signed in August 2021, offset by repayments of the prior term loan of $7.7 million.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $42.5 million, primarily due to proceeds from the sale of preferred stock of $30.0 million, proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes of $8.2 million, and proceeds from the term loan of $12.5 million, partially offset by repayments of a term loan of $7.5 million.

 

 

 

Other Commitments

 

We maintain our principal offices in New York City, New York and maintain fulfillment centers and office space in various locations throughout the United States. Our future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases was $9.9 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

In June 2021, we entered into a Master Subscription Agreement with Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”) under which we will pay $20.0 million over five years for access to Palantir’s Foundry platform, of which $15.0 million will be paid thirty days after Closing.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of new accounting standards.

 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We review our estimates on an ongoing basis and make judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities based on a number of factors. These factors include historical experience and assumptions made by management that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Although management believes the judgment applied in preparing estimates is reasonable based on circumstances and information known at the time, actual results could vary materially from estimates based on assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. This section summarizes critical accounting policies and the related judgments involved in their application.

 

The most significant accounting estimates involve a high degree of judgment or complexity. Management believes the estimates and judgments most critical to the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and to the understanding of our reported financial results include those made in connection with revenue recognition, estimating vendor rebates and customer incentives; estimating the value of inventory; impairment assessments for long-lived assets; and estimating employee equity-based compensation expense. Our significant accounting policies related to these accounts in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements are described below. See Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Old Boxed presented elsewhere in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus for additional information regarding our critical accounting policies.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Software-licensing revenue

 

In the first quarter of 2021, we entered into an agreement with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON, a related party, to license our e-commerce platform through an software licensing arrangement, in which AEON will take possession of the software for usage of our IP, and host that software in an on-premise, or cloud-based infrastructure environment, at AEON’s election. The objective of the agreement is for us to design, develop and support the e-commerce platform customized for the digital marketplace operations of AEON and AEON affiliates. The services provided include implementation services, license of the e-commerce software platform, training, and maintenance and support. As our software license agreement requires the analysis of multiple performance obligations, through the application of ASC 606, it requires more judgement than our revenue recognition for our sales generated from our e-commerce platform.

 

 

 

 

We recognize revenue through the application of the following five-step model:

 

· Identification of the contract(s) with customers;

· Identification of the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

· Determination of the transaction price;

· Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations(s) in the contract; and

· Recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligation(s) are satisfied.

 

In line with the model, we recognize revenue as we satisfy each performance obligation. Specifically, implementation revenue is recognized over time based on percentage of completion; implementation service revenue is recognized at the point in time at the go-live date of the software; training revenue is recognized when the training is delivered to the customer without regard to a detailed evaluation of the point in time criteria due to the short-term nature of the training services (completed within the same quarterly reporting period); and maintenance and support revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach.

 

Merchandise sales

 

We primarily generate revenue through the sale of third-party and personal brand merchandise on our e-commerce platform. We recognize revenue upon delivery of products to our customers. Deferred revenue consists of amounts received primarily related to unsatisfied performance obligations for shipments in-transit at the end of the period where we are the principal. Deferred sales are included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets and reverse upon delivery to the customer the following month. We generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach.

 

Subscription Sales

 

We charge a membership fee to customers who sign up for our Boxed Up program on our e-commerce platform. That fee allows customers to earn 2.0% back on every purchase, access to exclusive discounts, and free shipping over a minimum order amount. The duration of the membership is generally 12 months. Because we have the obligation to provide access to its website for the duration of the membership term, we recognize membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership.

 

Outbound delivery fees

 

Outbound delivery fees are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as products’ control is transferred to customers upon delivery. Outbound delivery fees are included in net revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Marketing fees

 

We provide a mix of marketing services to merchants, including access to its e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users. We also provide advertising services to help merchants promote their products within our platform. We recognize revenue when a user’s order is processed, and the related order information has been made available to the merchant. Marketing fees are included in net revenue in the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts collected on behalf of third parties for sales taxes are excluded from net revenues.

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure and record the expense related to stock-based awards based upon the fair value at the date of grant. We estimate the grant date fair value of each common stock option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and management’s judgement. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation could be materially different in the future.

 

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

· Fair value – Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved.

 

· Expected volatility—We estimate volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

 

· Expected term—Derived from the life of the options granted under the option plan and is based on the simplified method which is essentially the weighted average of the vesting period and contractual term.

 

· Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on US Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

 

· Dividend yield—We have not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

 

We periodically determine for financial reporting purposes the estimated fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. As discussed below, since a public trading market for our common stock has been established after the Business Combination, we will no longer need to use valuations to determine the fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

 

We estimate expected forfeitures of stock-based awards at the grant date and recognize compensation cost only for those awards expected to vest. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant based on historical experience and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

In the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of our common stock prior to the Business Combination has been determined by our board of directors, with input from management, taking into account our most recent valuations from an independent third-party valuation specialist. Our board of directors intended all stock options granted to have an exercise price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we use in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment, and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

· relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

· contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party specialists;

· the liquidation preferences, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock;

· our actual operating and financial performance;

· current business conditions and projections;

· our stage of development;

 

 

 

· the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the stock options, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

· any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

· recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;

· the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

· the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

 

In valuing our common stock at various dates, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using various valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches with input from management.

 

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock. We will no longer be required to use estimates and assumptions in our common stock valuations once we are a publicly traded company.

 

Since a public trading market for our common stock has been established after the Business Combination, it will no longer be necessary for our Board to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions of market conditions.

 

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we also have an executive incentive award plan which includes stock-based awards issued through the achievement of certain performance-based targets. The probability of achievement of these performance-based stock awards and related compensation may vary based on market conditions and overall company performance. Fluctuations in such conditions or company performance could yield variation in our expectation of target performance and in turn impact our stock-based compensation expense.

 

JOBS Act Accounting Election

 

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Therefore, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Following the Business Combination, Boxed will be an emerging growth company. Therefore, we have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations and inflation risk.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $35.4 million and $30.0 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

We are primarily exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to our cost of borrowing under our existing Term Loan. We monitor our cost of borrowing under our Term Loan, taking into account our funding requirements, and our expectations for short-term rates in the future. A hypothetical 10% change in the interest rate on our Term Loan for all periods presented would not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Inflation Risk

 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. If our costs become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

Boxed Announces Closing of Business Combination

 

Boxed Commences Trading on the New York Stock Exchange Under the New Ticker “BOXD” on December 9, 2021

 

New York, December 8, 2021 – Boxed, Inc. (NYSE: BOXD, BOXD WS) (“Boxed” or the “Company”), an e-commerce grocery platform which sells bulk consumables and licenses its e-commerce software to enterprise retailers, today announced that it has completed its previously announced business combination with Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. (“Seven Oaks” ) (Nasdaq: SVOK, SVOKU, SVOKW), a special purpose acquisition company.

 

Following consummation of the business combination, the combined company was renamed Boxed, Inc. and its common stock and warrants will begin trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the new ticker symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively, on December 9, 2021. The transaction was approved by SVOK shareholders at its Special Meeting held on December 7, 2021, and approval was also obtained from Boxed shareholders.

 

“We are thrilled to announce the completion of our business combination with Seven Oaks and advance to this next chapter as a public company,” said Chieh Huang, CEO of Boxed. “Today represents a significant milestone in our journey. We are eager to use this additional capital to fuel the growth of our B2C and B2B platforms where we plan to drive customer acquisition, further enhance our loyalty programs, thoughtfully expand our product assortment, continue to help the world stock up through our breakthrough technology, and importantly, invest in our high margin Software and Services business.”

 

Gary Matthews, Chairman and CEO of Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp., commented, “We are proud to have a role in bringing a high-quality, socially-conscious company like Boxed to the public market. Chieh and the Boxed management team are extremely talented, and we believe the Company has a leading e-commerce platform with significant competitive advantages and opportunities to accelerate growth that will drive value creation for stakeholders over the long-term.”

 

The combined company will continue to be led by Chieh Huang alongside the rest of the current Boxed management team. Gary Matthews, Chairman and CEO of Seven Oaks, will serve as Boxed’s Chairman of the Board. Additional members of the Board include the following seasoned executives with deep leadership experience: Yuki Habu, David Liu, Emerson S. Moore II, Andrew Pearson, Harshul Sanghi, Eileen Serra, and Jared Yaman.

 

The business combination enables Boxed to raise approximately $198 million in gross cash proceeds from a combination of Seven Oaks’ cash in trust of approximately $78 million, as well as a $120 million fully committed private placement financing. There were no secondary shares sold by existing Boxed shareholders in the transaction.

 

Advisors

 

Citi and Solomon Partners acted as financial advisors to Boxed. Wells Fargo Securities, Nomura and JonesTrading Institutional Services acted as capital markets and financial advisors to SVOK. BTIG acted as capital markets advisor to Boxed. Wells Fargo Securities, Nomura and JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC acted as placement agents for SVOK. Latham & Watkins acted as legal counsel to Boxed. Winston & Strawn acted as legal counsel to SVOK. Proskauer Rose acted as legal counsel to the placement agents.

 

 

 

 

About Boxed

 

Boxed is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. The Company operates an e-commerce retail service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers, without the requirement of a “big-box” store membership. This service is powered by the Company’s own purpose-built storefront, marketplace, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. Boxed further enables e-commerce through its Software & Services business, which offers customers in need of an enterprise-level e-commerce platform access to its end-to-end technology. The Company aspires to make a positive social impact with an emphasis on good Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) practices, and as such, has developed a powerful, unique brand, known for doing right by its customers, employees and society. For more information, please visit investors.boxed.com.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain statements in this press release may be considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or Boxed’s future financial or operating performance. For example, statements regarding the timing of listing on NYSE, the competitive environment in which Boxed operates and the expected future operating and financial performance and market opportunities of Boxed are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "pro forma", "may", "should", "could", "might", "plan", "possible", "project", "strive", "budget", "forecast", "expect", "intend", "will", "estimate", "anticipate", "believe", "predict", "potential" or "continue", or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by Boxed and its management, are inherently uncertain. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: (i) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Boxed or others following the announcement of the business combination and any definitive agreements with respect thereto; (ii) the ability to meet stock exchange listing standards following the consummation of the business combination; (iii) the risk that the business combination disrupts current plans and operations of Boxed as a result of the announcement and consummation of the business combination; (iv) the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the business combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the ability of Boxed to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and retain its management and key employees; (v) costs related to the business combination and being a public company; (vi) changes in applicable laws or regulations; (vii) the possibility that Boxed may be adversely affected by other economic, business, regulatory, and/or competitive factors; (viii) Boxed's estimates of expenses and profitability; (ix) the evolution of the markets in which Boxed competes; (x) the ability of Boxed to implement its strategic initiatives and continue to innovate its existing offerings; (xi) the ability of Boxed to defend its intellectual property; (xii) the ability of Boxed to satisfy regulatory requirements; (xiii) the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Boxed's business; and (xiv) other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in the company’s final proxy statement/prospectus relating to the business combination.

 

 

 

 

Nothing in this press release should be regarded as a representation by any person that the forward-looking statements set forth herein will be achieved or that any of the contemplated results of such forward-looking statements will be achieved. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. Boxed does not undertake any duty to update these forward-looking statements.

 

Investor Contacts

Chris Mandeville

ICR

BoxedIR@icrinc.com

 

Media Contacts

Keil Decker

ICR

BoxedPR@icrinc.com

 

David Taft

Boxed

dave@boxed.com